Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Operator Manual

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 352

OPERATOR’S MANUAL 1

This manual has been prepared for and is considered part of -

18000
Model Number

18001023
Serial Number 2
This Manual is divided into the following sections:

SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION
SECTION 2 SAFETY INFORMATION
SECTION 3 OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
SECTION 4 SET-UP AND INSTALLATION
SECTION 5 LUBRICATION
SECTION 6 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST
3
NOTICE
The serial number of the crane and applicable attachments (i.e. luffing jib, MAX-ER™)
is the only method your distributor or the factory has of providing you with correct parts
and service information.
The serial number is located on a crane identification decal attached to the operator’s
cab and each attachment. Refer to the Nameplate and Decal Assembly Drawing (in
Operator’s Manual) for the exact location of the crane identification decal.
Always furnish serial number of crane and its attachments when ordering parts or
discussing service problems with your distributor or the factory.
4

To prevent death or serious injury:


• Avoid unsafe operation and maintenance.
Crane and attachments must be operated and maintained by trained
5
and experienced personnel. Manitowoc is not responsible for qualifying
these personnel.
• Do not operate or work on crane or attachments without first reading
and understanding instructions contained in Operator Information
Manual supplied with crane and applicable attachments.
• Store Operator Information Manual in operator’s cab.
If Operator Information Manual is missing from cab, contact your Crane
CARE distributor for a new one.
6

©2007 Manitowoc Crane Group


Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09
To Contact Us:

Manitowoc Cranes, Inc.


2401 South 30th Street
Manitowoc, WI 54220
(920) 684-6621
(920) 683-6277 (fax)
http://www.manitowoccranegroup.com/MCG_MC/Home/EN/BrandHome.asp

Grove Worldwide
1565 Buchanan Trail East
P.O. Box 21
Shady Grove, PA 17256
(717) 597-8121
(717) 597-4062 (fax)
http://www.groveworldwide.com/na/eng/default.htm

National Crane Corporation


1565 Buchanan Trail East
P.O. Box 21
Shady Grove, PA 17256
(717) 597-8121
(717) 597-4062 (fax)
http://www.manitowoccranegroup.com/MCG_NAT/Home/EN/BrandHome.asp

Grove Worldwide
1565 Buchanan Trail East
P.O. Box 21
Shady Grove, PA 17256
(717) 597-8121
(717) 597-4062 (fax)
http://www.manitowoccranegroup.com/mcg_pot_am/home/en/brandhome.asp

Technical Field Parts Factory Training


Publications Service Service
18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

See end of this manual for Alphabetical Index

SECTION 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction
Crane Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Crane/attachment Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Crane Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Identification And Location Of Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Outline Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Crane Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
English And Metric Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Direct Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Inverse Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Manitowoc Crane CARE Distributors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

SECTION 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety Information


Diesel Engine Exhaust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Nameplates and Decals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety Alert Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Signal Words. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Crane Access Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Getting On or Off Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Personnel Fall-Protection Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Operator’s Manual/Capacity Chart Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Storing Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Safe Operating Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Read Operator’s Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Operator Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Operator Conduct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Handling Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Operational Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Operating Near Electric Power Lines And Transmitter Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Electrocution Hazard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Set-Up and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Electrocution Hazard Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Electrical Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Refueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Safe Maintenance Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Maintenance Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Safe Maintenance Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Boom Disassembly Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Pin Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Disassembly Precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Personnel Handling Policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Pedestal/barge Mounted Cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Pedestal Mounted Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Barge Mounted Crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 TOC-i


TABLE OF CONTENTS 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Capacity Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23


Shock Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Operation On Barge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Crane Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Transporting Crane on Barge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Safety and Information Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Maintaining Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Ordering Signs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

SECTION 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Controls And Procedures


Standard Hand Signals for Controlling Crane Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Symbol Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Cab Door Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Closing Cab Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Damper Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Front Window Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Closing Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Opening Window For Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Opening Window For Emergency Exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Crane Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Operating Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Controls Identification And Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Seat Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Preparing Crane for Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Calibration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Stopping Engine/ Leaving Crane Unattended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Remote Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Controls Identification and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Replacing Batteries in Setup Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Digital Display Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Crane Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Operating Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
System Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Function Speed/torque Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Engine Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Onboard Engine Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Crane Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Drum 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Drum 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Drum 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Drum 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Drum 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Drum 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Swing (Crane) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Trk (Travel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
FCN (Front Console Node) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
CAN (Can Bus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Hydraulic System Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Speed/Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Accessory System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52

TOC-ii Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Block Level Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Crane Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Digital Input and Output Item Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Hydraulic System Calibration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Pressure Sender Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Control Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
Pump Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Charge Pressure Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Wind Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
#55-79A, #55, or #55A Boom with 100 Foot (30.5 m) Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
#79A Fixed Jib on #55 or #55A Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Cold Weather Heater Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Turning Heaters On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Turning Heaters Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Preparation for Cold Weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Crane Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Cold Weather Starting Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Cooling System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Fuel Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Gear Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Air System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73

SECTION 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set-Up and Installation


Rigging Drawings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Optional Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
General Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Crane Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Self-Erecting Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Assist Crane Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Assembly and Disassembly Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Assembly And Disassembly Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Accessing Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Crane Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Handling Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Retaining Connecting Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cold Weather Mast Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Operating Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Pre-Start Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Gear Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Crane Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Remove Rotating Bed from Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Remove Carbody and Adapter Frame from Trailer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Connect Rotating Bed to Carbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Lower Crane onto Carbody Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Connect Hydraulic Hoses and Electric Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 TOC-iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Install Drum 3 (Whip Line Drum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13


Raise Live Mast To Operating Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Install Assembly Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Install Crawlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Install Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Install Catwalks and Steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Remove Assembly Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Assemble Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Perform Mast Pre-Raising Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Raise Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Assemble and Install Boom and Jib. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Crane Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Lower Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Disconnect Live Mast Straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Store Wire Rope Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Store Mast Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Remove Mast Inserts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Remove Mast Butt and Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Remove Rear Catwalks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Remove Crane Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Install Assembly Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Remove Carbody Counterweight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Deploy Rear Rotating Bed Jacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Remove Crawlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
Remove Assembly Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Store Live Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Remove Drum 3 (Whip Line Drum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Deploy Front Rotating Bed Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Separate Rotating Bed From Carbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Place Rotating Bed on Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Store Operator’s Cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Remove Rotating Bed Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Install Wind Deflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Boom Ladder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Removing Ladders from Boom Butt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Installing Ladders on Boom Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Storing Ladders in Boom Butt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Boom and Jib Rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Assist Crane Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Blocked Crawler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Handling Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Rigging Assembly Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Medium Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Identifying Boom and Jib Sections and Straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Boom Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
Boom Pre-Raising Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Boom Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Fixed Jib Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Boom and Jib Pre-Raising Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Raising Boom and Jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Lowering Boom And Jib. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Removing Jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Wire Rope Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
Wire Rope Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
Removing Wire Rope from Shipping Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
Seizing and Cutting Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96

TOC-iv Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Anchoring Wire Rope to Drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97


Winding Wire Rope onto Drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
Anchoring Wire Rope to Wedge Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
Anchoring Wire Rope to Button Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Breaking in Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Pad Eye Usage for Wire Rope Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Rigging Winch Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
Selecting Rigging Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
Operating Rigging Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
Load Block Reeving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Load Block Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Load Block Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Wire Rope Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Wire Rope Installation and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Duplex Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Guide Sheaves and Drums. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Load Block Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Block Level Sensor Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Sensor Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Live Mast Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Wire Rope Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116

SECTION 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lubrication
Lubrication Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
General Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Lubrication Intervals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Over-Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Lubrication Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Oil Can Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Reference Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
CraneLUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Approved Lubricants For Normal Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Open Gear Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Gear Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Hydraulic Filter Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Fluid Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Approved Lubricants For Arctic Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Upper and Lower Lubrication Points — Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Upper and Lower Lubrication Points — Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Boom Rigging Lubrication Points — Location and Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Automatic Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Filling Pump Reservoirs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Testing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Daily Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Automatic Lubrication System Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

SECTION 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Preventive Maintenance Checklist

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 TOC-v


TABLE OF CONTENTS 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Initial Run-In Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

TOC-vi Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Crane Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Crane/attachment Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Crane Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Identification And Location Of Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Outline Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Crane Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
English And Metric Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Direct Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Inverse Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Manitowoc Crane CARE Distributors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 1-i


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL INTRODUCTION

SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION 1
CRANE DATA For the exact location of the identification labels on your
crane and attachments, refer to the Nameplates and Decals
See the end of this section for crane data specific to your Drawing in Section 2 of this manual.
crane:
• Basic Specifications. CRANE ORIENTATION
• EC Declaration (if applicable). The terms RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT, REAR used in this manual
refer to operator’s right, left, front, and rear sides when
CRANE/ATTACHMENT IDENTIFICATION seated in the operator’s cab looking forward.

An identification label is attached to the outside of the • Operator’s cab is at front of upperworks.
operator’s cab (see Figure 1-1) and to the attachments (i.e. • Crawler motors are at rear of lowerworks.
luffing jibs, MAX-ER’s, and Ringers) available for this crane.
• Crawler pin handles on carbody are at front of
The crane or attachment model, application, and serial lowerworks.
number are provided on the label.

Application:
LIFT = Liftcrane
Model CLAM = Clamshell Serial
Number DRAG = Dragline Number

FIGURE 1-1

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 1-1


INTRODUCTION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION AND LOCATION OF


COMPONENTS

1
Item Description
29
1 Top, Boom 28
2 Block, Load 27
3 Insert, Boom (typical)
4 Insert, Boom (with Drum 1)
5 Drum 1 (Main Hoist)
6 Drum 6 (Luffing Jib Hoist)
25
7 Butt, Boom (with Drums)
8 Drum 2 (Main Hoist)
9 Stop, Telescopic Boom
10 Cab, Operator’s
11 Frame, Adapter
12 Upperworks
13 Lowerworks 2
14 Crawler (both sides)
15 Jacks, Rotating Bed (4 each)
16 Bed, Rotating
17 Counterweights, Upper
18 Mast, Live
19 Arm, Mast Assist (2 each with cylinders)
20 Drum 5 (Mast Hoist) 3
26
21 Drum 3 (Whip Hoist)
22 Drum 4 (Boom Hoist)
23 Stop, Mast
24 Straps, Mast
25 Mast (fixed)
26 Wire Rope, Load Drum
27 Wire Rope, Boom Hoist 24
28 Equalizer
29 Straps, Boom

4
22
23 5

21
6
18 20 19 7
8
9
17 12
10
11
16
13
15
A1258
14

1-2 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL INTRODUCTION

Item
1
Description
Mast, Live
1
2 Counterweights, Upper (both sides)
3 Tank, Fuel
4 Tank, Hydraulic
5 Engine
6 Pumps, Hydraulic (and Pump Drive)
1
7 Drum 5 (Mast Hoist)
8 Drum 3 (Whip Hoist)
3 9 Cab, Operator’s
2
10 Crawler
11 Counterweights, Carbody (both ends)
4 12 Carbody
13 Frame, Adapter
14 Drive, Swing (2 each)
15 Bearing, Turntable (with External Ring Gear)

8
2

9
12

10
11

13 14 11 15

A1258

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 1-3


INTRODUCTION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

A1=100 ft (30.48 m) Mast = 118 ft, 11 in (36.25 m)


B1=100 ft (30.48 m) Mast = 123 ft, 1 in (37.51 m)

A 2=140 ft (42.67 m) Mast = 157 ft, 3 in (47.93 m)


B 2=140 ft (42.67 m) Mast = 163 ft, 1 in (49.70 m)

B1
or
B2
A1
or
A2

49'-5 1/4"
(15.07m) 5'-10"
(1.78 m)
5'-0"
(1.52 m)
23'-3 3/4"
(7.11 m)
21'-6 3/4"
(6.57 m) 17'-10 1/4"
11'-4 1/2" (5.44 m)
(3.46 m)
8'-6 1/4" 6'-9 1/2" 16'-5"
6'-3 1/4"
(2.60 m) (2.07 m) (5.00 m)
(1.91 m)

Outline Dimensions Continued on Next Page

1-4 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL INTRODUCTION

33'-4"
(10.16 m)

29'-6 3/4"
(9.01 m)

R 33'-4 3/4"
(10.18 m)
Tailswing

52'-7 3/4"
38'-9" (16.05 m)
(11.81 m)
9'-10"
(3.00 m)
51'-2 3/4"
15.62 m

19'-3 1/2"
(5.88 m)

11'-4 1/4"
(3.46 m)

5'-0" 5'-0"
(1.52 m) (1.52 m)

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 1-5


INTRODUCTION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

CRANE WEIGHTS

Weight
Description Pounds Kilograms
LIFTCRANE:
Upperworks and lowerworks complete, 4 swing drives, counterweight, 30 ft (9.1 m) live mast,
backhitch, 100 ft (30.5 m) No. 56 Mast, mast stops, 30 USt (27 t) hook and weight ball, boom stops
and load lines (includes self-erect and MAX-ER prep)
When equipped with fully rigged 120 ft (36.6 m) Boom No. 55-79A, standard upper boom point,
and 500 USt (454 t) block - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,478,930 670 831
When equipped with fully rigged 120 ft (36.6 m) Boom No. 55 or No. 55A, heavy duty upper boom
point, and 661 USt (600 t) block - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,513,720 686 611
UPPERWORKS REAR MACHINERY MODULE:
Rotating bed rear section with pin pullers, upperworks jacking system, 30 ft (9.1 m) live mast, mast
hoist with mast hoist line, Cummins QXF15 power plant, hydraulic reservoir (full), fuel tank
(1/2 full) and operators cab (drum 3 and catwalks removed) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 104,435 47 370
Upperworks jacking system removed - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 88,335 40 068
ADAPTER FRAME WITH CARBODY:
Rotating bed adapter frame with bearing turntable, 4 swing drives and carbody (includes MAX-ER
prep) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 95,900 43 499
MAST NO. 56 BUTT/TOP SHIPPING PACKAGE:
20 ft (6.1 m) mast butt, boom hoist drum with rope, boom hoist drum guide rollers, wire rope guide
sheave, mast stops, mast butt supports, boom equalizer, 20 ft (6.1 m) mast top with sheaves and
straps (includes MAX-ER prep) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 57,800 26 217
BOOM NO. 55 BUTT SHIPPING PACKAGE:
20 ft (6.1 m) boom butt, load hoist drum with rope, luffing drum with rope, rigging winch with rope,
cable reel, boom stops and boom hinge pin-pullers - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 57,875 26 251
BOOM NO. 55 - 10 ft (3.0m) INSERT SHIPPING PACKAGE:
10 ft (3.0 m) insert, load hoist drum with rope and wire rope guide - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 35,960 16 311
CRAWLERS:
38 ft 9 in. (11 811 mm) crawler assembly (each) with drive and 60 in. (1 524 mm) treads - - - 88,255 40 031
COUNTERWEIGHT - UPPER:
Tray (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12,050 5 465
Counterweight (28 total) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18,000 8 164
Rear catwalk with railings - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,290 585
Total upperworks counterweight - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 528,000 239 496
COUNTERWEIGHT - LOWER:
Counterweight tray (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 28,000 12 700
Counterweight (each) (6 total - 3 front, 3 rear) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 44,000 19 958
Stairway (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 250 113
Total lowerworks counterweight - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 320,000 145 149
30 ft (9.1 m) LIVE MAST:
30 ft (9.1 m) mast with straps - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9,660 4 381
MACHINE OPTIONS:
Drum 3 assembly (whip line without rope) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5,250 2 381
Upperworks jacking system - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14,700 6 667
Swing drive assemblies (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,765 800
Rotating bed alignment pendants (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 65 29
LOWERWORKS OPTIONS:
Carbody pedestals with pads (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 410 185
MAST NO. 56:
20 ft (6.1 m) mast butt with boom hoist drum with rope and guide sheave - - - - - - - - - - 33,905 15 379
20 ft (6.1 m) mast top with sheaves, wire rope guide and straps - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 20,485 9 291
40 ft (12.2 m) insert with straps - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13,940 6 323
20 ft (6.1 m) insert with straps - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8,490 3 850

1-6 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL INTRODUCTION

Weight
Description Pounds Kilograms
7 ft 1 in. (2.2 m) upper backhitch strap (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 485 219
1
13 ft 4-1/4 in. (4.1 m) lower backhitch strap (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 615 278
40 ft (6.1 m) backhitch strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,805 818
14 ft 8 in. (4.5 m) backhitch strap (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 665 301
Mast stop tube (each) with strut and pins - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,030 467
Mast support (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 335 151
Wire rope guide (on mast butt for whip line) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 490 222
Wire rope guide (on 20 ft [6.1 m] insert for whip line) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 600 272
Boom hoist drum without rope - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8,110 3 678
BOOM NO. 55-79A:
20 ft (6.1 m) butt No. 55 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18,440 8 364
30 ft (9.1 m) top with straps, upper and lower point and wire rope guide - - - - - - - - - - - 26,620 12 074
20 ft (6.1 m) insert No. 79 with straps - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7,260 3 293
40 ft (12.2 m) insert No. 79 with straps - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12,130 5 502
40 ft (12.2 m) transition insert No. 55-79 with links - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12,110 5 493
10 ft (3.0 m) insert No. 55 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7,680 3 483
20 ft (6.1 m) insert No. 55 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10,715 4 860
40 ft (12.2 m) insert No. 55 with sheaves - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 19,640 8 908
28 ft 2-15/16 in. (8.6 m) basic strap (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 355 161
20 ft (6.1 m) strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 290 131
40 ft (12.2 m) strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 525 238
Links (attached to equalizer) (each set) with pins - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 95 43
Equalizer with pins - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3,675 1 666
Boom stop (each tube) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,795 814
Drum 1 or 2 assembly (load hoist without rope) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9,970 4 522
BOOM NO. 55 OR NO. 55A:
20 ft (6.1 m) butt - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18,440 8 364
30 ft (9.1 m) top with straps, upper and lower point and wire rope guide - - - - - - - - - - - 40,700 18 461
10 ft (3.0 m) insert - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7,680 3 483
20 ft (6.1 m) insert - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10,715 4 860
40 ft (12.2 m) insert - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18,485 8 384
40 ft (12.2 m) insert with equalizer rails - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 19,185 8 702
40 ft (12.2 m) insert (medium) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13,685 6 207
40 ft (12.2 m) insert with sheaves - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 19,640 8 908
28 ft 2-11/16 in. (8.6 m) basic strap (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 755 342
20 ft (6.1 m) strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 610 276
40 ft (12.2 m) strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,120 508
Links (attached to equalizer) (each set) with pins - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 110 49
Equalizer with pins - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3,675 1 666
Boom stop (each tube) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,795 814
Drum 1 or 2 assembly (load hoist without rope) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9,970 4 522
LUFFING JIB NO. 44:
40 ft (12.2 m) butt - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8,605 3 903
12 ft (3.7 m) lower butt - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4,430 2 009
28 ft (8.5 m) upper butt - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5,305 2 406
30 ft (9.1 m) top with straps, upper and lower point - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14,090 6 391
10 ft (3.0 m) insert No. 44 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,890 857
20 ft (6.1 m) insert No. 44 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3,215 1 458
40 ft (12.2 m) insert No. 44 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5,420 2 458
Luffing jib adapter - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4,600 2 086
31 ft 1-3/16 in. (9.5 m) basic strap (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 400 181
20 ft (6.1 m) strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 290 131
40 ft (12.2 m) strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 525 238
Adjustable strap (each) with pins - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,565 709

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 1-7


INTRODUCTION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Weight
Description Pounds Kilograms
50 ft (15.2 m) jib strut with guide sheave, luffing sheaves and links - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13,285 6 025
47 ft (14.3 m) main strut with luffing sheaves and links - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9,425 4 275
Luffing wire rope guide - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,070 485
38 ft 2 in. (11.6 m) backstay basic strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - 510 231
10 ft (3.0 m) backstay strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 175 79
20 ft (6.1 m) backstay strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 290 131
40 ft (12.2 m) backstay strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 525 238
40 ft (12.2 m) transition backstay strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - 525 238
10 ft (3.0 m) No. 55 backstay strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 405 183
20 ft (6.1 m) No. 55 backstay strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 675 306
40 ft (12.2 m) No. 55 backstay strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,220 553
Backstay link (attached to boom butt) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 115 52
Luffing jib stop assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,850 839
Upper point (single sheave) with rollers - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,220 553
FIXED JIB NO. 79A:
20 ft (6.1 m) butt No. 79A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10,295 4 669
30 ft (9.1 m) top with double straps, upper (heavy duty) and lower point and wire rope guide - 27,780 12 600
20 ft (6.1 m) insert No. 79 with double straps - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7,835 3 553
40 ft (12.2 m) insert No. 79 with double straps - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13,180 5 978
28 ft 2-15/16 in. (8.6 m) basic strap (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 355 161
20 ft (6.1 m) jib strap with links (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 290 131
40 ft (12.2 m) jib strap with links (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 525 238
Equalizing link (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 375 170
10 ft (3.0 m) strap (with connector links) (each) (20 degree offset) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 355 161
7 ft (2.1 m) strap (with connector links) (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 345 156
4 ft 9 in. (1.4 m) strap with pin (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 195 88
4 ft 9 in. (1.4 m) link with pin (set each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 185 83
6 ft 2 in. (1.9 m) strap with pin (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 265 120
Jib stop assembly (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,890 857
Jib hinge pins/link assembly (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 340 154
29 ft (8.8 m) strut butt - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5,325 2 415
21 ft (6.4 m) strut top - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4,625 2 097
1 ft 5 in. (0.4 m) spreader link with pins - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 690 312
1 ft 10 in. (0.6 m) link with pins (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 225 102
1 ft 10 in. (0.6 m) link (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 135 61
1 ft 7 in. (0.5 m) spreader link with pins (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 535 242
Adjustable link with pins (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 585 265
7 ft 4 in. (2.2 m) backstay strap (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 275 124
30 ft (9.1 m) backstay strap with links (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 865 392
20 ft (6.1 m) backstay strap with links (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 610 276
40 ft (12.2 m) backstay strap with links (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,120 508
10 ft (3.0 m) backstay strap with links (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 355 161
1 ft 11-1/2 in. (0.6 m) backstay link, pins (each set) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 115 52
LUFFING JIB NO. 79A:
20 ft (6.1 m) butt No. 79A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10,315 4 678
30 ft (9.1 m) top with double straps, upper (heavy duty) and lower point and wire rope guide - 27,835 12 625
20 ft (6.1 m) insert No. 79 with double straps - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7,835 3 553
20 ft (6.1 m) insert No. 79 without straps - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6,700 3 039
40 ft (12.2 m) insert No. 79 with double straps - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13,180 5 978
28 ft 2-15/16 in. (8.6 m) basic strap (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 355 161
20 ft (6.1 m) jib strap with links (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 290 131
40 ft (12.2 m) jib strap with links (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 525 238
Equalizing link (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 375 170
8.63 in. (0.2 m) link, pins (each set) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 85 38

1-8 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL INTRODUCTION

Weight
Description Pounds Kilograms
17 ft 10-1/2 in. (5.4 m) strap (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 495 224
1
1 ft 6 in. (0.5 m) link (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 115 52
Spreader with pins - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 180 81
13 ft 10-1/4 in. (4.2 m) strap - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 850 385
Spreader link, pins - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 100 45
1 ft 6 in. (0.5 m) link (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 120 54
4 ft 2 in. (1.3 m) strap, pin (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 380 172
Jib hinge pins/link assembly (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 340 154
Jib stop assembly (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2,715 1 231
Automatic jib stop assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 40 18
30 ft (9.1 m) jib strut top with point sheaves - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8,790 3 987
29 ft (8.8 m) jib strut butt with wire rope guide - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5,900 2 676
21 ft (6.4 m) main strut top with point sheaves and raising pendant - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8,550 3 878
29 ft (8.8 m) main strut butt - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5,365 2 433
Main strut stop assembly (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,980 898
8 ft 9-1/4 in. (2.7 m) strap (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 260 117
4 ft (1.2 m) link with pins (each set) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 180 81
3 ft 10-1/2 in. (14.2 m) adjustable strap (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 160 72
20 ft (6.1 m) backstay strap with link (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 610 276
40 ft (12.2 m) backstay strap with link (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,120 508
10 ft (3.0 m) backstay strap with link (each) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 360 163
1 ft 11-1/2 in. (0.6 m) backstay link with pin (each set) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 115 52
Boom dolly with adapter frame, pins - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7,800 3 538
BOOM OPTIONS:
Drum 6 assembly (luffing hoist with rope) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11,615 5 268
Standard upper boom point (single sheave) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,115 505
Heavy duty upper boom point (single sheave) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,630 739
661 USt (600 t) load block - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 25,100 11 385
500 USt (454 t) load block - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 24,500 11 113
450 USt (408 t) load block - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 21,300 9 661
350 USt (318 t) load block - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17,400 7 892
100 USt (91 t) load block (self-erect) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3,900 1 769
30 USt (27 t) hook and weight ball - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2,800 1 270
15 USt (14 t) hook and weight ball - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,800 816
WIRE ROPE:
Mast hoist
1,230 ft (375 m) of 22 mm wire rope - 1.80 lb per ft (2.68 kg/m) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2,215 1 004
Boom hoist
4,370 ft (1 332 m) of 1-1/8 in. (28.6 mm) wire rope - 2.60 lb per ft (3.87 kg/m) - - - - - - - - 11,360 5 152
Luffing Jib Hoist
1 in. (25.4 mm) wire rope - 2.00 lb per ft (2.98 kg/m)
1,700 ft (518 m) No. 44 Luffing Jib - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3,400 1 542
3,100 ft (945 m) No. 79A Luffing Jib - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6,200 2 812
Load lines
32 mm wire rope - 3.74 lb per ft (5.57 kg/m)
3,700 ft (1 128 m) Drum 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13,840 6 277
3,400 ft (1 036 m) Drum 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12,715 5 767
28 mm wire rope - 2.76 lb per ft (4.11 kg/m)
4,800 ft (1 463 m) Drum 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13,250 6 010
4,000 ft (1 158 m) Drum 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11,040 5 007
Whip lines
28 mm wire rope - 2.76 lb per ft (4.11 kg/m)
1,900 ft (579 m) Drum 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5,245 2 379

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 1-9


INTRODUCTION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

ENGLISH AND METRIC CONVERSIONS Inverse Conversion


Direct Conversion DIVIDE ( / ) known value by conversion factor to obtain
equivalent value in desired units. For example, 3.6576 m is
MULTIPLY ( x ) known value by conversion factor to obtain converted to feet, as follows:
equivalent value in desired units. For example, 12 ft is
3.6576 m / 0.3048 = 12
converted to meters (m), as follows:
12 ft x 0.3048 = 3.6576 m

To Convert Symbol Application To Symbol Multiply By


AREA
2
Square Inch in Filter Area Square Centimeter cm2 6.4516
Clutch Contact
Square Foot ft2 Ground Contact Square Meter m2 0.0929
FORCE
Pound Force lb Pedal Effort KiloNewton kN 0.00445
Newton N 4.4482
Pound Force lb Line Pull KiloNewton kN 0.00445
Pound Force Per Inch lb/in. Newton per millimeter Nmm 0.1751
Spring Force
Pound Force Per Foot lb/ft Newton per meter Nm 14.5939
LENGTH
Inch in. Adjustments Millimeter mm 25.4000
Foot ft Outline Dimensions Meter m 0.3048
Mile miles Travel Distance Kilometer km 1.6093
POWER
Horsepower hp Engine Kilowatt kW 0.7457
PRESSURE
Pound/Sq. In. psi Hydraulic & Air Bar 0.0689
TEMPERATURE
Degrees Fahrenheit °F Degrees Centigrade °C °F - 32 / 1.8
Oil, Air, Etc.
Degrees Centigrade °C Degrees Fahrenheit °F °C x 1.8 + 32
TORQUE
Inch Pound in lb Newton Meter Nm 0.1129
Bolt Torque
Foot Pound ft lb Newton Meter Nm 1.3558
VELOCITY
Miles Per Hour mph Vehicle Speed Kilometers Per Hour km/h 1.6093
Miles Per Hour mph Wind Speed Meters Per Second m/s 0.4470
Feet Per Minute fpm Line Speed Meters Per Minute m/min 0.3048
VOLUME
Cubic Yard yd3 Cubic Meter m3 0.7646
Bucket Capacity
Cubic Foot ft3 Cubic Meter m3 0.0283
Cubic Inch in3 Pump Displacement Cubic Centimeter cm3 16.3871

1-10 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL INTRODUCTION

To Convert Symbol Application To Symbol Multiply By

Ounce oz
VOLUME (LIQUID)
Milliliter mL 29.5735
1
Pint pt Liter L 0.4732
Fluid Capacities
Quart qt Liter L 0.9464
Gallon gal Liter L 3.7854
Gallon Per Minute gpm Pump Flow Liters Per Minute L/min 3.7854
WEIGHT
Pound lb Unit/Component Kilogram kg 0.4536
US Ton (2000 lb) USt Metric Ton t 0.9072
Load Ratings
US Ton (2000 lb) USt Kilogram kg 907.1847

MANITOWOC CRANE CARE DISTRIBUTORS 3. Click on Dealers.

To locate the approved Manitowoc Crane CARE Distributor 4. Follow on-screen instructions to locate distributor.
nearest you: When calling a distributor with parts or service questions,
1. Go to www.manitowoccranes.com. you need to know the model and serial number of your crane
or attachment. This information is located on the Crane
2. Click on Manitowoc logo. Identification Label on the crane cab or on the attachment.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 1-11


OPERATOR’S MANUAL SECTION 1 INSERTS
18000 Liftcrane − Serial Number 18001023
Basic Specs. −− Basic Specs.

07−06−2006
Manitowoc Cranes, Inc.
Serial #: 18001023

BASIC SPECIFICATIONS

TYPE: LIFTCRANE
MODEL: 18000 LIFTCRANE
S.O. NUMBER: 1884
SERIAL NO: 18001023
MONTH SHIPPED: JULY 2006

MACHINE DATA

DRUMS LAGGING WEDGE ROPE SIZE

MAIN: A05163−2 A05085−0 17926−2 1−1/4"

WHIP: A05302−2 NONE 19799−2 1−1/8"


AUXILIARY: A05163−2 A05085−0 17926−2 1−1/4"

BOOM HOIST: A05230−2 NONE 15836−2 1−1/8"


MAST HOIST: A05022−2 A05002−0 79558−2 7/8"
LUFFING HOIST:

CRAWLER: LENGTH TREAD 60" #A04428

COUNTERWEIGHT: A04325 TOTAL WEIGHT: 528,000#

BOX FILL TOTAL

CWT TRAY: A04326−2 12,050#


CWT TRAY: A05985−2 12,050#
BOX: 26−192495−2 18,000#EA 468,000#
BOX: 2−A08931−2 18,000#EA 36,000#

CARBODY COUNTERWEIGHT: A05740 TOTAL WEIGHT: 320,000#

BOX FILL TOTAL

CWT TRAY: 2−A05610−2 28,000#EA 56,000#


BOX: 6−194192−9 44,000#EA 264,000#

POWER PLANT
ENGINE: CUMMINS QSX15−600 SERIAL NUMBER: 79118369

CAPACITY CHARTS
BARGE CHARTS:
BULK HANDLING MATERIAL:
CLAMSHELL CAPACITIES:
COUNTERWEIGHT ARRANGEMENTS: 8577−A
DRAGLINE CAPACITIES:
DRUM AND LAGGING CHART: 8512−A
LIFTCRANE BOOM CAPACITIES: 8540−AM
LIFTCRANE JIB CAPACITIES:
OPERATING RANGE DIAGRAM:
RANGE DIAGRAM: A10236
TRAVEL SPECIFICATIONS: 8517−B
WIND CONDITIONS: FOLIO 2067
WIRE ROPE SPECIFICATIONS: 8514−C,D
Manitowoc Cranes, Inc.
Serial #: 18001023

S.O. 1884
BOOM DATA

RIGGING ASSEMBLY #A04341 BOOM TYPE #55A BOOM LENGTH: 320 FT

SECTION PART # LENGTH STRAP LENGTH

BUTT: A05447−4 | 20 FT | |
TOP: A08897−2 | 30 FT | |
INSERT: A05448−2 | 10 FT | |
INSERT: A05449−2 | 20 FT | 2−A05196−2 | 20 FT
INSERT: A05451−2 | 40 FT | |
INSERT: A05454−2 | 40 FT | |
INSERT: 3−A05450−2 | 40 FT | 8−A05197−2 | 40 FT
INSERT: A10034−2 | 40 FT | |
INSERT: | | |

RIGGING ASSEMBLY BOOM TYPE BOOM LENGTH:

SECTION PART # LENGTH STRAP LENGTH

TOP: | | |
INSERT: | | |
INSERT: | | |
INSERT: | | |

MAST DATA

RIGGING ASSEMBLY #A04342 MAST TYPE #56 MAST LENGTH: 100 FT

BUTT: A05455−4 | 20 FT | |
TOP: A05458−2 | 20 FT | 2−193242−2 | 13 FT 4 IN
INSERT: A05456−2 | 20 FT | 2−A06654−2 | 14 FT 8 IN
INSERT: A05457−2 | 40 FT | 2−192599−2 | 38 FT 4 IN
| |
JIB DATA

RIGGING ASSEMBLY JIB TYPE JIB LENGTH

SECTION PART # LENGTH PENDANT LENGTH


BUTT: | | |
TOP: | | |
INSERT: | | |
INSERT: | | |
INSERT: | | |
STRUT: | | |
JIB STOP PENDANT: | | |
BACKSTAY PENDANT: | | |
BACKSTAY PENDANT: | | |
BACKSTAY PENDANT: | | |

ALIGNMENT PENDANTS: | 2−A06104−0 | 4 FT − 4 IN


| 2−A06105−0 | 4 FT − 10 IN
Manitowoc Cranes, Inc.
Serial #: 18001023

WIRE ROPE PER CUSTOMER SPECIFICATIONS

LOAD LINE: 3,700’ − 32MM DYFORM 34 MAX BS 244.0K − #A06005−1


WHIP LINE: 1,900’ − 28MM DYFORM 34 MAX BS 179.4K − #719425−5
CLAM CLOSING:
CLAM HOLDING:
DRAG LINE:
DRAG HOLDING:
AUXILIARY DRUM: 3,400’ − 32MM DYFORM 34 MAX BS 244.0K − #A06005−3
BOOM HOIST: 4,370’ − 1−1/8" CONSTRUCTEX BS 159.0K − #A05680−1
MAST HOIST: 1,230’ − 22MM DYFORM 6 MAX BS 110.4K − #A01178−3
JIB HOIST:
SELF−ERECT LINE:

ACCESSORY COMPONENTS

| PART# | DWG. DATE | DESCRIPTION DETAILS


HOOK & WEIGHT BALL | A00816 | | 30T HOOK & WT BALL
HOOK BLOCK | 236505−0 | |100T BLOCK
HOOK BLOCK | A08833−0 | |350T BLOCK
HOOK BLOCK | A07773−0 | |500T BLOCK
SECTION 2
SAFETY INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Diesel Engine Exhaust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Nameplates and Decals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety Alert Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Signal Words. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Crane Access Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2
Getting On or Off Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Personnel Fall-Protection Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Operator’s Manual/Capacity Chart Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Storing Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Safe Operating Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Read Operator’s Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Operator Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Operator Conduct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Handling Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Size of Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Attaching Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Lifting/Moving Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Multiple Load Line Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Holding Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Operational Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Operating Near Electric Power Lines And Transmitter Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Electrocution Hazard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Set-Up and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Electrocution Hazard Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Electrical Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Refueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Safe Maintenance Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Maintenance Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Safe Maintenance Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Boom Disassembly Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Pin Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Disassembly Precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Personnel Handling Policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Pedestal/barge Mounted Cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Pedestal Mounted Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Barge Mounted Crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 2-i


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Capacity Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23


Shock Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Operation On Barge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Crane Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Transporting Crane on Barge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Safety and Information Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Maintaining Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Ordering Signs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

2-ii Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

SECTION 2
SAFETY INFORMATION
DIESEL ENGINE EXHAUST Signal Words

CALIFORNIA DANGER
PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Identifies imminent hazards that will result in death or
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are serious injury if the message is ignored.
known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects, and other reproductive harm. 2
NAMEPLATES AND DECALS WARNING
Identifies potential hazards that could result in death or
See drawing at the end of this section. serious injury if the message is ignored.

SAFETY MESSAGES
General CAUTION
Identifies potential hazards that could result in minor or
The importance of safe operation and maintenance cannot
moderate injury if the message is ignored.
be over emphasized. Carelessness or neglect on the part of
operators, job supervisors and planners, rigging personnel,
and job site workers can result in their death or injury and CAUTION
costly damage to the crane and property.
Without the safety alert symbol, identifies potential
To alert personnel to hazardous operating practices and hazards that could result in property damage if the
maintenance procedures, safety messages are used message is ignored.
throughout the manual. Each safety message contains a
safety alert symbol and a signal word to identify the hazard’s NOTE: Highlights operation or maintenance procedures.
degree of seriousness.
Safety Symbols
Safety Alert Symbol
Safety symbols used in the decals on this crane are
identified in Figure 2-1.

This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION!


Become alert — your safety is involved! Obey all safety
messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible death
or injury.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 2-1


SAFETY INFORMATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Crush Hazards

Cut or Crush Hazards

Electrocution Hazard

Cut Hazard
Explosion Hazard

Fall Hazard

FIGURE 2-1

2-2 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

Engine Diesel
Coolant Fuel

Engine
Coolant
Hydraulic
Vent
Filter
Fall Hazards
Engine
Oil Level
Hydraulic
Oil 2
Pump Drive
Oil Level
Fluid Symbols

Flying Object Hazards


Falling Boom Hazards
(Crush Hazard)

Overhead Obstruction Hazard

Falling Load Hazards


(Crush Hazard)

Power Line Hazard


(Electrocution)

Fire Extinguisher

FIGURE 2-1 continued

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 2-3


SAFETY INFORMATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Personnel Fall Protection Sound Power Level

Read Manual

Pressure Cleaning

Tire Pressure (MAX-ER)

Pressure Release Hazard

FIGURE 2-1 continued

2-4 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

CRANE ACCESS POINTS • To reduce the risk of slipping, non-skid material (sand in
paint) has been applied to painted walkways and
platforms. However, walkways and platforms can be
slippery when wet and when oil or grease is spilled on
them. Keep walkways and platforms clean and dry to
DANGER prevent slipping on them. When non-skid material
Crushing Injury Hazard! wears out, reapply it.
Upperworks can swing into and crush personnel climbing • Wear shoes with a highly slip-resistant sole material.
on or off crane. Clean any mud or debris from shoes before entering the
Moving crawlers can crush personnel climbing on or off crane cab or climbing onto crane. A shoe that is not
crane. clean might slip off a control pedal during operation.
To prevent death or serious injury: • Do not make modifications or additions to the crane’s
Barricade all accessible areas to crane so personnel access systems that have not been evaluated and 2
cannot be struck or crushed when upperworks is swung. approved by Manitowoc.
• Do not climb on or off crane while upperworks is • Do not use top of mast, boom, or jib as walkways.
being swung or crane is being traveled. NOTE: Two ladders, stored in boom butt, are available for
• Signal operator that you need to climb on or off crane. boom assembly and disassembly. See Boom
Ladder Assembly in Section 4 of this manual for
• Operator: do not swing or travel while personnel are
instructions.
climbing on or off crane. Stop swing and travel
motions. Apply swing brake and turn on travel park.
Getting On or Off Crane
• Operator: Always sound horn to alert personnel
before you swing or travel. Personnel getting on and off crane shall do so only at steps
or ladders provided and only while crane is parked.
General Never climb onto or off a moving crane. Climb onto and off
crane only when it is parked and only with operator’s
Take necessary precaution to prevent slipping and/or falling permission.
off the crane during assembly, disassembly, maintenance, or
other work. Falling from any height could result in When personnel use ladders to get on or off the crane, their
serious injury or death. hands shall be free of any objects. Objects which cannot be
carried in pockets or tool belts shall be lifted into place with a
Manitowoc has provided steps, ladders, catwalks, and hand line or hoist.
platforms at the locations shown in Figure 2-2.
The owner/user must provide workers with approved ladders Personnel Fall-Protection Anchors
or aerial work platform to access those areas of the crane Manitowoc has provided fourteen anchors on the
that cannot be reached from the ground or from steps, upperworks (see Figure 1) to which workers can attach their
ladders, catwalks, and platforms provided by Manitowoc. personnel fall-protection equipment.
• Access points must be kept clear to prevent personal
injury and unsafe operation of crane. Store clothing and
other personal belongings so they do not interfere with
controls in operator’s cab or with operation of crane. WARNING
• Tools, oil cans, spare parts, and other necessary Fall Hazard!
equipment must be stored in tool boxes or other Anchors are designed to handle only one person at a
appropriate locations. Do not allow these items to lie time.
around loose in operators cab or on steps, ladders,
Dot use anchors for lifting or pulling loads.
catwalks, and platforms.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 2-5


SAFETY INFORMATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1119
Anchor for personnel fall-protection equipment:
– 4 Places Front of Rotating Bed
– 3 Places on Engine Covers
– 3 Places on Rear of Rotating Bed (under mast)
– 2 Places Each Upper Counterweight Tray

Counterweight
Boxes Have Non- Ladder
Skip Surfaces

Steps Both Sides


P1951
of Both Carbody
Counterweights

Ladder

Operator’s
Steps
Cab

Carbody Has
Steps Non-Skip
Surface

Shaded Areas
Indicate Steps
and Walkways

Ladder
Both Sides

Counterweight Boxes
and Trays Have
Non-Skip Surfaces

FIGURE 2-2

2-6 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

OPERATOR’S MANUAL/CAPACITY CHART If the serial numbers of your manuals and capacity charts do
STORAGE not match the serial numbers of the crane or attachment,
contact your Crane CARE distributor for the proper manual
General or capacity charts.
Do not operate crane or attachment if proper Capacity
Manitowoc provides the following manuals and other
Chart is not in cab.
important literature with your crane and attachment (Luffing
Jib, etc.):
Storing Manuals
• Operator’s Manual (Serial Numbered)
Store the Operator Information Manuals for the crane and
Contains safety information, crane specifications,
each applicable attachment on the bookshelf in the
assembly/erection procedures, operating instructions,
Operator’s cab (Figure 2-3).
lubrication and maintenance checks.
• Parts Manual (Serial Numbered)
Contains illustrations and part numbers of replaceable
Attach the chain from the manual in use to the link behind the
operator’s seat.
2
parts. Keep all other manuals provided with the crane in the crane
owner’s/user’s office so they are readily available when
• Capacity Chart Manual (Serial Numbered)
needed.
Contains lifting capacities and related information (wire
rope specifications, drum and lagging information, etc.)
Operator Information
• Maintenance Checks and Lube Guide
Manual
Contains lists of maintenance checks and lube services P431a

and their prescribed intervals.


• Rated Capacity Indicator/Limiter Operation
Contains Load capacity operation and calibration
procedures.
• Service Manual (Serial Numbered)
Contains theory of operation, maintenance procedures,
troubleshooting information, and shop procedures.
• Vendor Instructions Manual (Serial Numbered)
Contains OEM instructions for servicing purchased
components, (engines, pumps, valves, etc.).
The manuals which must be retained in the operator’s cab
(Operator’s Manual, Capacity Charts, Maintenance Checks
and Lube Guide, and RCL Operation) are supplied in a
OPERATOR INFORMATION binder. A separate binder is
provided for the crane and each applicable attachment.
The Operator’s Manuals and Capacity Charts are stamped Bookshelf Behind
with the serial number of the crane or attachment. The serial Operator’s Seat
number on the manuals and capacity charts must match the
serial number of the crane and attachment in use. Using any
other manual or capacity chart is prohibited. Link
• The crane model and serial number is located on the
Crane Identification Label on the crane cab. Chain Ring
P431b
• The model and serial number of the attachment (other FIGURE 2-3
than standard boom) is located on the Crane
Identification Label on the attachment.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 2-7


SAFETY INFORMATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

SAFE OPERATING PRACTICES inspection or to verify the crane’s performance after


maintenance procedures.
General No personnel shall be allowed to climb onto the
The importance of safe operation cannot be over crane or enter the crane cab unless performance of
emphasized. Carelessness and neglect on the part of their duties require them to do so, and then only
operators, supervisors and planners, rigging personnel and with knowledge of the operator or other qualified
job site personnel can result in their death or injury and costly person.
damage to the crane or property. Qualified person is defined as one who by reason of
The safety information in this publication is intended only as training and experience is thoroughly familiar with crane
a guide to assist qualified operators in safe operation. operations and the hazards involved. Such a person shall
Manitowoc cannot foresee all hazards that will arise in the meet the operator qualifications specified in OSHA
field; therefore, safety remains responsibility of crane Regulations (United States Federal Law) or any other
operators and owner. applicable Federal, State, or local laws.

Local, state, and other governmental agencies may require Operator training and qualification is crane owner’s
stricter operating practices. When a conflict in practices responsibility.
exists, follow the strictest practice.
Operator Conduct
Read Operator’s Manual 1. Operator shall not engage in any practice which diverts
Safe and efficient operation of this crane requires that it be his/her attention while operating crane.
maintained in proper working order and that its operators and 2. Operator shall not operate crane when physically or
maintenance personnel be familiar with the crane's functions mentally unfit.
and capabilities.
3. Operator shall be responsible for all operations under
The Operator’s Manual supplied with and considered part of his/her direct control. When safety of an operation is in
your crane must be read and completely understood by each doubt, operator shall consult with person supervising lift
person responsible for operation and maintenance of the before lifting load.
crane.
4. Operator shall be thoroughly familiar with operation of
The Operator’s Manual must be read to personnel who can crane and its proper care. If adjustments or repairs are
not read or understand English or other language the manual necessary or if there are known defects that impair safe
is translated into. operation, crane shall not be operated until unsafe
Because of a program of continuing improvement in product conditions have been corrected.
design, Manitowoc reserves the right to change the 5. If there is a warning sign at start controls, operator shall
information and specifications contained in the Operator’s not start engine until warning sign has been removed by
Manual at any time without notice. If you have any questions person who installed it.
regarding the crane or its Operator’s Manual, please contact
your Crane CARE distributor. 6. Before starting engine, operator shall make sure that:
a. All daily inspection and maintenance services have
Operator Qualifications been performed.
The crane shall be operated only by the following qualified b. All controls are in off position and all brakes and
personnel: locking devices are applied or engaged.
1. Designated operators. c. All personnel are clear of crane. Deploy a swing
2. Trainees under direct supervision of a designated radius barrier.
operator. 7. Operator shall test all controls, limits, and
3. Supervisors, inspectors and maintenance or test communication systems at start of each shift. Any
personnel when necessary in performance of their defects found shall be corrected before operation is
duties. Operation of the crane by these personnel shall begun.
be limited to the crane functions needed to perform the

2-8 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

boom from movement by wind or other outside


forces.
e. Move all controls to off.
WARNING
Operational aids (accessories) such as rated capacity f. Apply all drum brakes and pawls.
indicator or limiter, boom and jib angle indicator or limiter, g. Disengage master clutch, if equipped.
anti-two-block device, level indicator, swing limiter,
proximity device, etc., may be installed on your crane. h. Stop engine.
Such devices are to be used only as AIDS TO ASSIST 13. Operator shall perform following operations if power or a
OP ERATOR ; t he i r pre s en c e o n cra n e i n n o w ay control function fails during operation:
substitutes for or lessens requirement that operator
knowledge, experience, and judgment are required to a. Land all suspended loads, if possible, under brake
ensure safe operation of crane.
Crane shall not be loaded beyond applicable static or b.
or power control.
Apply all brakes and locking devices.
2
dynamic ratings given on capacity chart for crane.
c. Move all controls to off.
• See Size of Load later in this section.
14. If crane will be operated at night, operator shall make
• See Section 3 of this manual for purpose of each sure that there is sufficient lighting for safe operation.
operational aid. Load and landing area shall be illuminated.

8. Operator shall not start crane movement if the load or 15. Operator shall not operate crane during periods of bad
designated signal person is not within his/her range of weather if his or her ability to see load or signal person is
vision or communication. impaired by darkness, fog, rain, etc.

9. Operator shall understand and respond to signals from When a local weather storm warning exists, Manitowoc
the person directing the lift or from the designated signal recommends that operation be stopped and the crane
person. When a signal person or crane follower is not secured. See step 12 under Operator Conduct topic.
required, operator is responsible for lift. Operator shall 16. Wind can cause crane to tip or boom and other
obey a stop signal at all times, no matter who gives attachments to collapse. Operator or qualified person
it. directing lift shall compensate for effect of wind on load
10. Operator shall verify that the capacity chart being used and boom by reducing ratings, reducing operating
is the correct one for how the crane is equipped (boom speeds, or a combination of both.
length, load line reeving, counterweight, etc.). Unless otherwise specified on Capacity Chart, or in
11. Operator shall verify that: Operator’s Manual, stop operation under following wind
conditions:
a. All attachments are properly assembled and
attached to the crane according to the rigging a. If wind causes load to swing forward past allowable
drawings called for on the capacity chart. operating radius or sideways past either boom
hinge pin, land load and apply drum brakes.
b. The counterweight — to include applicable auxiliary
counterweight — is in place and of proper weight. b. If wind exceeds 35 mph, land all loads and apply
Maximum required counterweight shall not be drum brakes, lower boom onto blocking at ground
exceeded. level or otherwise restrain it, and apply swing and
travel brakes and/or locks.
12. Operator shall perform the following operations before
leaving operator’s cab for any reason: 17. Booms, jibs, or masts which are being assembled or
disassembled on ground (with or without support of
a. Park crane (if mobile) and position upperworks so boom rigging) shall be securely blocked to prevent
the crane does not interfere with operation of other dropping of boom, jib, or mast sections.
equipment.
Workers shall not go under boom, jib, or mast
b. Apply travel and swing brakes or locking devices. sections when removing connecting pins or bolts.
c. Land any attached load. 18. Each outrigger shall be visible to operator or signal
d. Lower boom onto blocking at ground level or onto a person during extension and retraction.
boom rest if possible; otherwise, securely fasten

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 2-9


SAFETY INFORMATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Handling Load a. Crane has a firm uniformly supporting foundation


under both crawlers, all tires, or each outrigger jack
Size of Load pad or float. Unless otherwise specified on capacity
chart, foundation shall be level to within 1% — 1 ft
1. Crane shall not be loaded beyond applicable static or
(0.3 m) rise or fall in 100 ft (30.5 m) distance.
dynamic ratings given on the capacity chart for the crane
configuration. When such a surface is not available, it shall be
provided with timbers, cribbing, or other structural
NOTE: Capacity charts for Manitowoc cranes show the
members to distribute load such that allowable
total weight of freely suspended loads for various
bearing capacity of underlying member is not
boom and jib lengths and operating radii.
exceeded.
To determine actual weight of load which can be C o n ta c t C r a n e C A R E C u s t o m e r S e r v i c e a t
lifted at a given radius (working load), operator Manitowoc for ground bearing data.
must deduct weight of certain lifting equipment
from total weight given on chart. See specific b. Load is secured and properly balanced in slings or
capacity chart for your crane for a list of lifting lifting device before lifting the load more than 3 – 6
equipment which must be deducted. in. (76 – 152 mm).
Operator’s judgment must be used to further c. Lift and swing paths are clear of personnel and
reduce total weight to allow for dynamic effects of obstructions.
swinging, hoisting, or lowering, and adverse d. Load is free to be lifted.
weather conditions to include wind.
e. Load line is not kinked or otherwise damaged.
2. Operator or other designated person directing the lift
shall verify that weight of load is within static or dynamic f. Multiple part load lines are not twisted around each
rating for radius at which load will be lifted. other in such a manner that lines will not separate
when load is lifted.
Verified weights and measured radii shall take
priority over RCI/RCL readings. g. Hook is brought over load in a manner that will
minimize twisting or swinging.
Attaching Load
h. Load line and boom hoist ropes are properly
1. Attach hook to load with slings, or other suitable rigging. spooled on drums and seated in sheaves.
Each hook shall have a latch that is in proper working
order. Hook latches shall not be wired open. i. Load drum brakes are in proper working order.

a. Inspect each hook and latch before using. Operator shall test load drum brakes each time a
load approaching rated load is handled. Lift load 3 –
b. Never use a hook or latch that is distorted or bent. 6 in. (76 – 152 mm) and fully apply brakes — load
must not lower through applied brakes.
c. Make sure spring will force latch against tip of hook.
j. Unused load drums are parked (working and
d. Make sure hook supports load. Latch must never
parking brakes applied; if equipped, drum pawls
support load. Latches are only intended to retain
engaged).
loose slings under slack conditions.
k. All personnel are clear of swing radius of crane’s
2. Only use slings and other rigging that are in safe
counterweight.
operating condition and have a rating equal to or greater
than the load to be lifted. 2. While lifting or moving load, operator shall take following
precautions:
3. Do not wrap load line around load.
a. Accelerate and decelerate load smoothly to avoid
4. Use suitable protection between slings and any sharp
excessive stress on crane boom and machinery.
edges on load.
b. Avoid sudden starts and stops while swinging. Keep
5. Secure unused legs of a multi-leg sling before handling
swing speed under control to prevent load from
a load with one leg of sling.
swinging out beyond radius at which load can be
Lifting/Moving Load handled and to minimize the pendulum action of
load.
1. Before lifting or moving load, operator or qualified
person directing lift shall make following checks: c. Use taglines or other restraints to control load when
necessary.

2-10 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

d. Do not exceed any swing limitations (areas of One designated person shall be responsible for
operation) given on capacity chart. operation when two or more cranes are used to lift
same load. Designated person shall analyze lift and
e. Do not allow load, boom, or any other part of crane
instruct all personnel involved in proper rigging and
to contact obstructions.
positioning of load and all movements to be made.
f. Do not use crane to drag a load. Decisions such as necessity to reduce crane
ratings, load position, boom position, ground
g. Do not hoist, lower, or swing load while personnel
support, and speed of movements shall be in
are on load or hook. See Personnel Handling in this
accordance with designated person’s decision.
section.
l. Do not lower load or boom to a point where less
h. Avoid carrying load over personnel. Loads which
than two full wraps of wire rope remain on the
are suspended shall be blocked or cribbed before
respective drum (or as otherwise indicated in local,
personnel are allowed to work under or between
them.
state, or federal regulations).
2
m. Engage boom hoist pawl when operating with boom
i. Before lifting a load which requires use of outriggers
at a fixed radius.
(or anytime outriggers are used), fully extend
outrigger beams and jacks so the truck tires do not 3. While traveling, operator shall take following
bear any load. precautions:
Securely fasten outrigger jack pads or floats to jacks a. Sound signal horn before traveling and
and set them on a flat, firm surface that will support intermittently while traveling, especially when
load placed on pads or floats. Do not set jack pads approaching personnel.
or floats in holes, on rocky ground, or on extremely
b. Carry boom in-line with lowerworks and facing
soft ground.
direction of travel.
When dictated by ground conditions, install wood
blocking or steel plates under jack pads or floats to c. Do not position boom so high that it could bounce
properly distribute loading on the supporting over backwards whether traveling with or without
surface. load.

Wood blocking or steel plates used under jack pads d. Lock upperworks against rotation except when it is
or floats shall be: necessary to negotiate a turn, and then only when
operator is seated at controls or the boom is
- Free of defects. supported on a dolly.
- Strong enough to prevent crushing, bending, or e. Lash or otherwise restrain unused hooks so they
shear failure. cannot swing freely.
- Of sufficient thickness, width, and length to 4. Before traveling with a load, operator shall take following
completely support the jack pad or float, additional precautions:
transmit the load to the supporting surface, and
p r e ve n t s h ift in g , t o p p l in g , o r e xc e ss iv e a. A designated person shall be responsible for
settlement under load. operation. Decisions such as necessity to reduce
crane ratings, load position, boom position, ground
j. Fully retract and lock jacks and outrigger beams so support, and speed of movements shall be in
they cannot extend when not in use. accordance with designated person’s decision.
k. Operate with extreme caution when using two or b. Maintain specified tire pressures (truck cranes).
more cranes to lift same load.
c. Avoid sudden starts and stops. Use taglines or other
restraints to control position of load.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 2-11


SAFETY INFORMATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Multiple Load Line Operation operation (simultaneous operation, same or opposite


direction, or individual operation).
Multiple load line operation is becoming common practice for
applications like panel tilt-up, pile tilt-up, pile driving, rolling 9. When using tandem drums, maximum operating layers
fabricated sections, etc. The multiple lines may be on a may be limited depending on whether crane was initially
common shaft (each with different parts of line) or on multiple designed for tandem drum operation or not.
shafts (boom and upper point, boom and fixed jib point, etc).
Manitowoc authorizes multiple load line operation for those
applications requiring it, provided following steps are
performed: WARNING
Avoid Over Load and Side Load Damage to Crane
1. A qualified lift planner and crane operator shall read and
become thoroughly familiar with appropriate Capacity Manitowoc highly recommends that you contact your
Charts and Wire Rope Specification Charts. Crane CARE distributor for lift planning assistance and
approval.
2. Lift planner and crane operator shall make sure total
load does not exceed rated capacity given in Capacity Holding Load
Chart and Wire Rope Specification Chart for given boom
point or jib point. When a load is suspended, operator shall take following
precautions:
EXAMPLE: If one of load line is lifting from jib point,
proper jib chart applies. 1. Not leave his/her position at controls.

3. Crane shall be thoroughly inspected by a qualified 2. Not allow personnel to stand or pass under load.
person prior to setup. 3. Move all controls to off, apply all drum brakes, engage
4. Crane shall be thoroughly inspected for load line boom hoist pawl, and apply swing and travel brakes or
interference caused by routing and reeving of multiple locks.
load lines. If interference is found, it shall be eliminated.
Signals
5. For cranes produced before 2003, Rated Capacity
Indicators/Limiters were not required by ASME B30.5 for 1. Continuous communication shall be maintained
non-personnel lifting. between operator and signal person during all crane
movements. If communication is disrupted, operator
To aid operator in staying within crane's capacity chart shall stop all crane movements.
with total applied load, Manitowoc recommends that its
cranes be equipped with Rated Capacity Indicators/ 2. Signals to operator shall be in accordance with standard
Limiters to monitor load on each load line. signals shown in Section 3, unless communications
equipment (telephone, radio, etc.) is used.
Operator is still responsible knowing load and
radius whether or not crane is equipped with load 3. All signals shall be easily understood by operator at all
indicator(s). times. Operator shall not respond to any signal which is
not clearly understood.
6. Manitowoc also recommends that each load line be
equipped with an anti two-block device. 4. For operations not covered in standard signals, or for
special situations or emergencies, additional signals
7. Manitowoc’s Capacity Charts are based on freely may be required. In those cases, signals used shall be
suspended loads. To prevent side load damage to agreed upon in advance by operator and signal person.
boom, jib, and sheaves: Signals used shall not conflict with or have potential to
• Load lines must hang as near vertical as possible to be confused with standard signals.
minimize side and forward loads. 5. When it is necessary to give instructions to operator
• Load must remain centered on boom and jib point (other than those established by signal system), all
shafts unless special lift approval is granted by crane motions shall be stopped.
Manitowoc.
6. Signal person shall:
• Load lines should be located over load’s center of
a. Be qualified by experience with crane operations,
gravity as it is supported on a trailer, barge, or
have a basic understanding of crane operations and
ground.
limitations, and be thoroughly familiar with standard
8. Crane operator must be familiar with operational hand signals.
characteristic of crane as it relates to multiple drum

2-12 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

b. Be positioned in clear view of operator. Signal (i.e., assign an additional signal person to observe
person’s position should give him or her a clear view distance between load and boom or jib point).
of load, crane, and operating area.
This practice does not apply when lifting personnel in
c. Direct load so it does not pass over personnel. load line supported baskets. Personnel shall not be
lifted in load line supported baskets when anti-two-
d. Keep unnecessary personnel out of crane’s
block devices are not functioning properly.
operating area.
6. When level indicator is inoperative or malfunctioning,
7. When moving crane, following audible signals shall be
other means shall be used to level crane within limits
used:
specified on capacity chart (i.e., level crane using a
a. STOP - one short audible signal. carpenter level on rotating bed).
b. GO AHEAD - two short audible signals. 7. When boom length indicator is inoperative or
c. BACK UP - three short audible signals.
malfunctioning, qualified person directing lift shall
establish boom length at which lift will be made by actual
2
measurement and marking of boom.
Operational Aids
8. When swing limiter or other proximity device is
Verified weights, measured radii, and Manitowoc’s Capacity
inoperative or malfunctioning, qualified person directing
Charts and instructions shall take precedence over
lift shall establish procedures to furnish equivalent
operational aids when handling a load. If it is necessary to
protection (i.e., assign an additional signal person to
temporarily override an operational aid, crane user shall stay
observe distance between boom or load and job site
within limits of Manitowoc’s Capacity Charts and instructions.
obstructions to include power lines).
A designated, qualified person responsible for directing the
lift shall make sure load does not exceed capacity chart. 9. When drum spooling limiter (maximum or minimum
bail limit) is inoperative or malfunctioning, qualified
When operational aids are inoperative or malfunctioning, the
person directing lift, operator, or designated signal
following steps shall be taken to ensure safe continued
person shall watch drum and make sure it is not over
operation of the crane.
spooled (rope does not jump off drum) and that there are
1. Steps shall be taken to schedule repairs and calibration never less than 2 full wraps of wire rope on load drum or
immediately. Operational aids shall be put back into boom hoist (or as otherwise indicated in local, state, or
service as soon as replacement parts, if required, are federal regulations).
available and repairs and calibration can be carried out.
Every reasonable effort must be made to expedite OPERATING NEAR ELECTRIC POWER
repairs and calibration. LINES AND TRANSMITTER LINES
2. When rated capacity indicator/limiter is inoperative or
malfunctioning, designated, qualified person directing lift Electrocution Hazard
shall establish procedures for determining load weights Thoroughly read, understand, and abide by all applicable
and shall make sure that weight of load does not exceed federal, state, and local regulations regarding operation of
crane rating at radius where load is handled. cranes near electric power lines or equipment.
3. When boom angle or radius indicator is inoperative or United States federal law prohibits the use of
malfunctioning, radius or boom angle shall be cranes closer than 10 ft (3 m) to power sources up
determined by measurement (i.e., measure radius with to 50,000 volts, and greater distances for higher
tape measure; measure boom angle with a protractor- voltages [29CFR1910.180 and 29CFR1926.550].
level on centerline of boom).
To avoid death or serious injury, Manitowoc
4. When boom or jib angle limiter (automatic boom or recommends that all parts of crane, boom, and
jib stop) is inoperative or malfunctioning, qualified load be kept at least 20 ft (6 m) away from all
person directing lift shall make sure maximum boom electrical power lines and equipment.
angle/radius specified on capacity chart for load being
handled is not exceeded. Radius and boom angle shall Keep all personnel and their personal belongings (clothing,
be determined by measurement (i.e., measure radius water coolers, lunch buckets, etc.) away from crane if it is
with tape measure; measure angle with a protractor- being operated near electrical power lines or equipment.
level on centerline of boom).
Before operating crane in the vicinity of electrical power lines
5. When anti-two-block device is inoperative or or equipment, notify the power utility company. Obtain
malfunctioning, qualified person directing lift shall positive and absolute assurance that the power has been
establish procedures to furnish equivalent protection turned off.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 2-13


SAFETY INFORMATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

The crane is NOT INSULATED. Always consider all parts of side of a crossin g to assure sufficient clea rance is
the load and the crane, including the wire rope, pendants or maintained.
straps, and tag lines as conductors.
Appoint a reliable and qualified signal person, equipped with
Most overhead power lines ARE NOT insulated. Treat all a loud signal whistle or horn and voice communication
overhead power lines as being energized unless you have equipment, to warn the operator when any part of the crane
reliable information to the contrary from the utility company or load moves near a power source. This person should
or owner. have no other duties while the crane is working.
The rules in this section must be followed at all times, even if Tag lines should always be made of non-conductive
the electrical power lines or equipment have been de- materials. Any tag line that is wet or dirty can conduct
energized. electricity.
Crane operation is dangerous when close to an energized DO NOT store materials under power lines or close to
electrical power source. Exercise extreme caution and electrical power sources.
prudent judgement. Operate slowly and cautiously when in
Prior to operating near transmitter towers where an electrical
the vicinity of power lines.
charge can be induced into the crane or load:
If the load, wire rope, boom, or any portion of the crane
• The transmitter shall be deenergized OR,
contacts or comes too close to an electrical power source,
everyone in, on, and around the crane can be seriously • Tests shall be made to determine if an electrical charge
injured or killed. will be induced into the crane or load.
The safest way to avoid electrocution is to stay away from Every precaution shall be taken to dissipate induced
electrical power lines and electrical power sources. voltages. Consult local, state, and federal codes and
regulations.
The operator is responsible for alerting all personnel of
dangers associated with electrical power lines and
Electrocution Hazard Devices
equipment. The crane is not insulated. Do not allow
unnecessary personnel in the vicinity of the crane while The use of insulated links, insulated boom cages/guards,
operating. Permit no one to lean against or touch the crane. proximity warning devices, or mechanical limit stops does
Permit no one, including riggers and load handlers, to hold not assure that electrical contact will not occur. Even if codes
the load, load lines, tag lines, or rigging gear. or regulations require the use of such devices, failure to
follow the rules in this section may result in serious injury or
Even if the crane operator is not affected by an electrical
death.
contact, others in the area may become seriously injured or
killed. Be aware that such devices have limitations and you should
follow the rules and precautions outlined in this section at all
It is not always necessary to contact a power line or power
times even if the crane is equipped with these devices.
source to become electrocuted. Electricity, depending on
magnitude, can arc or jump to any part of the load, load line, Insulating links installed into the load line afford limited
or crane boom if it comes too close to an electrical power protection from electrocution hazards. Links are limited in
source. Low voltages can also be dangerous. their lifting abilities, insulating properties, and other
properties that affect their performance. Moisture, dust, dirt,
Set-Up and Operation oils, and other contaminants can cause a link to conduct
electricity. Due to their capacity ratings, some links are not
During crane use, assume that every line is energized (“hot”
effective for large cranes and/or high voltages/currents.
or “live”) and take necessary precautions.
The only protection that may be afforded by an insulated link
Position the crane such that the load, boom, or any part of
is below the link (electrically downstream), provided the link
the crane and its attachments cannot be moved to within 20
has been kept clean, free of contamination, has not been
ft (6 m) of electrical power lines or equipment. This includes
scratched or damaged, and is periodically tested (just before
the crane boom and all attachments. Overhead lines tend to
use) for its dielectric integrity.
blow in the wind so allow for lines’ movement when
determining safe operating distance. Boom cages and boom guards afford limited protection from
electrocution hazards. They are designed to cover only the
A suitable barricade should be erected to physically restrain
boom nose and a small portion of the boom. Performance of
the crane, all attachments, and the load from entering into an
boom cages and boom guards is limited by their physical
unsafe distance from electrical power lines or equipment.
size, insulating characteristics, and operating environment
Plan ahead and always plan a safe route before traveling (e.g. dust, dirt, moisture, etc.). The insulating characteristics
under power lines. Rider poles should be erected on each

2-14 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

of these devices can be compromised if not kept clean, free Only as a last resort should an operator attempt to leave the
of contamination, and undamaged. crane upon contacting a power source. If it is absolutely
necessary to leave the cab, JUMP COMPLETELY CLEAR
Proximity sensing and warning devices are available in
OF CRANE. DO NOT STEP OFF. Hop away with both feet
different types. Some use boom nose (localized) sensors
together. DO NOT walk or run.
and others use full boom length sensors. No warning may be
given for components, cables, loads, and other attachments Following any contact with an energized electrical source,
located outside of the sensing area. Reliance is placed upon your Crane CARE distributor must be immediately advised of
the operator in selecting and properly setting the sensitivity the incident and consulted on necessary inspections and
of these devices. repairs. Thoroughly inspect the wire rope and all points of
contact on the crane. Should the distributor not be
Never rely solely on a device to protect you and your fellow
immediately available, contact Crane CARE Customer
workers from danger.
Service at the factory. The crane must not be returned to
Some variables you must know and understand are: service until it is thoroughly inspected for any evidence of
damage and all damaged parts are repaired or replaced as
2
• Proximity devices are supposed to detect the existence
authorized by Manitowoc or your Crane CARE distributor.
of electricity and not its distance, quantity, or magnitude.
• Some proximity devices will detect only alternating REFUELING
current (AC) and not direct current (DC).
1. When using a portable container to refuel crane,
• Some proximity devices detect radio frequency (RF) container shall be a safety-type can equipped with an
energy and others do not. automatic closing cap and a flame arrester.
• Most proximity devices simply provide a signal (audible, 2. Engine shall be stopped before refueling crane.
visual, or both) for the operator and this signal must not
be ignored. 3. Smoking and open flames shall be prohibited in
refueling area.
• Sometimes the sensing portion of the proximity devices
becomes confused by complex or differing arrays of FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
power lines and power sources.
1. A portable fire extinguisher with a minimum rating of 10
DO NOT depend on grounding. Grounding of a crane affords
BC shall be installed in operator’s or machinery cab of
lit tl e o r n o p r ot e cti on fro m e lec tric al h az ar d s. T h e
crane.
effectiveness of grounding is limited by the size of the (wire)
conductor used, the condition of the ground, the magnitude 2. Operator and all maintenance personnel shall be
of the voltage and current present, and numerous other thoroughly familiar with location, use, and care of fire
factors. extinguisher(s) provided.

Electrical Contact ACCIDENTS


If the crane comes in contact with an energized power If this crane becomes involved in a property damage and/or
source, the operator must: personal injury accident, immediately contact the Product
1. Stay in the crane cab. DON’T PANIC. Safety and Reliability Manager or Crane CARE Customer
Service at:
2. Immediately warn PERSONNEL in the vicinity to STAY
AWAY. Manitowoc Crane Group
2401 So. 30th St.
3. Attempt to move the crane away from the contacted Manitowoc, WI 54220
power source using the crane’s controls which are likely
Phone: 920-683-6390
to remain functional.
Fax: 920-683-6338
4. Stay in the crane until the power company has been E-mail: thomas.cioni@manitowoc.com
contacted and the power source has been de-energized. michael.brunet@manitowoc.com
NO ONE must attempt to come close to the crane or Provide a complete description of the accident, including the
load until the power has been turned off. crane model and serial number.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 2-15


SAFETY INFORMATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

SAFE MAINTENANCE PRACTICES must not be started. Do not remove sign until it is
safe to return crane to service.
2. Do not attempt to maintain or repair any part of crane
while engine is running, unless absolutely necessary.
WARNING If engine must be run, keep your clothing and all parts of
Imp or ta nce of saf e main ten an ce ca nno t be ove r your body away from moving parts. Maintain constant
emphasized. Carelessness and neglect on part of verbal communication between person at controls
maintenance personnel can result in their death or injury and person performing maintenance or repair
and costly damage to the crane or property. procedure.
Safety information in this publication is intended only as a 3. Wear clothing that is relatively tight and belted.
guide to assist qualified maintenance personnel in safe
maintenance. Manitowoc cannot foresee all hazards that 4. Wear appropriate eye protection and approved hard hat.
will arise in field; therefore, safety remains 5. Never climb onto or off a moving crane. Climb onto and
responsibility of maintenance personnel and crane off crane only when it is parked and only with
owner. operator’s permission.
Use both hands and handrails, steps and ladders
Maintenance Instructions provided to climb onto and off crane.
To ensure safe and proper operation of Manitowoc cranes,
Lift tools and other equipment which cannot be carried in
they must be maintained according to the instructions
pockets or tool belts onto and off crane with hand lines or
contained in this manual and the Service Manual provided
hoists.
with the crane.
6. Boom and gantry are not intended as ladders. Do not
Crane maintenance and repair must be performed by
attempt to climb lattice work of boom or gantry to get to
personnel who by reason of training and experience are
maintenance points. If boom or gantry is not equipped
thoroughly familiar with the crane’s operation and required
with an approved ladder, lower them before performing
maintenance. These personnel must read Operator’s
maintenance or repair procedures.
Manual and Service Manual before attempting any
maintenance procedure. If there is any question regarding 7. Do not remove cylinders until working unit has been
maintenance procedures or specifications, contact your securely restrained against movement.
Crane CARE distributor for assistance.
8. Pinch points are impossible to eliminate; watch for them
Training/qualification of maintenance personnel is closely.
responsibility of crane owner.
9. Pressurized air, coolant, and hydraulic oil can cause
serious injury. Make sure all air, coolant, and hydraulic
Safe Maintenance Practices
lines, fittings, and components are tight and serviceable.
1. Perform following steps (as applicable) before starting a
Do not use your hands to check for air and hydraulic
maintenance procedure:
oil leaks:
a. Park crane where it will not interfere with other • Use a soap and water solution to check for air leaks
equipment or operations. (apply to fittings and lines and watch for bubbles).
b. Lower all loads to ground or otherwise secure them • Use a piece of cardboard or wood to check for
against movement. hydraulic oil leaks.
c. Lower boom onto blocking at ground level, if 10. Relieve pressure before disconnecting air, coolant, and
possible, or otherwise secure boom against hydraulic lines and fittings.
dropping.
11. Do not remove radiator cap while coolant is hot or under
d. Move all controls to off and secure all functions pressure. Stop engine, wait until pressure drops and
against movement by applying or engaging all coolant cools, then slowly remove cap.
brakes, pawls, or other locking devices.
12. Avoid battery explosion: do not smoke while performing
e. Stop engine and render starting means inoperative. battery maintenance, do not short across battery
f. Place a warning sign at start controls alerting other terminals to check its charge.
personnel that crane is being serviced and engine 13. Read safety information in battery manufacturer’s
instructions before attempting to charge a battery.

2-16 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

14. Avoid battery acid contact with skin and eyes. If contact 26. Disconnect and lock power supply switch before
occurs, flush area with water and immediately consult a attempting to service high voltage electrical components
doctor. and before entering tight areas (such as carbody
openings) containing high voltage components.
15. Stop engine before refueling crane.
27. When assembling and disassembling booms, jibs, or
16. Do not smoke or allow open flames in refueling area.
masts on ground (with or without support of boom
17. Use a safety-type can with an automatic closing cap and rigging pendants or straps), securely block each section
flame arrestor for refueling. to provide adequate support and alignment.
18. Hydraulic oil can also be flammable. Do not smoke or Do not go under boom, jib, or mast sections while
allow open flames in area when filling hydraulic tanks. connecting bolts or pins are being removed.
19. Never handle wire rope by hand. 28. Unless authorized in writing by Manitowoc, do not alter
20. Use extreme care when handling coiled pendants due to
crane in any way that affects crane’s performance (to
include welding, cutting, or burning of structural
2
stored energy.
members or changing pressures and flows of air/
21. When inflating tires, use a tire cage, a clip-on inflator, hydraulic components). Doing so will invalidate all
and an extension hose which permits standing well away warranties and capacity charts and make crane owner/
from tire. user liable for any resultant accidents.
22. Only use cleaning solvents which are non-volatile and 29. Keep crane clean. Accumulations of dirt, grease, oil,
non-flammable. rags, paper, and other waste will not only interfere with
safe operation and maintenance but also create a fire
23. Do not attempt to lift heavy components by hand. Use a hazard.
hoist, jacks, or blocking to lift components.
30. Store tools, oil cans, spare parts, and other necessary
24. Use care while welding or burning on crane. Cover all equipment in tool boxes. Do not allow these items to lie
hoses and components with non-flammable shields or around loose in operator’s cab or on walkways and
blankets to prevent a fire or other damage. stairs.
25. To prevent damage to crane parts (bearings, cylinders, 31. Do not store flammable materials on crane.
swivels, slewing ring, computers, etc.), perform following
steps before welding on crane: 32. Do not return crane to service at completion of
maintenance or repair procedures until all guards and
• Disconnect all cables from batteries.
covers have been reinstalled, trapped air has been bled
• Disconnect output cables at engine junction box. from hydraulic systems, safety devices have been
• Attach ground cable from welder directly to part reactivated, and all maintenance equipment has been
being welded and as close to weld as possible. removed.

Do not weld on engine or engine mounted parts (per 33. Perform a function check to ensure proper operation at
engine manufacturer). completion of maintenance or repair.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 2-17


SAFETY INFORMATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

BOOM DISASSEMBLY SAFETY blocking, individual pin connections may still be under load.
Pins can be ejected forcefully if the boom has any pressure
NOTE: The term “boom” used in the following instructions on it or if the boom is not supported properly.
applies to all lattice attachments (fixed jib, luffing
jib, mast, etc.)

DANGER!
Collapsing Boom Hazard!
Prevent death or serious injury when disassembling boom
sections — read and adhere to following instructions.
FIGURE 2-4
Safe handling of lattice booms during disassembly is a
primary concern for preventing serious or fatal injuries. A
Disassembly Precaution
boom can collapse during disassembly if workers fail to Always block boom sections so they are securely supported
observe safe working practices. and cannot shift or move suddenly when pins are removed. If
Accidents during boom disassembly usually result from one there is any doubt about a boom disassembly procedure,
of three primary causes: block tightly under boom sections before removing any
pin.
• Workers are not familiar with equipment or are not
properly trained.
• Disassembly area is not suitable.
DANGER
• Safe procedures are overlooked because not enough
time is allocated for the task. Collapsing Boom Hazard!
Boom can collapse or shift violently when pins are
General removed. To avoid death or serious injury:
Safety decals (Figure 2-4) are placed near the connectors on • Do not remove bottom connecting pins from any
the boom sections as shown on the Boom Disassembly boom section when boom is supported by straps as
Decal Drawing at the end of this section. shown in Figure 2-5, View A.
Workers involved with boom disassembly must be trained • Do not remove strap connecting pins until straps are
and experienced in the operation and disassembly of fully lowered into supports as shown in Figure 2-5,
construction cranes. Everyone must read and understand View C.
these instructions, the information in the Boom Assembly • Do not remove bottom connecting pins from any
Drawing, and the instructions in Section 4 of this manual boom section when boom point is resting on ground
before beginning disassembly. Anyone who has a question and handling pendants are slack as shown in
should ask for an explanation. One worker who does not Figure 2-5, View B.
fully understand or fails to follow correct procedures
can endanger other workers. • Never work or stand inside boom unless it is lowered
and securely blocked as shown in Figure 2-5, View C.
Location • Do not stand or walk on top of boom unless it has
walkways.
Select a suitable location for boom disassembly. It must be
firm, level, and be free of obstructions. It should have enough
open space to accommodate the crane, the length of boom,
and – if required – movement of an assist crane or other
equipment. If possible, secure the area to keep unauthorized
personnel and vehicles away. DANGER
Falling Boom Hazard!
Pin Removal Crane can tip or boom can collapse if excess boom is
When removing pins from boom sections, stand clear of pins cantilevered. Never cantilever more boom than allowed in
being removed. Even though the boom is resting on rigging drawings or capacity charts.

2-18 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

A10415
View A
WRONG – DANGEROUS!

2 1
2
and there is No Blocking If Boom is Off Ground
Under Boom Sections... and Supported by Straps...

3
Boom will COLLAPSE when
Lower Pins are Removed!

View B
WRONG – DANGEROUS!

2
Handling Pendants are Slack...

3 1
and there is No Blocking
If Boom Point
Under Boom Sections...
is on Ground...
4
Boom will COLLAPSE when
Lower Pins are Removed!

1 View C
Handling Pendants Taut RIGHT – SAFE
and Supporting Boom...

Straps Fully Lowered onto


Supports Before Removing Pins

2 3
before Removing Boom Sections Lowered
Bottom Pins! and Securely Blocked! FIGURE 2-5

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 2-19


SAFETY INFORMATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

PERSONNEL HANDLING POLICY • A determination has been made that use of a crane to
handle personnel is the least hazardous means to
In 1998, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers perform the work.
issued a new American National Standard entitled,
• The crane operator shall be qualified to operate the
Personnel Lifting Systems, ASME B30.23-1998 1 . This
specific type of hoisting eq uipment used in the
standard provides, “lifting and lowering of personnel
personnel lift.
using ASME B30 Standard hoisting equipment shall be
undertaken only in circumstances when it is not • The crane operator and occupants have been instructed
possible to accomplish the task by less hazardous in the recognized hazards of personnel platform lifts.
means. Unless all of the applicable requirements of this
volume are met, the lifting or lowering of personnel • The crane is in proper working order.
using ASME B30 Standard equipment is prohibited.” • Load and boom hoist drum brakes, swing brakes, and
The ASME Standards recognize that mobile and locomotive locking devices such as pawls and dogs shall be
cranes are primarily designed and intended for handling engaged when the occupied personnel platform is in a
materials and not personnel. The ASME Standards have a stationary position.
retrofit statement that applies to existing cranes after the • The crane is equipped with a positive acting device
standards go into effect. It is not the intent of the standards to which prevents contact between the load block or
require retrofitting of existing equipment. If an item is being overhaul ball and the boom tip (anti-two block device).
modified, the performance requirement shall be reviewed
For friction cranes, this implies the addition of spring
relative to the current standard. The standards contain more
applied brakes activated by the anti-two block device.
criteria than the current OSHA 1926.550.
The load line hoist drum shall have a system or device
This new standard is consistent with the U.S. Department of on the power train, other than the load hoist brake, which
Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration regulates the lowering rate of speed of the hoist
( OS H A) r e g u la t io n s fo r C o n st r u ct io n th a t stat e , in mechanism (controlled load lowering).
29CFR1926.550(g)(2)2 General Requirements: “The use of • The crane’s Operator’s Manual is in the crane’s cab,
a crane or derrick to hoist employees on a personnel readily accessible to the Operator.
platform is prohibited, except when the erection, use,
and dismantling of conventional means of reaching the • The crane’s load capacity chart is affixed inside the
work site, such as a personnel hoist, ladder, stairway, crane’s cab, readily accessible to the operator. The total
aerial lift, elevating work platform or scaffold, would be weight of the loaded personnel platform and related
more hazardous or is not possible because of structural rigging shall not exceed 50 percent of the rated capacity
design or work site conditions.” for the radius and configuration of the crane.

Use of a Manitowoc crane to handle personnel is acceptable • The crane is uniformly level within one percent of level
provided: grade and located on a firm footing. Some capacity
charts require more stringent levelness criteria. Cranes
• The crane user shall comply with the manufacturer’s with outriggers shall have them all fully deployed
specifications and limitations for lifting accessories following manufacturer’s specifications.
(hooks, slings, personnel platforms, etc.).
• Manitowoc prohibits personnel handling from its luffing
• The requirements of the applicable national, state and jibs.
local regulations and safety codes are met.
• The platform meets the requirements as prescribed by
applicable standards and regulations.
1.ASME (formerly ANSI) B30 Series American National Safe- • Applicable personnel protection equipment is provided
ty Standards For Cable Ways, Crane, Derricks, Hoists, Hooks,
(i.e., personnel fall-protection system, etc.)
Jacks, And Slings; ASME B30.5 Mobile and Locomotive
Cranes, and ASME B30.23, Personnel Lifting Systems, are • For wire rope suspended platforms, the crane is
available by mail from the ASME, 22 Law Drive, Fairfield, New equipped with a hook latch that can be closed and
Jersey, 0700-2900 (call toll free – US & Canada 800-843-
locked, eliminating the throat opening.
2763, Mexico 95-800-843-2763, Universal 973-882-1167 or
fax 973-882-1717 or 973-882-5155 or E-mail infocentral@as- • The platform is properly attached and secure.
me.org).
2.US DOL/OSHA Rules and Regulations are available by mail • Direct attachment of a personnel platform to a luffing jib
from the Superintendent of Documents, PO Box 371954, is prohibited.
Pittsburgh, PA, 15250-7954 (phone 202-512-1899 or fax 202-
512-2250 or electronically via GPO Access at docs or from • Personnel platforms must not be used if wind exceeds
www.osha.gov). 20 mph (9 m/s).

2-20 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

• Hoisting personnel within 20 ft (6 m) of a power line that Pedestal Mounted Crane


is up to 350 kV or within 50 ft (15 m) of a power line that
is over 350 kV is PROHIBITTED, except for work Also see ASME publication B30.8-2004, Floating Cranes
covered in OSHA 29CFR1926 subpart V. and Derricks.

For operation outside the United States, the requirements of


the applicable national, state and local regulations and
safety codes must be met. This may include, in addition to
the above:
WARNING
Overload Hazard!
• Automatic brakes such that when the equipment
operating controls are released, the motions are brought A pedestal mounted crane will not tip to indicate to
to rest. operator that crane’s capacity has been exceeded. When
capacity of a pedestal mounted crane is exceeded,
• A holding device (such as a load hold check valve) shall
be provided in the hydraulic or pneumatic systems to
turntable bearing, hook rollers (if equipped), or other
structural components may break, before load lines fail,
2
preve nt u ncon tr o lled mo veme nt o f t he h oistin g causing crane to separate from pedestal.
equipment in the case of a system failure. For this reason, great care must be taken to operate a
Manitowoc Cranes, Inc. offers upgrade packages for friction pedestal mounted crane within its rated capacity.
controlled models to install anti-two block, dead man control, Careful planning is required before a crane can be
and automatic hoist system control requirements to satisfy operated on a barge. Crane user shall verify that barge is
other codes and standards. capable of limiting crane list and/or dynamics to maximum
allowable specified on capacity charts. If specified crane
Manitowoc Cranes continues to recommend that cranes be
list and/or dynamic conditions are exceeded, crane’s
properly maintained, regularly inspected and repaired as
capacity may be exceeded; therefore, turntable bearing,
necessary. Manitowoc Cranes reminds crane owners that all
hook rollers (if equipped), or other structural components
safety decals must be in place and legible. Manitowoc
may break, causing crane to separate from pedestal.
Cranes continues to urge Manitowoc crane owners to
upgrade their cranes with rated capacity indicator/limiter
systems for all lifting operations. Definition

Should you have any questions about this subject or other A pedestal mounted crane is a crane which is securely
product safety matters relating to the operation and use of a fastened to a foundation, barge, ship or floating platform so
Manitowoc crane, please contact the Product Safety and the crane is restrained from tipping.
Reliability Manager at the following address: Examples
Manitowoc Crane Group 1. Crane upperworks mounted on a turret (or tub) which is
2401 So. 30th St. securely fastened to foundation (Figure 2-6).
Manitowoc, WI 54220
A839
Phone: 920-683-6390
Fax: 920-683-6338
E-mail: thomas.cioni@manitowoc.com
michael.brunet@manitowoc.com

PEDESTAL/BARGE MOUNTED CRANES

Turret
WARNING
Crane owner/user must verify that method used to fasten Foundation
or restrain crane to foundation, barge, ship or floating
platform is strong enough, under all operating conditions,
FIGURE 2-6
to prevent crane from breaking off foundation or moving
on barge.
Manitowoc does not permit use of a truck crane on a
barge, ship or floating platform.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 2-21


2. Crane upperworks mounted on a carbody (crawlers
removed) which is securely fastened to foundation A839

(Figure 2-7).

A839

Tie-Downs Carbody
Foundation

Carbody

Foundation
FIGURE 2-8

2. Crawler-mounted crane working on timbered area of


barge, ship or floating platform with crawlers restrained
NOTE: If bolting carbody to foundation, contact your
by curbing and end stops (Figure 2-9). When not
Crane CARE distributor for recommended bolt
pattern and for type and quantity of bolts to be
working, crane carbody is anchored with tie-downs to
used. foundation. Traveling with load is not permitted.
FIGURE 2-7
A839

Barge Mounted Crane


Definition
A barge mounted crane is a crane that is anchored or Tie-Downs End Stop
restrained in a work area of the barge, ship or floating Required Front and
platform and is subjected to tipping forces. When Parked Carbody Rear

Examples Curbing
Foundation
NOTE: The foundation is the deck of the barge, ship or
floating platform.
NOTE: Manitowoc does not permit traveling with load.
1. Crawler-mounted crane with carbody anchored with tie-
downs to foundation (Figure 2-8). FIGURE 2-9

3. RINGER® (crawler mounted, carbody mounted)


supported on blocking, screw jacks or steel pedestals
which are braced and fastened to foundation in such a
manner as to prevent movement (Figure 2-10).
4. RINGER (platform mounted) which has ring braced and
fastened directly to foundation in such a manner as to
prevent movement.
18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

A839

NOTE: Ringers must be


equipped with hook
rollers on boom and
counterweight carriers.
Bracing

2
Ring Support Ring Assembly Foundation FIGURE 2-10

A839

Y
AXIS TRANSITIONAL ROTATIONAL
SYMBOL NAME STATIC DYNAMIC STATIC DYNAMIC
X Longitudinal Surge Heel List Roll
Y Vertical Heave Yaw
Z Lateral Sway Trim Pitch
Z
X

FIGURE 2-11

Capacity Charts (referred to as DYNAMICS). Figure 2-11 illustrates the


dynamic conditions of the barge which influence crane
Manitowoc Cranes provides two types of capacity charts for capacity.
a crane mounted on a barge or other supporting structure
under static conditions.
CAUTION
1. A capacity chart based on tipping when crane is
anchored only to prevent shifting. Structural Damage Hazard!
If crane boom or structure is shock loaded during
2. A capacity chart based on structural competence when
operation, or there is any indication of shock loading, all
crane is securely fastened for use as a pedestal
structural components of crane shall be inspected to
mounted crane.
detect cracks and other damage. Nondestructive test
NOTE: Unless otherwise specified on a machine list equipment, such as magnetic particle or ultrasonic
capacity chart, a "0" degree machine list capacity procedures, is recommended for this inspection.
chart rating applies to machine list not to exceed
1/2 degree. All other machine list ratings – 1°, 2°, NOTE: Manitowoc does not recommend crane operation
and 3° – must NOT be exceeded. under dynamic conditions. However, if operation
under dynamic conditions is required, Manitowoc
Shock Loading Cranes will consider issuing a capacity chart for
dynamic conditions only after the crane user has
Definition provided the information listed on “Technical Data
Shock loads to the crane can be experienced when the Sheet, T.S.100.” This technical data sheet is
barge is subjected to up and down movement of wave action available to the crane user upon request.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 2-23


SAFETY INFORMATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Operation On Barge
A839

General
Machine list and/or dynamics will be experienced when a
crane is operated on a barge, ship or floating platform. Both
of these conditions reduce the crane’s capacity, and each
must be taken into account for safe operation on a barge, Through Boom
ship or floating platform. CL Hinge Pins
L
Horizontal

WARNING Barge Deck

Tipping Crane Hazard!


Tie-downs which only prevent crane from shifting as in
barge, ship or floating platform mounting, may not provide L = Degrees of Machine List
adequate support when using a capacity chart for (Maximum allowable is
pedestal mounting. Before operating a crane on a barge, specified on Capacity Chart)
ship or floating platform, crane user shall verify that FIGURE 2-12
correct capacity chart is being used — pedestal mounted,
barge mounted, 0°, 1°, 2° or 3° list or dynamic capacity Crane Inspection
chart.
Failing to use correct capacity chart can result in an To aid in preventing harmful and damaging failure as
accident. previously indicated, regular inspection for signs of
overloading in the following load bearing components is
required. Correct each defect found before placing the crane
Definitions
into service.
1. Machine List, as defined by Manitowoc Cranes, is
• Boom
crane’s out-of-level condition — from side-to-side — as
measured by angle between horizontal and a line drawn • Gantry
t h r o u g h ce n t e r li n e of c ra n e ’s b o o m h i n g e p in s
• Backhitch
(Figure 2-12). This out-of-level condition creates side
load and effects crane’s lifting capacity. • Rotating Frame

2. Barge List (also referred to as heel or trim) causes swing • Wire Rope
out of the load and may produce side load. When • Pendants and Straps
Manitowoc Cranes provides a capacity chart showing
capacities for a 2 degree machine list for example, we • Turntable Bearing
are referring to maximum allowable lifting capacity for When equipped with hook rollers, it is recommended that
crane when experiencing an out-of-level condition (side- each hook roller assembly be inspected daily for any sign of
to-side) of 2 degrees as measured by angle between overloading, to include:
horizontal and a line drawn through centerline of crane’s
boom hinge pins. • Deformation of roller path.
Unless otherwise specified on capacity chart, barge list • Proper hook roller adjustment.
(heel or trim) must not exceed machine list degrees
• Deformation or cracks in hook roller hanger.
given on the capacity chart.
• Bent hook roller shaft.
3. Barge List and Machine List are not same. As machine
rotates on barge, barge list (as defined above) will • Damaged bearings.
change. Worst machine list condition generally occurs
when machine swings over corner of barge, producing Transporting Crane on Barge
maximum side load.
If it is necessary to transport the crane on a barge, ship or
f l o a t i n g p l a tf o r m w h e n d y n a m i c co n d it io n s w il l b e
experienced, the boom shall be lowered onto a cradle (or
other support) and the boom, crane upperworks and
lowerworks shall be secured against movement. If the crane

2-24 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

is equipped with a mast, the mast shall be securely tied down When ordering a sign, give the crane model number, the
with guylines. Failing to take these steps can result in shock serial number, and the name and part number of the sign
load or side load damage to the boom and mast. (Figure 2-13). If the sign has a figure number, it can be used
if the drawing number is missing.
SAFETY AND INFORMATION SIGNS
Maintaining Signs
The crane owner/user shall make sure that all signs are
legible and installed at the proper locations on the crane. If a
sign has been defaced or removed, it must be replaced
immediately. See Nameplates and Decals Drawing in this
section for the installation locations of signs.

Ordering Signs
2
Order replacement signs from your local Manitowoc Dealer
or from the factory at the following address:
Manitowoc CraneCARE
Part
2401 So. 30th St.
Number
Manitowoc, WI 54220
Phone: 920-684-6621 FIGURE 2-13
Fax: 920-683-6278
E-mail: parts@manitowoccranes.com

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 2-25


OPERATOR’S MANUAL SECTION 2 INSERTS
18000 Liftcrane − Serial Number 18001023
Drawing 175916 G Nameplates and Decals − Boom Disassembly
Drawing A06702 12/07/2005 Nameplate And Decals

07−06−2006
Group F
MANITOWOC CRANES, INC.

Bottom Butt Insert


Chord MALE Bottom Male
CONNECTOR Chord Connector

1 1
Box Section Angle Tubular
Eng Rev
02-22-05

MODEL
All

NAMPLATE & DECAL ASSEMBLY


Boom Disassembly (see Note 1)

ITEM PART # QTY. DESCRIPTION OF PART

DANGER DECAL (ENGLISH)


1 147852 2 DECAL, Danger (Boom Hazard) (see Notes 2 & 3)

NAMEPLATE & DECALS (BOOM DISASSEMBLY)


DANGER DECAL (DUTCH)
1 386315 2 DECAL, Danger (Boom Hazard) (see Notes 2 & 3)
DANGER DECAL (CHINESE)
1 386299 2 DECAL, Danger (Boom Hazard) (see Notes 2 & 3)
DANGER DECAL (SPANISH)
1 386300 2 DECAL, Danger (Boom Hazard) (see Notes 2 & 3)
DANGER DECAL (FRENCH)
1 386301 2 DECAL, Danger (Boom Hazard) (see Notes 2 & 3)
DANGER DECAL (PORTUGESE)
1 386492 2 DECAL, Danger (Boom Hazard) (see Notes 2 & 3)
DANGER DECAL (GERMAN)
1 A10090 2 DECAL, Danger (Boom Hazard) (see Notes 2 & 3)
DANGER DECAL (RUSSIAN)
1 A12529 2 DECAL, Danger (Boom Hazard) (see Notes 2 & 3)
DANGER DECAL (ITALIAN)
1 A11581 2 DECAL, Danger (Boom Hazard) (see Notes 2 & 3)

Note 1: Applies to all pin-connected booms, jibs, masts and towers.


Note 2: Two decals required on bottom chords (1 per side) of butt and each insert (at male connec-
tor end).
Note 3: Apply decal to clean smooth surface as close as possible to both bottom male connectors
as shown.
ASSEMBLY REVISION

PLEASE GIVE MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER WITH ORDER 175916 G


1 of 1
Group A
MANITOWOC CRANES, INC.

20

69
72

Rotating Bed
(Front View)
Boom Ladder

Each Each
Each Each Carbody Each
Carbody 27 Step
Carbody Carbody
27Carbody
22 Counterweight Step
Counerweight Tray Counerweight
Tray Tray
Front View Both Sides
21 1
36

8 Boom Top 66

23 Must Be Readable
Horizontally From Engine Side
Center Decal
With Sight Gauge 24

Hydraulic Tank

Must Be Readable With


Mast Down Over Rear
39
19
Horizontally 17 32
Center Decal 2 Places
With Sight Gauge
Fuel Tank
Wind Deflectors

Radiator 25
Above Opening Each Side
29 0n Rotating Bed
33 or 34 Of Jacking
Cylinder
38 32 35
Carbody
(Left Front View)

NAMEPLATE & DECALS

37
2 3 31 42 18
Front Bottom Edge
Of Adapter Frame

46 27 4
ASSEMBLY REVISION
Both Sides
Eng Rev
12-07-05
27
Of Both Steps A06702 N
1 of 8
MANITOWOC CRANES, INC.

20 2 Places 20 2 Places 20

20 20
Vertical Vertical
Surface Of Surface Of
Cross Beam Cross Beam
Engine Cover
(Top View)

22 Rotating Bed / Counterweights 22


Inboard (Rear View) Inboard
Next To Next To
Lifting Lug Lifting Lug

26
Boom Equalizer Rail
10

30
3
4

Cab Door
(Interior) Vent Behind
Right Console

Operator's
Cab-ref.
35 On Interior
Right Side
16 Window
28
9
45
13 44
3 14
11
12
6

5 Both Sides
28 Outboard
Operator's Cab Kick Plate
(Left Side View) Operator's Cab
(Rear View)
7
Each Side Above Opening
Of Jacking 33 or 34 On Rotating Bed 29
Cylinder
32 32 38

Radio
Remote
Control

37
42 31 3 2

42 27 15
ASSEMBLY REVISION

A06702 N
2 of 8
64
Near 53 51Near 51 #79A Boom Butt
Side 51 Side 50
MANITOWOC CRANES, INC.

Near Side
Max-er Hanging Counterweight And Far Side

60
53

Near Side
And Far Side
51

Near
Near 51 Side
Side 51

50
Both 56
Sides
59 Both
60Sides

58 Both
61 Sides
Outboard 61
Each Jack Outboard
Each Jack

ASSEMBLY

A06702
59
Max-er Wheeled Counterweight

N
REVISION

3 of 8
MODEL
18000

NAMEPLATE & DECALS

ITEM PART # QTY. DESCRIPTION OF PART

1 2 SIGN, Boom-Manitowoc (see Note 3)


2 95494 2 DECAL, Danger-Stay Clear (English Language)
386218 2 DECAL, Danger-Stay Clear (Chinese Language)
386219 2 DECAL, Danger-Stay Clear (Spanish Language)
A11570 2 DECAL, Danger-Stay Clear (Italian Language)
3 95496 4 DECAL, Danger-Electrocution Hazard (English Language)
386239 4 DECAL, Danger-Electrocution Hazard (Chinese Language)
386240 4 DECAL, Danger-Electrocution Hazard (Spanish Language)
A11571 4 DECAL, Danger-Electrocution Hazard (Italian Language)
4 97281 1 DECAL, Warning-Fall Hazard (English Language)
386203 1 DECAL, Warning-Fall Hazard (Chinese Language)
386204 1 DECAL, Warning-Fall Hazard (Spanish Language)
A11572 1 DECAL, Warning-Fall Hazard (Italian Language)
5 147834 1 DECAL, Epic (3" X 8 7/8") (see Note1)
6 147848 1 DECAL, Patents (English Language)
386272 1 DECAL, Patents (Chinese Language)
386273 1 DECAL, Patents (Spanish Language)
A11579 1 DECAL, Patents (Italian Language)
7 172859 1 DECAL, Warning-Read Manual Remote (English Language)
386290 1 DECAL, Warning-Read Manual Remote (Chinese Language)
386291 1 DECAL, Warning-Read Manual Remote (Spanish Language)
A11582 1 DECAL, Warning-Read Manual Remote (Italian Language)
8 175916 DECAL, Danger-Boom Sections (English Language) (see Note 4)
9 176835 1 DECAL, Made In USA
10 176882 1 DECAL, Warning-Operators Manual (English Language)
A09047 1 DECAL, Warning-Operators Manual (Chinese Language)
A01131 1 DECAL, Warning-Operators Manual (Spanish Language)
A11586 1 DECAL, Warning-Operators Manual (Italian Language)
11 176927 1 DECAL, ANSI B30.B (English Language)
A09050 1 DECAL, ANSI B30.B (Chinese Language)
A01161 1 DECAL, ANSI B30.B (Spanish Language)
A11587 1 DECAL, ANSI B30.B (Italian Language)
12 181503 1 DECAL, I.D - USA Made (English Language)
386206 1 DECAL, I.D - USA Made (Chinese Language)
386207 1 DECAL, I.D - USA Made (Spanish Language)
A11590 1 DECAL, I.D - USA Made (Italian Language)
13 184679 1 DECAL, Hand Signal (English Language)
386212 1 DECAL, Hand Signal (Chinese Language)
386213 1 DECAL, Hand Signal (Spanish Language)
A11591 1 DECAL, Hand Signal (Italian Language)
14 197025 1 DECAL, Caution-Welding (English Language)
A09061 1 DECAL, Caution-Welding (Chinese Language)
A01143 1 DECAL, Caution-Welding (Spanish Language)
A11622 1 DECAL, Caution-Welding (Italian Language)
15 179030 2 DECAL, Warning-Rotating Drive Shaft (English Language)
386530 2 DECAL, Warning-Rotating Drive Shaft (Chinese Language)
ASSEMBLY REVISION

A06702 N PLEASE GIVE MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER WITH ORDER

4 of 8
MODEL
18000

NAMEPLATE & DECALS

ITEM PART # QTY. DESCRIPTION OF PART

A09559 2 DECAL, Warning-Rotating Drive Shaft (Spanish Language)


A11589 2 DECAL, Warning-Rotating Drive Shaft (Italian Language)
16 A06914 1 DECAL, Drum Identification (English Language)
A10475 1 DECAL, Drum Identification (Chinese Language)
A12562 1 DECAL, Drum Identification (Spanish Language)
A11639 1 DECAL, Drum Identification (Italian Language)
17 A06726 1 DECAL, Coolant Level (English Language)
A10476 1 DECAL, Coolant Level (Chinese Language)
A12561 1 DECAL, Coolant Level (Spanish Language)
A11638 1 DECAL, Coolant Level (Italian Language)
18 A06711 1 DECAL, Radius (English Language)
A10477 1 DECAL, Radius (Chinese Language)
A12558 1 DECAL, Radius (Spanish Language)
A11635 1 DECAL, Radius (Italian Language)
19 A06725 1 DECAL, Diesel Fuel Level (English Language)
A10478 1 DECAL, Diesel Fuel Level (Chinese Language)
A12560 1 DECAL, Diesel Fuel Level (Spanish Language)
A11637 1 DECAL, Diesel Fuel Leve (Italian Language)
20 A07227 3 DECAL, Warning-Fall Hazard (English Language) (see Note 5)
A10479 3 DECAL, Warning-Fall Hazard (Chinese Language) (see Note 5)
A12563 3 DECAL, Warning-Fall Hazard (Spanish Language) (see Note 5)
A11640 3 DECAL, Warning-Fall Hazard (Italian Language) (see Note 5)
21 A06712 1 DECAL, Cauton-Contamination Hazard (English Language)
A10480 1 DECAL, Cauton-Contamination Hazard (Chinese Language)
A12559 1 DECAL, Cauton-Contamination Hazard (Spanish Language)
A11636 1 DECAL, Cauton-Contamination Hazard (Italian Language)
22 98739 4 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard (English Language)
386224 4 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard (Chinese Language)
A12555 4 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard (Spanish Language)
A11573 4 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard (Italian Language)
23 A06703 1 DECAL, Hydraulic Oil Level (English Language) (see Note1)
A10481 1 DECAL, Hydraulic Oil Level (Chinese Language) (see Note1)
A12557 1 DECAL, Hydraulic Oil Level (Spanish Language) (see Note1)
A11634 1 DECAL, Hydraulic Oil Level (Italian Language) (see Note1)
24 A04412 1 Decal, Warning-Coolant Burn Hazard (English Language) (see Note1)
A09043 1 Decal, Warning-Coolant Burn Hazard (Chinese Language) (see Note1)
A09569 1 Decal, Warning-Coolant Burn Hazard (Spanish Language) (see Note1)
A11630 1 Decal, Warning-Coolant Burn Hazard (Italian Language) (see Note1)
25 A07321 1 DECAL, Crawler Pins Controls (English Language)
A10482 1 DECAL, Crawler Pins Controls (Chinese Language)
A12564 1 DECAL, Crawler Pins Controls (Spanish Language)
A11641 1 DECAL, Crawler Pins Controls (Italian Language)
26 194183 2 DECAL, Caution-Boom Equalizer Rails (English Language)
A10483 2 DECAL, Caution-Boom Equalizer Rails (Chinese Language)
A09365 2 DECAL, Caution-Boom Equalizer Rails (Spanish Language)
2 DECAL, Caution-Boom Equalizer Rails (Italian Language)
ASSEMBLY REVISION

PLEASE GIVE MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER WITH ORDER A06702 N


5 of 8
MODEL
18000

NAMEPLATE & DECALS

ITEM PART # QTY. DESCRIPTION OF PART

27 A07339 8 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard (English Language)


A10484 8 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard (Chinese Language)
A12565 8 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard (Spanish Language)
A11642 8 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard (Italian Language)
28 A07353 3 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard (English Language)
A10485 3 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard (Chinese Language)
A12566 3 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard (Spanish Language)
A11643 3 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard (Italian Language)
29 192249 2 DECAL, Warning-moving Part Hazard (English Language)
A10486 2 DECAL, Warning-moving Part Hazard (Chinese Language)
A12556 2 DECAL, Warning-moving Part Hazard (Spanish Language)
A11594 2 DECAL, Warning-moving Part Hazard (Italian Language)
30 A07388 1 DECAL, Warning-Pinch Point Hazard (English Language)
A10487 1 DECAL, Warning-Pinch Point Hazard (Chinese Language)
A12557 DECAL, Warning-Pinch Point Hazard (Spanish Language)
A11644 DECAL, Warning-Pinch Point Hazard (Italian Language)
31 386567 2 DECAL, Manitowoc
32 A07487 4 DECAL, Warning-Flying Object Hazard (English Language)
A10488 4 DECAL, Warning-Flying Object Hazard (Chinese Language)
A12568 4 DECAL, Warning-Flying Object Hazard (Spanish Language)
A11645 4 DECAL, Warning-Flying Object Hazard (Italian Language)
33 539090 2 DECAL, Manitowoc Logo (40") Red Ball
or 2 DECAL, Manitowoc Logo (40") Red Ball
34 539091 2 DECAL, Manitowoc Logo (40") Clear Ball
35 A07883 5 DECAL, Caution-Jacking Cylinder Damage (English Language)
A10489 5 DECAL, Caution-Jacking Cylinder Damage (Chinese Language)
A12569 5 DECAL, Caution-Jacking Cylinder Damage (Spanish Language)
A11646 5 DECAL, Caution-Jacking Cylinder Damage (Italian Language)
36 A08167 1 DECAL, Warning - Burn Hazard (English Language)
A10490 1 DECAL, Warning - Burn Hazard (Chinese Language)
A12570 1 DECAL, Warning - Burn Hazard (Spanish Language)
A11647 1 DECAL, Warning - Burn Hazard (Italian Language)
37 A10544 2 DECAL, Manitowoc Crane Group
38 A06767 2 DECAL, 18000 Model No. (see Note1)
39 A06768 1 DECAL, Manitowoc 18000 (see Note1)
ROTATING BED JACKS NAMEPLATE/DECALS
42 176856 4 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard (English Language)
A09064 4 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard Hazard (Chinese Language)
A09344 4 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard Hazard (Spanish Language)
A11585 4 DECAL, Warning-Crush Hazard Hazard (Italian Language)
EUROPE NAMEPLATE/DECALS
44 177828 1 DECAL, CE
45 A04559 1 NAMEPLATE, QSX15 Tier-2 Emission Tag
46 197151 1 DECAL, Fire Extinguisher (English Language)
A09066 1 DECAL, Fire Extinguisher (Chinese Language)

ASSEMBLY REVISION

A06702 N PLEASE GIVE MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER WITH ORDER

6 of 8
MODEL
18000

NAMEPLATE & DECALS

ITEM PART # QTY. DESCRIPTION OF PART

A01153 1 DECAL, Fire Extinguisher (Spanish Language)


A11623 1 DECAL, Fire Extinguisher (Italian Language)
MAX-ER HANGING COUNTERWEIGHT AND MAX-ER WHEELED COUNTERWEIGHT:
50 181503 1 DECAL, I.D. - USA Made (English Language)
A11590 1 DECAL, I.D. - USA Made (Italian Language)
51 95494 4 DECAL, Danger (Stay Clear) (English Language)
A11570 4 DECAL, Danger (Stay Clear) (Italian Language)
53 538663 1 DECAL (Max-er) - 59”
MAX-ER WHEELED COUNTERWEIGHT:
56 181503 1 DECAL, I.D. - USA Made (English Language)
386207 1 DECAL, I.D. - USA Made (Spanish Language)
A11590 1 DECAL, I.D. - USA Made (Italian Language)
58 176856 4 DECAL, Warning, Crush Hazard (English Language)
A09344 4 DECAL, Warning, Crush Hazard) (Spanish Language)
A11585 4 DECAL, Warning, Crush Hazard) (Italian Language)
59 195270 1 DECAL, Max-er Controls (English Language)
A09372 1 DECAL, Max-er Controls (Spanish Language)
A11598 1 DECAL, Max-er Controls (Italian Language)
60 195435 3 DECAL, Warning (Tipping Hazard) (English Language)
A09373 3 DECAL, Warning (Tipping Hazard) (Spanish Language)
A11599 3 DECAL, Warning (Tipping Hazard) (Italian Language)
61 A05204 4 DECAL, Caution (Tire Inflation) (English Language)
A09370 4 DECAL, Caution (Tire Inflation) (Spanish Language)
A11633 4 DECAL, Caution (Tire Inflation) (Italian Language)
#79A LUFFING JIB:
64 181503 1 DECAL, I.D. - USA Made (English Language)
386207 1 DECAL, I.D. - USA Made (Spanish Language)
A11590 1 DECAL, I.D. - USA Made (Italian Language)
66 A10003 1 DECAL,Operating Instructions (English Language)
A15471 1 DECAL,Operating Instructions (Spanish Language)
A11648 1 DECAL,Operating Instructions (Italian Language)
#80 BOOM LADDER:
69 177837 1 DECAL, Warning (Boom Ladder) (English Language)
A13358 1 DECAL, Warning (Boom Ladder) (Spanish Language)
A09072 1 DECAL, Warning (Boom Ladder) (Chinese Language)
A11588 1 DECAL, Warning (Boom Ladder) (Itallian Language)
#81 BOOM LADDER:
72 177837 1 DECAL, Warning (Boom Ladder) (English Language)
A13358 1 DECAL, Warning (Boom Ladder) (Spanish Language)
A09072 1 DECAL, Warning (Boom Ladder) (Chinese Language)
A11588 1 DECAL, Warning (Boom Ladder) (Itallian Language)

Note 1: -3 Black Letters


-4 White Letters
-5 Clear Letters W/white Outline
ASSEMBLY REVISION

PLEASE GIVE MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER WITH ORDER A06702 N


7 of 8
MODEL
18000

NAMEPLATE & DECALS

ITEM PART # QTY. DESCRIPTION OF PART

Note 3: Refer to boom and jib rigging drawing for part number

Note 4: Not Shown


See 175916 for quanities and placement.

Note 5: Position decal by safety harness anchor.

ASSEMBLY REVISION

A06702 N PLEASE GIVE MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER WITH ORDER

8 of 8
SECTION 3
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Standard Hand Signals for Controlling Crane Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Symbol Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Cab Door Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Closing Cab Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Damper Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Front Window Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Closing Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Opening Window For Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Opening Window For Emergency Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Crane Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Operating Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Controls Identification And Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
A – Engine Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
A6. Battery Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
B – Accessory Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
C – Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
D – Special Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3
E – Boom/Luffing Hoist Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
F – Load Drum Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
G – Swing Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
H – Travel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
J – Setup Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
K– Limit Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Seat Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Preparing Crane for Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Calibration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Engine Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Boom Hoist Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Luffing Hoist Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Swing Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Load Drum Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Travel Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Stopping Engine/ Leaving Crane Unattended. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Remote Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Controls Identification and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Setup Remote Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Power Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Jacking Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Boom Pins Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Rotating Frame Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Mast Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Rigging Winch Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Engine Speed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Crawler Pin Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Replacing Batteries in Setup Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Digital Display Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Crane Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-i


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Operating Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39


System Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Function Speed/torque Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Engine Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Onboard Engine Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Crane Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Drum 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Drum 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Drum 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Drum 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Drum 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Drum 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Swing (Crane) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Trk (Travel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
FCN (Front Console Node) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
CAN (Can Bus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Hydraulic System Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Speed/Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Accessory System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Block Level Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Crane Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Digital Input and Output Item Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Hydraulic System Calibration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Pressure Sender Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Control Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
Pump Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Charge Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Wind Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
#55-79A, #55, or #55A Boom with 100 Foot (30.5 m) Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Operation Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Operation Not Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
#79A Fixed Jib on #55 or #55A Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Operation Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Operation Not Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Cold Weather Heater Package. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Turning Heaters On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Turning Heaters Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Preparation for Cold Weather. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Crane Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Cold Weather Starting Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Ether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Coolant and Oil Pan Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Fuel Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Gear Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Hydraulic Cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Traditional Cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73

3-ii Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Hydraulic Cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Traditional Cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Air System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-iii


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

SECTION 3
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
STANDARD HAND SIGNALS FOR CONTROLLING CRANE OPERATIONS
The following standard hand signals comply with ASME B30.5a-2004

H O I S T. W i t h f o r e a r m LOWER. With arm extended USE MAIN HOIST. Tap fist USE WHIPLINE. (Auxiliary
vertical, forefinger pointing downward, forefinger on head; then use regular Hoist.) Tap elbow with one
up, move hand in small pointing down, move hand in signals. hand; then use regular
horizontal circle. small horizontal circles. signals.

MOVE SLOWLY. Use one


h a n d to g iv e a n y mo tio n
signal and place other hand
RAISE BOOM. Arm extended, LOWER BOOM. Arm ex- motionless in front of hand
finger closed, thumb pointing tended, fingers closed, thumb givin g the motion signa l.
upward. pointing downward. (Hoist slowly shown as an
example.)

RA ISE B OOM & LOWE R L OWE R BO OM & RA ISE


SWING. Arm extended, point
LOAD. With arm extended, LOAD. With arm extended,
with finger in direction of
thumb pointing up, flex thumb pointing down, flex
swing of boom.
fingers in and out as long as fingers in and out as long as
load movement is desired. load movement is desired.

da0108

FIGURE 3-1

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-1


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

STOP. Arm extended, palm EMERGENCY STOP. Both TRAVEL. Arm extended for- DOG EVERYTHING. Clasp
down, move arm back and arms extended, palms down, ward, hand open and slightly hand in front of body.
forth horizontally. move arms back and forth raised, make pushing motion
horizontally. in direction of travel.

TRAVEL. (One Track.) Lock


TRAVEL. (Both Tracks.) Use the track on side indicated by
both fists in front of body, raised fist. Travel opposite EXTEND BOOM. (Telescop-
making a circular motion track in direction indicated by ing Booms.) Both fists in front
about each other, indicating circular motion of other fist, of body with thumbs pointing
direction of travel; forward or rotated vertically in front of outward.
backward. body.

RETRACT BOOM. (Tele-


RETRACT BOOM. (Tele- scoping Boom.) One hand
EXTEND BOOM. (Telescop-
scoping Boom.) Both fists in signal. One fist in front of
ing Boom.) One Hand Sig-
front of body with thumbs chest, thumb pointing out-
nal. One fist in front of chest
pointing toward each other. ward and heel of fist tapping
with thumb tapping chest.
chest.

da0109

FIGURE 3-1 continued

3-2 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

SYMBOL IDENTIFICATION
The following symbols are used on the control consoles to identify the operating controls and their operation.

Air Circulation – Cab Cylinders – Live Mast

Air Circulation – Outside Data, Enter

Alert, Safety Data, Save Entered

3
Cab Tilt Drum

Drum – Lower (Load, Boom,


Cylinders, Live Mast – Luffing Jib, or Mast) (depends
Extend or Retract on drum use.)

Drum – Raise (Load, Boom,


Cylinders, Jacking – Luffing Jib, or Mast) (depends
Extend or Retract on drum use.)

Cylinders, Jacking –
Left Front 3
Location
Drum Free Fall 3
Right Front (with drum number) OR

Left Rear

Right Rear Drum Number


(identifies drum is in use) OR
All
3
FIGURE 3-2

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-3


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Energize (turn on) Engine Temperature

Engine Heater/Defroster

Horn
Engine, Battery Voltage

Engine, Fuel Light, Panel

Engine Pressure Light, Dome

Engine Run Lighter

Engine Start Limit Bypass


STOP

Engine Stop STOP Limit Bypass, Luffing Jib


STOP

FIGURE 3-2 continued

3-4 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

On/Start and Off/Stop Pins – Main Mast

Off/Stop Pins – Rotating Bed Front

On/Start Pins – Rotating Bed Rear

3
Scroll (up, down, and side-
Park Off ways)

Setup Mode
Park On

Pins – Disengage Speed, Fast

Pins – Engage
Speed, Slow

Pins – Boom Hinge


Stop (emergency)
STOP

FIGURE 3-2 continued

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-5


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Travel Direction
Swing Reverse – Right Crawler

Swing Left Travel Speed


OR

Swing Right Winch, Rigging


OR 7

Travel Winch, Rigging– Haul In Rope

Travel Cruise Winch, Rigging – Pay Out Rope

Travel Direction
Windshield Wiper
Forward – Left Crawler

Travel Direction Windshield Wiper – Overhead


Forward – Right Crawler with Washer

Travel Direction Windshield Wiper – Front


Reverse – Left Crawler with Washer

FIGURE 3-2 continued

3-6 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

THIS PAGE BLANK

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-7


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

CAB DOOR ADJUSTMENT Damper Adjustment


See Figure 3-3 for following procedure. 1. Adjust cab tilt to level position.

General 2. Remove pin (3).


3. Swing damper (1) with rod end (4) away from cab door
The cab door damper prevents the cab door from slamming
(6).
open or closed. This is especially critical when the cab is
tilted at an angle other than horizontal. 4. Pull piston rod (2) out to fully extended position.
a. While pulling on rod (2), turn it clockwise (looking at
Closing Cab Door
rod end) approximately four full turns until it stops.
To properly close the cab door: This is maximum damper pressure setting.
1. Slide cab door to closed position, but don’t latch it. This b. While pulling on rod (2), turn it counterclockwise
releases hydraulic pressure in damper. (looking at rod end) approximately four full turns
from maximum to minimum damper pressure
2. Open cab door approximately 9 in. (22 cm).
setting. This is pressure setting that is
3. Slide cab door fully closed and latch. recommended.
5. Reconnect rod end (4) to cab door (6).
NOTE: It may take several trial and error adjustments to
obtain desired damping.

A05716
6 5 View from Under Cab Base

1 2 3 4

FRONT
of Cab Item Description
1 Damper
2 Piston Rod
3 Pin with Washers and Cotter Pins
4 Rod End
5 Bottom of Cab
6 Bottom of Sliding Door – CLOSED

FIGURE 3-3

3-8 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

FRONT WINDOW OPERATION


Quick-Release Pin
See Figure 3-4 for the following procedure. Handle
(both ends of handle)

Closing Window
Rotate window latch handle DOWN to position shown in
View A.

Opening Window For Ventilation


Rotate window latch handle UP to position shown in View B.
Window can be swung open approximately 3 in. (76 mm) for
ventilation.

Opening Window For Emergency Exit


Pull out both quick-release pins at latch handle. Remove
both knobs at top of window (View C). Push window out to
allow emergency exit from cab. P1751
View A
Quick-Release Pin
CRANE ORIENTATION (both ends of handle) Handle
The terms right, left, front, and rear used in this section
correspond to the operator's right, left, front, and rear sides
when seated in the operator's cab with the front of the
carbody to the operator’s front. The carbody and crawlers
3
controls are mounted on the front of the carbody.

OPERATING CONTROLS
General
The purpose of the following instructions is to familiarize
qualified operators with the location and function of standard
and optional operating controls for this crane. This section
also contains safety information and a description of
operation for each crane function.
Depending on the options your crane is equipped with, some P1750 View B
controls identified in this section will not apply. Knob

WARNING
Prevent death or serious injury to personnel!
Read and thoroughly understand instructions in this
section, in Section 2 of this manual, and in Capacity Chart
Manual.
Contact your Crane CARE distributor for assistance if any
operating procedure is not clearly understood.

P1752
View C
(2 places at top of window)
FIGURE 3-4

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-9


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1

A3

A14313

A7

A2

A4

Left Side Rotating Bed

A6

A05717
Clutch Handle
Disengaged

Clutch Handle
Engaged

Low Idle A5

A04494
Right Side Enclosure

High Idle
FIGURE 3-5
A02019

3-10 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Controls Identification And Function Push handle FORWARD to DECREASE engine speed.
NOTE: The selected engine speed is maintained when the
handle is released.
WARNING Speed of the crane functions depends on engine
Unauthorized Startup! speed and on how far the control handles are
Always STOP engine and remove key before leaving moved in either direction from off.
crane unattended. This practice will prevent unauthorized Engine speed must be fast enough to provide
personnel from operating crane. sufficient power for the work being done. Engine
can stall under load if engine speed is too slow.
A – Engine Controls
A5. Engine Foot Throttle
See Figure 3-5 for following controls.
PRESS pedal to INCREASE engine speed above the hand
A1. Engine Stop/Run/Start Switch throttle setting.
Insert key. RELEASE pedal to DECREASE engine speed to idle or to
Turn CLOCKWISE to RUN position to turn on crane the hand throttle setting.
electrical system and digital display. A6. Engine Clutch Lever
Turn fully CLOCKWISE to START engine. RELEASE to RUN Pull clutch handle OUT and UP to bracket on crane to
position as soon as engine starts. DISENGAGE clutch.
Rotate COUNTERCLOCKWISE to STOP engine and turn off Push clutch handle IN and DOWN to bracket on engine to
crane’s electric system.
NOTE: Stopping the engine in an emergency causes all
ENGAGE clutch.

A6. Battery Disconnect Switch


3
brakes to apply and any functions being operated
to stop — beware that functions stop abruptly. Turn handle CLOCKWISE to CONNECT battery circuit.
The engine is equipped with an automatically Turn handle COUNTERCLOCKWISE to DISCONNECT
controlled ether starting unit to aid in startup during battery circuit for following reasons:
cold weather.
• When servicing crane’s electrical control system.
A2. Engine Stop Switch
• If desired, to prevent batteries from discharging when
Push knob DOWN to STOP engine in an emergency. the crane is stored for extended periods of time.
Stopping the engine in an emergency causes all brakes to
• If desired, to prevent crane from being started by
apply and any functions being operated to stop — beware
unauthorized personnel.
that functions stop abruptly.
NOTE: This knob must be pulled up before the engine can
be restarted. CAUTION
A3. Engine Diagnostics Lights Engine Damage!
To avoid possible engine fault codes and undesirable
See Engine Diagnostics in this section for a description of operation, make sure engine ignition switch has been off
each light and the engine diagnostic faults. two minutes before disconnecting batteries.
A4. Engine Hand Throttle Do not rely on this switch to protect crane’s electronic
systems when welding. Disconnect battery cables at
Pull handle BACK to INCREASE engine speed.
batteries before welding.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-11


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

B7 B8

B6

B3 B5
G
H

B4

E B A C D F
B2 B9
B1

Electrical Test Port (see Electric


Schematic for terminal identification)
Laptop Computer Connector
(for loading software and
programming functions)

B10
A05717

Right Front of Engine Front of Hydraulic Tank Plug


P1708a

B11

Under Left Armrest in Cab P1822 P293a (typical)


B12
B12
Thermostat Knob
is Under Cover
FIGURE 3-6

3-12 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

B – Accessory Controls e. FAN UP/DOWN—Overrides AUTO mode. Depress


to increment fan speed up or down in 11 steps. The
See Figure 3-6 for following controls.
LED indicates the setting as a percent between HI
B1. Cab Tilt Switch and LO. The selected fan speed is maintained until
changed or the AUTO mode is turned on.
PRESS and hold TOP of rocker to RAISE front of cab.
f. TEMPERATURE UP/DOWN—Depress to raises or
CENTER rocker to LOCK cab in position l o w e r t h e t e m p e r a t u r e se t t in g . T h e s ys t e m
PRESS and hold BOTTOM of rocker to LOWER front of cab. maintains the cab temperature as close as possible
to the selected temperature.
To change the display temperature from Fahrenheit
to Celsius or back, depress TEMPERATURE UP/
WARNING DOWN buttons simultaneously.
Moving Cab Hazard! g. LED.
Warn personnel to stand clear of operator’s cab while h. FAULT CODES—To display fault codes, press ON
tilting. button three times. Any active fault codes are shown
• Personnel can lose balance and fall. on the LED.
• Personnel can be crushed between cab and railing. Displayed fault codes are:
Pinch Point Hazard! - E00 — No Faults
To prevent injury from moving cab door: - E01 — Cab Sensor Shorted
- E02 — Cab Sensor Open
• Do not open can door while cab is tilted up. Door will
- E03 — Evaporator Probe Shorted
spring back with considerable force.
- E04 — Evaporator Probe Open 3
• Always open and close cab door when cab is level. - E09 — Water Valve Shorted
See cab door adjustment in this section. - E10 — Water Valve Open

B2. Panel Lights Switch B5. Overhead Windshield Wiper Switch

Press TOP of rocker to turn ON panel lights. B6. Front Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch

Press BOTTOM of rocker to TURN OFF panel lights, Each wiper switch has four positions:
• Counterclockwise — OFF.
B3. Dome Light Switch
• Clockwise — INTERMITTENT depending how far knob
Press TOP of rocker to TURN on dome light.
is turned:
Press BOTTOM of rocker to TURN OFF dome light.
• Clockwise (1st detent) — LOW speed.
B4. Climate Control
• Clockwise (2nd detent) — HIGH speed.
Provides cab temperature control from 55–95°F (13-35°C).
PRESS and hold front windshield wiper switch to SPRAY
a. ON—Depress to turn on climate control system. washer fluid on front windshield.
The LED will illuminate and display the current
The windshield washer tank is mounted on the right side of
temperature setting.
the cab support. Fill the tank with a quality brand washing
b. OFF—Depress to turn off climate control system. solution that will not freeze during cold weather.
c. AUTO—Depress to places system in fully automatic B7. Crane Work Lights Switch
temperature control mode, to include fan speed.
This switch controls four optional work lights mounted on the
The system will adjust blower fan speed to the
crane cab, rotating bed, and boom butt.
lowest setting necessary to maintain the selected
cab temperature. A panel indicator light illuminates Press TOP of rocker to TURN ON work lights.
when this mode is on.
Press BOTTOM of rocker to TURN OFF work lights.
d. DEF (defrost)—Depress to energize the A/C system
to allow for rapid de-humidification of cab. A panel B8. Accessory Control Panel
indicator light illuminates when this mode is on. This panel contains customer supplied accessory controls.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-13


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

B14
A794 B13

90
C4

85
C5 Left Side

80
75
70
of Boom
65
60
55
50
45

40
35
30
25
15 20
5 10
0

B13 B13
C4

C6
C1

View from Front of Rotating Bed

Released
C2 C3
C8

C9
C10
C11
Applied C12
P2229
Left Side of Cab Floor C8
B15
In Left Rear Enclosure

A05717

P1910
C7 FIGURE 3-7

See Figure 3-6 for following controls. either horn when necessary to warn or signal personnel
while crane is being operated or serviced.
B9. Radio/CD Player
On right console, PRESS and hold bottom of rocker to turn
See manufacturer’s instructions.
ON horn.
B10. Horn Switches RELEASE rocker to turn OFF horn.
Two horn switches are provided: one mounted on right hand On right front side of cab floor, PRESS and hold down foot
console and one mounted on right front side of cab floor. Use switch with right foot to turn horn ON.

3-14 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

RELEASE right foot from switch to turn horn OFF. Adjustable rear view mirrors on operator’s cab and rotating
bed allow operator to view rear of crane. Mirrors must be
B11. 12V Power Supply Receptacle
rotated inward for shipping.
Provided for operating and charging a 12V cell phone or
C5. Boom Angle Indicator
other appliance.
Shows angle of the boom in degrees above horizontal. The
B12. Machinery Heaters
boom angle can also be viewed on the digital display screen.
The hydraulic tank has three or five thermostatically
controlled heaters (120 V or 240 V) designed to keep the oil
tem peratu re 30°F (17°C ) warmer t han the ambie nt
temperature. To set each thermostat, remove cover and turn WARNING
knob fully clockwise to 100°F (38°C).
Overload Hazard!
To aid engine startup in cold weather, plug in the heaters at In all cases, radius shall govern capacity.
shutdown; unplug the heaters at startup. The engine has a
Use boom angle indicator only as a guide to position
1,500 watt coolant block heater (120 volts).
boom near angle corresponding to radius for given load.
See Figure 3-7 for following controls. Exceeding radius given in capacity chart can result in
B13. Tinted Visor and Shade tipping or structural damage.

A visor is provided for the front window and shades are C6. Level
provided for the roof and side windows. Position the visor
and shades as desired to shade sunlight. Indicates crane levelness from front to rear and from side to
side as shown in Figure 3-8. The level is mounted on cab
B14. Cab RCL Rotating Beacon
This amber rotating beacon is mounted on top of operator’s
support and is visib le thro ugh right side w ind ow in
operators’s cab.
3
cab. The beacon rotates with a flashing amber light and
A882
alarm whenever the RCL system is ON and the load weight
or radius is near a overload condition. Centered bubble indicates level.
One half of bubble off center
B15. Cab Door Brake indicates approximately one
Levelness
Front-to-Rear percent of grade out of level.
Manual handle for locking cab door in any position. Push
handle down to apply and pull up to release.
B16. Anemometer
Levelness
NOT SHOWN. See manufacturer’s instructions. Side-to-Side FIGURE 3-8

C – Indicators
See Figure 3-7 for following indicators.
WARNING
C1. RCL (Rated Capacity Indicator/Limiter) Controls Tipping Hazard!
See RCL Manual for operation and calibration instructions. Unless otherwise specified on capacity chart, all crane
operations must be performed with crane level to within
C2. System Fault Alert
one percent of grade in all directions – 1 ft in 100 ft (0.3 m
Glows RED and a beeper comes ON to alert operator that a in 30 m); otherwise, crane could tip.
system fault exists (fault automatically appears on digital
display). See Digital Display Readings in this section for a list C7. Hydraulic Level and Temperature Gauge
of system faults, causes, responses, and corrective actions.
Indicates hydraulic tank fluid level and temperature of oil in
C3. Operating Limit Alert hydraulic tank.
Glows YELLOW and a buzzer comes ON to alert operator
that an operating limit has been reached (limit automatically CAUTION
appears on digital display). See Digital Display Readings in Pump Damage!
this section for a list of operating limits, function responses, Do not operate crane functions until hydraulic oil
and corrective actions. temperature is at least 60°F (16°C).
C4. Rear View Mirrors

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-15


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

D4

D3
D7

D2

D6
D1 D5

D9

D8 In Cab
Seat
A05717

FIGURE 3-9

See Figure 3-7 for following indicators. C12. Battery Voltage


C8. Drum Rotation Indicators Indicates condition of battery charging system.
Pin-type actuators located under all drum handle covers. D – Special Controls
They move UP and DOWN to signal operator, by feel, that
corresponding drum is turning. Indicator movement See Figure 3-9 for following controls.
corresponds to drum speed. D1. Digital Display
C9. Fuel Level Allows operator to monitor three groups of crane information:
Indicates amount of fuel left in fuel tank. operating conditions, operating limits, and system faults. See
Digital Display Readings in this section for information which
C10. Engine Coolant Temperature can be displayed.
Indicates coolant temperature in engine cooling system. See D2. Scroll Selector
engine manual for operating specifications.
Press TOP or BOTTOM of rocker to scroll UP or DOWN
C11. Engine Oil Pressure through display readings. Release selector when desired
Indicates oil pressure in engine lubricating system. See information is displayed.
engine manual for operating specifications.

3-16 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

D3. Digital Display Contrast Switch


Turn in either direction to adjust brightness of display.
D4. Crane Mode Confirm/Select Switch WARNING
Falling Boom Hazard!
Setup and setup remote modes are provided for crane
assembly and disassembly purposes only.
WARNING Do not use setup or setup remote mode for normal
Moving Load Hazard! load handling operations.
Operator must select proper operating mode before Read and follow instructions in Crane Assembly and
operating. Disassembly Guide in Section 4.
Unexpected drum motion or improper limit responses can
result if wrong mode is selected. • LUFFING JIB
Same as standard except the Drum 6 (luffing jib hoist) is
Press BOTTOM of rocker to SELECT crane mode.
operable with control handle A and the luffing jib limits
CRANE MODE will appear on the first line of the digital are turned on. See Luffing Jib Manual for raising and
display. The available crane modes will then scroll by (one to lowering instructions when equipped with luffing jib
two seconds apart) on the next line of the digital display. attachment.
Press TOP of rocker to CONFIRM desired crane mode when • DRUM 3
it appears on digital display.
Allows selection of Drum 3 (whip line hoist) when luffing
NOTE: To check the crane mode in effect at any time,
press top of rocker (CONFIRM). The current mode
jib mode is selected. Drum 3 is controlled by control
handle B. 3
will appear on the digital display.
• TANDEM DRUM
The crane mode in effect when the engine is stopped
In tandem drum, load Drums 1 and 2 are controlled at
remains in memory. At startup, the crane mode in effect must
the same time by control handle B.
be confirmed or another mode must be selected and
confirmed. The load drums and boom hoist are not operable Drum speeds are synchronized automatically to keep
until this step is performed. The system fault alert comes on the load block level.
and CONFIRM MODE appears on the digital display if
• MAX-ER
operation is attempted.
S e e M A X - E R O p e ra t o r ’s M a n u a l f o r o p e r a t i n g
See Figure 3-10 for drum identification.
instructions.
The following crane modes are available:
• RIGGING WINCH
• STANDARD
See Section 4 in this manual for operating instructions.
Use this mode for all normal load handling operations.
D5. Limit Bypass Switch
• SETUP
This mode enables Drum 5 (mast hoist) system to operate
with control handle D during crane assembly and
disassembly. The switches on the hand-held radio remote WARNING
are inoperable in this mode. When bypassing a limit, follow instructions in Limit
Devices section carefully.
• SETUP REMOTE
Use this mode to operate the switches on the hand-held Insert key. Turn CLOCKWISE and ho ld to BYPASS
radio remote. (deactivate) reached operating limits. This position allows
the functions to be operated beyond the limits.
RELEASE to ACTIVATE operating limits. This position
allows the limits to stop the functions in the normal manner.
Remove key to prevent unauthorized operation.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-17


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

See Figure 3-9 for following controls. brake is applied and released in conjunction with handle
movement, and the Drum 5 pawl is disengaged.
D6. Not Used
D8. Seat Switch
This switch has no function.
Prevents crane from being operated until operator is seated.
D7. Drum 5 (Mast Hoist) Park Switch
D9. Dead-Man Switch (Optional)
Mast hoist system can only be operated in the setup mode
using hoist handle D. The dead man switch is mounted on the front of control
handle A. It prevents the crane functions from being
Press TOP of rocker to TURN ON mast hoist park. With park
operated until operator depresses and holds the switch in.
on, the mast hoist system is inoperable, the park brake is
applied, and the Drum 5 pawl is engaged. If the switch is released when operating, all crane functions
(travel, swing, boom hoist, and all load drums) come to a
Press BOTTOM of rocker to TURN OFF mast hoist park.
controlled stop and the brakes apply. Additionally, engine
With park off, the mast hoist system is operable, the park
speed decreases to idle.

3-18 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

DRUM AND HANDLE


In Boom
IDENTIFICATION 7
Insert
4 In Boom
1
Insert
Item Description
1 Main Hoist 1 (in boom insert) 6
2 Main Hoist 2 (in boom butt)
3 Whip Line Hoist 2
4 Boom Hoist (in mast butt)
5 Mast Hoist
3
6 Luffing Jib Hoist (in boom butt)
7 Rigging Winch (controlled by
radio remote switches) 5
A1258

A B C D

4 1 2 3

Left Console Right Console


Handle Display Lights (4)
3
HANDLE A HANDLE B HANDLE C HANDLE D
Mode Options (Note 1)
Controls Drum Controls Drum Controls Drum Controls Drum
Standard (Note 2) 4 - Boom Hoist 1 - Main Hoist 1 2 - Main Hoist 2 3 - Whip Line Hoist
Setup (Note 2, 3) 4 - Boom Hoist 3 - Whip Line Hoist 2 - Main Hoist 2 5 - Mast Hoist
4 - Boom Hoist
Luffing Jib (Note 2) 6 - Luffing Jib Hoist 1 - Main Hoist 1 2 - Main Hoist 2
3 - Whip Line Hoist
Tandem Drum (Note 2) 4 - Boom Hoist 1 - Main Hoist 1 2 - Main Hoist 2 3 - Whip Line Hoist

NOTE 1: See handle display light to determine what drum is controlled by what handle.
NOTE 2: Main Hoist (Drum 1) and Whip Hoist (Drum 3) are both controlled by same pump. Only one drum
can be operated at a time. Apply Main Hoist (Drum 1) park brake to operate Whip Hoist (Drum 3)
NOTE 3: Main Hoist (Drum 2) and Mast Hoist (Drum 5) are both controlled by same pump. Only one drum
can be operated at a time.
NOTE 4: Mast Hoist 5 can be operated only in setup mode.

FIGURE 3-10

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-19


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

F1 F3
F2 E1 E2

F5
F6

E3

F4

E4 F7

A05717

FIGURE 3-11

E – Boom/Luffing Hoist Controls brake is applied and released with handle A movement, and
Drum 4 pawl is disengaged.
See Figure 3-11 for following controls.
E2. Drum 6 (Luffing Jib Hoist) Park Switch
See Figure 3-10 for drum identification.
Press TOP of rocker to TURN ON Drum 6 park. With park on,
The boom or luffing hoist and swing are control by a dual-
the luffing jib system is inoperable, the park brake is applied,
axis handle (A) on left hand console that allows both
and the drum 6 pawl is engaged.
functions to be operated at the same time with one handle.
Press BOTTOM of rocker to TURN OFF Drum 6 park. With
The boom hoist has a spring-applied, hydraulically-released
park off, the luffing jib system is operable, the park brake is
disc brake on each end of the drum shaft. The luffing jib hoist
applied and released with handle A movement, and Drum 6
drum has a spring-applied, hydraulically-released disc brake
pawl is disengaged.
on one end of drum shaft.
E3. Boom/Luffing Hoist Handle A
• Selected hoist park brake is released automatically
when handle A is moved in either direction from off. Pull handle A BACK to RAISE selected boom or luffing hoist.
The park brake releases and speed increases in relation to
• Selected hoist park brake is applied automatically when
handle movement.
handle A is moved to off, the engine is stopped,
applicable operating limits are reached, system faults Release handle A to CENTER to STOP selected boom or
occur, or park brake is turned on. luffing hoist. The park brake will apply.
E1. Drum 4 (Boom Hoist) Park Switch Push handle A FORWARD to LOWER selected boom or
luffing hoist. The park brake releases and speed increases in
Press TOP of rocker to TURN ON boom hoist park. With park
relation to handle movement.
on, boom hoist handle is inoperable, drum park brake is
applied, and Drum 4 pawl is engaged. E4. Boom/Luffing Hoist Handle Display Light
Press BOTTOM of rocker to TURN OFF boom hoist park. When Standard mode is selected, Drum 4 appears in handle
With park off, boom hoist handle is operable, drum park display next to handle A, to indicate boom hoist is active.

3-20 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

When Luffing mode is selected, drum 6 appears in handle NOTE: See Figure 3-10 for drum identification.
display next to handle A to indicate luffing jib hoist is active.
Control handle C is the middle single axis handle on right
Drum 4 appears next to handle D to indicate boom hoist is
hand console that is programmed to control drum 2 (main
active.
hoist 2).
F – Load Drum Controls Control handle D is the last single axis handle on right hand
See Figure 3-11 for following controls. console that is programmed to control drum 3 (whip line
hoist) or drum 4 (boom hoist) in luffing mode or drum 5 (mast
See Figure 3-10 for drum identification. hoist) in setup mode.
Each load drum has a spring-applied, hydraulically-released NOTE: When Drum 4 (boom hoist) is not parked, drum 4 is
disc brake on the motor end of the drum shaft. The main displayed behind handle and is available. When
hoist 1 and 2 load drums have a motor/brake on each end of Drum 4 (boom hoist) is parked, drum 3 is displayed
drum. behind handle and is available.
For FULL POWER operation: 1. Press BOTTOM of confirm/select rocker to SELECT
• Corresponding park brake(s) is released automatically standard crane mode.
when control handle is moved in either direction from off. 2. Press BOTTOM of confirm/select rocker until standard
• Corresponding park brake(s) is applied automatically mode is displayed on digital display.
when control handle is moved to off. 3. Press TOP of confirm/select rocker to CONFIRM
NOTE: All drum park brakes are applied automatically standard mode.
when the engine is stopped, applicable operating Pull selected handle BACK to HOIST load. Park brake
limits are reached or system faults occur, and when releases and speed increases in relation to handle
drum park is turned on. movement. 3
F1. Drum 1 (Main Hoist 1) Park Switch Release handle to CENTER to STOP load. The park brake
F2. Drum 2 (Main Hoist 2) Park Switch will apply.

F3. Drum 3 (Whip Line Hoist) Park Switch Push selected handle FORWARD to LOWER load. Park
brake releases and speed increases in relation to handle
Press TOP of rocker to TURN ON corresponding drum park. movement.
With drum park on, control handle is inoperable, park brake
is applied, and (if equipped) drum pawl is engaged. F7. Control Handle Display Lights

Press BOTTOM of rocker to TURN OFF drum park. With Control handle locations vary depending on crane mode or
drum park off, control handle is operable, park brake is options selected. When standard mode is selected:
applied and released with handle movement, and (if • Drum 1 appears in handle display next to handle B.
equipped) drum pawl is disengaged.
• Drum 2 appears in handle display next to handle C.
F4. Control Handle B
• Drum 3 appears in handle display next to handle D.
F5. Control Handle C
F6. Control Handle D
Control handle B is the first single axis handle on right hand
console that can be programmed to control either drum 1
(main hoist 1) or drum 3 (whip line hoist in Setup mode).

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-21


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

G1

H1 H2

H4
H5
G2
G3

H3

A05717

FIGURE 3-12

G – Swing Controls Move handle to LEFT to SWING LEFT. Swing speed


increases in relation to handle movement.
See Figure 3-12 for following controls.
Move handle to RIGHT to SWING RIGHT. Swing speed
The swing drive has a spring-applied, hydraulically-released
increases in relation to handle movement.
disc brake and swing lock for each swing motor.
Release handle to CENTER to STOP. Sw ing speed
• The swing brakes are released and the swing locks are
decreases to off and the upperworks slows to a stop. Move
disengaged during normal operation.
handle in opposite swing direction to stop the swing motion
• The brakes apply automatically if power is lost, when the faster.
swing holding brake switch is activated, and when swing
Press swing holding brake switch to hold the stopped
park is turned on.
upperworks in position.
• The swing locks are engaged when park is turned on.
G3. Swing Holding Brake Switch
The swing/travel alarm beeps to warn personnel when the
Use the swing holding brake switch (on side of handle) to
upperworks is swung.
hold the upperworks in position for short periods of time
G1. Swing Park Switch during the operating cycle. The swing brake will apply and
the swing handle will be inoperable while the switch is
Press TOP of rocker to TURN ON swing park. With park on, pressed.
the swing handle is inoperable, the swing brakes are applied,
and the swing locks are engaged. PRESS button to APPLY swing holding brake.
Press BOTTOM of rocker to TURN OFF swing park. With RELEASE button to RELEASE swing holding brake.
park off, the swing handle is operable, the swing brakes are
released, and the swing lock is disengaged.
G2. Swing Handle
The dual-axis handle allows swing system and boom hoist or
luffing jib to be operated at the same time with one handle.

3-22 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

• Hydraulic pressure is low enough to allow the


motors to shift from low to high speed.
CAUTION
H3. Travel Cruise Selector
Swing Drive/Boom Damage!
The travel cruise selector allows the crawlers to be operated
Do not apply swing holding brake or turn on swing park
in either direction at a selected speed without the operator’s
while swinging; brake will bring upperworks to an abrupt
hand on the crawler handles.
stop. This action could cause damage to boom from side
loading or damage to swing drive from shock loading. Move both crawler handles in either direction from off to
Bring upperworks to smooth stop with swing handle and select desired speed and direction of travel. Press top of
then apply swing holding brake or turn on swing park. rocker to turn ON travel cruise. Release crawler handles to
off. Crawlers will continue to travel at selected speed and
H – Travel Controls direction.
See Figure 3-12 for following controls. Slightly move either crawler handle in the opposite direction
or press bottom of rocker to turn OFF travel cruise.
The crawlers have spring-applied, hydraulically-released
disc brakes. H4. Left Crawler Handle
• Both crawler brakes release when either crawler handle H5. Right Crawler Handle
is moved in either direction from off.
NOTE: The following directions of travel are with front of
• Both crawler brakes apply when both crawler handles upperworks and front of lowerworks facing
are moved to off. same direction.
• Both crawler brakes apply to hold crane in position if • Operator’s cab is at front of upperworks.
power is lost for any reason.
• Crawler motors are at rear of lowerworks. 3
The swing/travel alarm beeps to warn personnel when the
crane is traveled. • Crawler pin handles on carbody are at front of
lowerworks.
H1. Travel Park Switch
If front of upperworks and front of lowerworks
Press TOP of rocker to TURN ON travel park. With travel face in opposite directions, crane will travel in
park on, the travel handles are inoperable and the park the direction opposite handle movement.
brakes are applied.
Push crawler handle FORWARD to travel FORWARD. The
Press BOTTOM of rocker to TURN OFF travel park. With park brakes release and speed increases in relation to
travel park off, the travel handles are operable and the park crawler handle movement.
brakes are applied and released with crawler handle
Release crawler handle to CENTER to STOP traveling. The
movement.
park brakes spring apply.
H2. Travel Speed Selector
Pull crawler handle BACK to travel in REVERSE. The park
Press TOP of rocker to operate travel motors in HIGH speed. brakes release and speed increases in relation to handle
High speed operation provides the maximum available travel movement.
speed for traveling long distances.
J – Setup Controls
Press BOTTOM end of rocker to operate travel motors in
LOW speed. Low speed operation provides smoother starts
and stops and more precise control of the travel motors than
high speed. WARNING
In low speed, the travel motors operate at approximately 1/3 Death or Serious Injury!
of high speed.
Read and understand instructions in Crane Assembly and
NOTE: It is okay to change travel speed while traveling: Disassembly in Section 4 before selecting setup mode or
using setup controls.
The travel motors will shift immediately from high to
low when low speed is selected.
See Remote Controls in this section for identification and
The travel motors will not shift from low to high operation of the remote controls used for crane assembly
when high speed is selected until: and disassembly.
• Engine speed is at high idle.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-23


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

K– Limit Devices The load on the corresponding drum can be lowered and the
boom or luffing jib hoist can be raised after a block-up limit
Boom Up Limit switch is contacted. The limit bypass switch must be turned
Automatically stops the boom when it is raised to a preset clockwise and held before a load can be hoisted above the
maximum angle: limit.

Max.
Boom Attachment WARNING
Angle Two-Blocking Hazard!
83° #55-79A, #55, or 55A Boom without Luffing Jib If it is necessary to hoist a load above block-up limit, do so
#44 or #79A Luffing Jib on 140–180 ft (42.7– slowly with extreme caution to prevent two-blocking.
85°
54.9 m) of #55-79A, #55, or #55A Boom Do not hoist load above minimum block clearance given
in Range Diagram (see Capacity Chart Manual).
#44 or #79A Luffing Jib on 200-340 ft (61.0–
87° Do not use limit bypass switch to lower boom or luffing jib
103.6 m) of #55-79A, #55, or #55A Boom
hoist after block-up limit is contacted; two-blocking could
The boom can be lowered after the limit is contacted. occur, causing load to fall.

Luffing Jib Up Limit


Two luffing jib limits are provided:
WARNING
• LUFFING JIB MAX UP 1 (maximum working angle)
Falling Boom Hazard!
which automatically stops the luffing hoist when the
Do not raise boom above specified maximum angle, boom to luffing jib angle is 168°. Use the limit bypass
except when positioning boom for luffing jib operation. switch to allow the jib to be raised an additional 1.2 to 2°
Operating above boom up limit can cause boom or luffing to LUFFING JIB MAX UP 2 limit.
jib to be pulled over backwards.
• LUFFING JIB MAX UP 2 (maximum angle) which
automatically stops the luffing hoist when the boom to
Boom Down Limit (optional) luffing jib angle is 169.2 to 170°.
Automatically stops the boom when it is lowered to a preset This limit can be bypassed with the limit bypass switch
minimum angle (usually 0°). only when the attachment is lowered to ground (boom
The boom can be raised after the limit is contacted. The limit below 50°).
bypass switch must be turned clockwise and held before the The luffing jib can be lowered after either limit is contacted.
boom can be lowered below the limit.

WARNING
WARNING
Falling Boom/Jib Hazard!
Falling Boom Hazard!
Do not raise luffing jib above Max Up 2 limit. Structural
When lowering boom below down limit, do so slowly with damage will occur, possibly causing boom and luffing jib
extreme caution. Do not lower boom to point where less to be pulled over backwards.
than three full wraps of wire rope remain on boom hoist
drum; wire rope could be pulled out of drum allowing Make sure luffing jib limits are enabled for normal
boom to fall. operation (bypass switch turned counterclockwise).

Block-Up Limit Luffing Jib Down Limit

Automatically stops the boom or luffing jib hoist from Automatically stops the luffing jib when the boom to luffing jib
lowering and the load drums from hoisting if the load angle is 70°.
contacts a block-up limit switch. This limit cannot be bypassed.
The luffing jib can be raised after the limit is contacted.

3-24 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

WARNING WARNING
Falling Boom/Jib Hazard! Falling Load Hazard!
Do not lower luffing jib below down limit. Structural When lowering load below minimum bail limit, do so
damage will occur, possibly causing boom and luffing jib slowly with extreme caution. Do not lower load to point
to collapse. where less than three full wraps of wire rope are on drum;
wire rope could be pulled out of drum allowing load to fall.
Maximum Bail Limit
Rated Capacity Indicator/Limiter (RCL)
Automatically stops the corresponding drum from hoisting
when there is a preset maximum number of wire rope layers See separate Rated Capacity Indicator/Limiter Operation
on the drum. Manual for operating instructions.
The load can be lowered after the limit is contacted. The limit
bypass switch must be turned and held before the load can
be hoisted above the limit.
WARNING
Overload Hazard!
A Rated Capacity Indicator/Limiter has been installed on
WARNING crane to aid operator.
Falling Load Hazard! Presence of RCL on crane in no way substitutes for or
Do not exceed maximum allowable spooling capacity lessens requirement that operator knowledge,
experience, and judgment are required to ensure safe
3
given in Wire Rope Specifications Chart in operator’s cab.
Wire rope could jump off drum allowing load to fall. operation of crane.
Before using RCL, operator shall:
Minimum Bail Limit • Read and thoroughly understand operating
Automatically stops the corresponding drum from lowering instructions.
when there are three wraps of wire rope remaining on the • Make sure RCL is operating properly.
drum.
• Make sure RCL is calibrated properly.
The load can be raised after the limit is contacted. The limit
bypass switch must be turned clockwise and held before the
load can be lowered below the limit.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-25


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Seat Controls

BACKREST

WARNING • Move switch up to release backrest.


Moving Load Hazard! • Use body weight to adjust backrest.
Operator, be aware that backrest is spring
loaded. If you get out of seat to adjust • Release switch to lock position of
backrest, it will spring forward. backrest.
To prevent backrest from springing forward
into control handles and activating crane SEAT FORE-AFT
functions, park all crane functions before • Push lever to left to unlock.
getting out of seat.
P1743 • Use body weight to slide seat to
CAUTION desired position.
Avoid Damage! • Release lever and make sure it is
Disconnect electric cord from rear of left latched to lock seat in position.
c o n s o le b e f o re y o u r e m o v e s e a t f ro m
operator’s cab.

SEAT HEIGHT AND POSITION


ARMREST
• Move rear switch up or down to raise
• Turn knob clockwise to raise
or lower seat rear.
armrest or counterclockwise to
• Move center switch to raise/lower seat lower armrest.
and move it forward/backward.
• Move front switch up or down to raise
P1708a
or lower seat front. Left Side of Seat
Under Armrest
FIGURE 3-13

Preparing Crane for Operation

WARNING
WARNING Moving Load Hazard!
Read Capacity Charts!
Operator must select proper operating mode before
Do not attempt to operate crane without first reading and operation.
understanding capacity charts.
Unexpected drum motion or improper limit responses can
Crane must be rigged and operated according to result if wrong mode is selected.
instructions given in capacity charts and rigging guides.
Limit bypass switch must be in on position and all
Unless otherwise specified in capacity charts, all crane available limits must be operational before operating
operations must be performed with crane level to within crane.
one 1% of grade in all directions —1 ft in 100 ft (0.3 m in
Sound horn to alert personnel that operation is about to
30 m); otherwise, crane could tip.
begin.
Do not operate if wind exceeds limits given in Wind
Conditions in this section.
Failing to comply with capacity chart requirements can
result in tipping or structural failure of boom/luffing jib.

3-26 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

NOTE: Manitowoc Cranes recommends the use of engine


block heaters and hydraulic tank heaters to aid
CAUTION start-up when the ambient temperature will be 32°F
Machinery Damage! (0°C) and below.
Before operating crane at start of each shift, perform Five oil immersion hydraulic tank heaters and a
p r e v e n t i ve m a in t e n a n ce c h e c k s a n d lu b r ic a t i o n hydraulic tank insulation blanket is good for
requirements listed in Sections 5 and 6 of this manual. temperatures down to 5°F (-15°C).
Adjust operator’s seat as shown in Figure 3-13. 2. Open hydraulic tank shut-off valves (Figure 3-14).

CAUTION • Current production — to open, pull lock pin out and


rotate handle 90 degrees (handles in line with hose).
Jacking Cylinder Damage!
Reverse procedure to close handles.
Rotating bed Jacking cylinders can extend during
operation. • Past production — to open, unscrew handle and rotate
90 degrees (handles in line with hose) Reverse
Operator must check cylinders at start of each shift and
procedure to close handles.
midway through each shift. Check that jacking cylinders
have not extended more than on inch (25 mm). See decal
Hydraulic Tank Shut-off Valves
on cylinders for additional instructions.
Accessible at Rear of Left Side Enclosure
Retract cylinders fully if they have extended.

Current Production
Calibration Procedures P1925b

To ensure proper operation of the crane functions, the


hydraulic system must be properly calibrated. See Hydraulic
System Calibration Procedures in this section for calibration
Lock
Pin 3
requirements.

Operation
Engine Startup

Valve Handle

WARNING
Moving Machinery Hazard! P1925a Past Production
To avoid injuring personnel or damaging crane and
property:
• Do not start engine if warning or out-of-order sign is
present at start controls.
• Check that all controls are off so crane and load do
not move when engine is started.
Check that all personnel are clear of crane before starting
engine. Sound horn to alert personnel.
Valve Handle
Read and understand starting instructions in Engine FIGURE 3-14
Operation and Maintenance Manual provided with crane.
If equipped, the dead-man switch must be held in to increase
engine speed and to operate any crane function (travel, CAUTION
swing, boom hoist, all load drums). Pump Damage!
1. If used, unplug or turn off engine block heater, hydraulic Do not start engine until hydraulic tank shutoff valves are
tank heaters and any other component heater the crane open; otherwise, pumps could cavitate and be damaged.
may have.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-27


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

3. Turn ignition switch to RUN position.


NOTE: All indicator lights, operating limit buzzer, and
CAUTION
system fault beeper should come on for two to
three seconds when ignition switch is in RUN Starter Motor Damage!
position; if not, replace defective parts. If engine does not start after cranking 30 seconds, wait 2
minutes so starter motors can cool before trying again.
4. If ambient temperature is below 40°F (4°C), disengage
engine clutch, as shown in Figure 3-15. This step will
6. Increase engine speed as necessary to keep engine
disconnect the pumps from the engine and aid in cold
running after engine starts. Allow engine to run until it
weather startup.
begins to warm up.
A04494

Clutch Handle
Disengaged WARNING
Engine Damage!
Engine must have adequate oil pressure within 15
se co nd s a ft e r s ta r t in g. If n ot , s hu t d o w n e ng in e
immediately to avoid damage.

7. If disengaged, set engine speed at 1,300 rpm and


Clutch Handle engage engine clutch slowly to give engine time to
Engaged take on added hydraulic load.
8. It is normal for engine speed to drop to as low as 400
rpm as clutch is engaged (due to increased load of
Right Side Enclosure
FIGURE 3-15 pumps and pump drive):
• If engine stalls, disconnect clutch and allow a longer
warm-up period.
CAUTION • If engine remains running, engine speed should
Engine Clutch Damage! increase above 600 rpm within 5 seconds. If it
Observe following precautions for engine clutch: do esn’t , stop engine or disengage clutch
immediately to avoid pump drive damage.
• Decrease engine speed to idle before engaging or
disengaging clutch. It is also normal for system fault alert and engine
warning/diagnostic lights to come on after engine starts.
• Do not run engine longer than twenty minutes with
Alert and lights should go off as engine oil pressure,
clutch disengaged.
hydraulic oil pressure, and hydraulic oil temperature rise
• Disengage and engage clutch several times monthly to normal – if no other faults exist.
with engine running.
Once clutch is engaged (and engine remains running),
5. Turn ignition switch to START. decrease engine speed as low as possible (above 600
rpm) without stalling engine to give system fault alert
The engine has an ether start system that automatically and engine warning/diagnostic lights time to turn
injects a preset volume of ether into engine, when the off.
ambient temperature is below a preset degree.
9. Run engine at low idle until hydraulic oil temperature is
at least 60°F (16°C) and all faults are off.

3-28 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

10. Confirm current selected crane mode or select and


confirm another crane mode. Load drums and boom
CAUTION hoist are inoperable until this step is performed
Machinery Damage! (operating limit alert will come on and CONFIRM MODE
Do not run engine below 600 rpm for longer than 5 will appear on digital display if operation is attempted).
seconds with clutch engaged. Serious damage to pump
drive will result.
Do not operate crane when system fault alert or engine CAUTION
warning/diagnostic lights are on. If faults don’t turn off Mast Assist Damage!
after startup or come on during operation, proceed as Prevent damage to live mast assist arms and cylinders
follows: during cold weather:
• Determine fault on digital display. • Do not attempt to lower live mast with boom hoist until
• Land loads if possible. Otherwise, apply drum brakes temperature of hydraulic oil is 60°F (16°C).
and park all functions. • Once oil is at above temperature, fully extend and
• Move all control handles to off. retract live mast cylinders twice to fill with warm oil.
Cylinders and arms will bend under weight of live mast if
• Stop engine.
this precaution is not taken.
• Correct cause of fault.
Continuous operation with hydraulic oil temperature NOTE: The speed of each crane function (all drums, travel,
above 180°F (82°C) can damage hydraulic components. and swing) and swing torque can be adjusted to
Troubleshoot hydraulic system if oil temperature exceeds suit operator needs. See Function Speed/Torque
Adjustment later in this section.
180°F (82°C).
3

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-29


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Boom Hoist Operation NOTE: Besides being equipped with a boom up limit, a
physical bo om st op cush io ns bo om raising
See Figure 3-10 for drum identification.
between approximately 75° and the Max Up limit.
See Figure 3-16 for following description of operation. The boom stop also provides a physical stop at
85°.
6. Turn on drum 4 park if boom angle will not be changed.
CAUTION
Rigging Damage!
Check that boom hoist wire rope is reeved through all CAUTION
sheaves and spooled properly onto boom hoist drum Rigging Damage!
before raising boom from ground. When lowering boom to ground:
See Boom Rigging drawing in Section 4 for wire rope and
• If equipped, disconnect fixed jib stop before jib point
reeving specifications. See Wire Rope Installation in
contacts ground.
Section 4 for instructions on attaching wire rope to boom
hoist drum. • If equipped, remove upper boom point before upper
point contacts ground.
1. Select and confirm STANDARD mode.
NOTE: In Standard mode, the boom hoist drum is A05717
Lower
controlled by handle A. See handle display light to
Boom
determine what drum is controlled by what handle.
2. Turn off boom hoist park (drum 4).
Handle A Handle D
OFF

CAUTION
Boom Damage! Raise
Boom
Do not turn on boom hoist park while raising or lowering
boom; brake will bring boom to an abrupt stop. This action
Standard Mode
could cause shock load damage to boom. Bring boom to a
smooth stop with boom hoist handle and then turn on
boom hoist park.

3. Increase engine speed to desired rpm with hand throttle.


Depress foot throttle to momentarily increase engine
speed when more power is required.
4. Move boom hoist handle A (Drum 4) BACK from off to Luffing Jib Mode
RAISE boom or move handle FORWARD from off to
LOWER boom.
NOTE: When Luffing mode is selected, the boom hoist
drum is controlled by Handle D.
Lower
Lower Boom
Jib
OFF OFF Raise
WARNING Raise Boom
Jib
Two-Blocking Hazard!
Pay out load lines while lowering boom. Load may contact
boom point or jib point sheaves if this step is not taken.
Wire rope or other parts could break allowing load to fall.

5. As boom nears desired angle, slowly move boom hoist FIGURE 3-16
handle A toward off to decrease speed. Then move
handle A to off to stop boom and hold it in position (park
brakes spring apply).

3-30 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Luffing Hoist Operation 4. Push handle A (Drum 6) FORWARD from off to LOWER
luffing jib or pull handle BACK from off to RAISE luffing
See Figure 3-10 for drum identification.
jib.
See Figure 3-16 for following description of operation.
See Figure 3-17 for identification of boom and luffing angles.
WARNING
Two-Blocking Hazard!
WARNING Pay out load lines while lowering luffing jib. Load may
contact luffing jib point sheaves if this step is not taken.
Death or Serious Injury!
Wire rope or other parts could break allowing load to fall.
Read and understand instructions in Luffing Jib Rigging
Guide before attempting to raise or lower luffing jib from or 5. As luffing jib nears desired angle, slowly move handle A
to ground. toward off to decrease speed. Then move handle A to off
to stop luffing jib and hold it in position (park brake will
apply).
CAUTION 6. Turn on Drum 6 park if luffing jib angle will not be
Rigging Damage! changed.
Check that luffing hoist wire rope is reeved through all
sheaves and spooled properly onto Drum 6 before raising CAUTION
boom and jib from ground.
Luffing Jib Damage!
See Luffing Jib Rigging drawing for wire rope and reeving
specifications. See Wire Rope Installation in this section
When lowering boom and luffing jib to ground, disengage
luffing jib stop at specified boom to luffing jib angle (see
3
for instructions on attaching wire rope to drum 6.
Luffing Jib Rigging Guide).
1. Select and confirm Luffing mode.
NOTE: When Luffing Jib mode is selected, the boom hoist A1258

drum is controlled by Handle D. See handle display


light to determine what drum is controlled by what 4
handle.
1
2. Turn off Drum 6 park.
3

CAUTION
Boom or Luffing Jib Damage! Item Description
1 Horizontal
Do not turn on drum 6 park while raising or lower luffing
2 Boom Angle
jib; brake will bring luffing jib to an abrupt stop. This action
3 Boom to Luffing Jib Angle
could cause shock load damage to boom and jib. Bring 4 Luffing Jib Angle
luffing jib to smooth stop with handle A and then turn on
drum 6 park.
2
3. Increase engine speed to desired rpm with hand throttle.
1
Depress foot throttle to momentarily increase engine
speed when more power is required.
FIGURE 3-17

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-31


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Swing Operation 4. Start swing motion with a smooth acceleration. Continue


handle motion to swing at desired speed.
See Figure 3-18 for following description of operation.
• Program the swing speed and torque to meet
operator comfort. See Function Speed/Torque
Adjustment in this section.
WARNING • If equipped with optional swing limits, adjust
Tipping Hazard! switches to stop upperworks at desired position in
either direction.
Prevent crane from tipping; adhere to any swing
limitations given in capacity charts. 5. Stop swinging by releasing swing handle to off. Swing
speed will decrease to off and upperworks will coast to a
stop. If a faster stop is desired, move swing handle past
DANGER! off to opposite swing direction.
Moving Crane Hazard! 6. Once upperworks stops, apply swing holding brake to
Counterweights can strike personnel in area of swing hold upperworks in position for short periods during
path! Warn personnel to stay clear of swing path. Sound operating cycle.
horn prior to swinging. To hold upperworks in position for long periods, turn on
swing park.
1. Turn off swing park. A02452

CAUTION Swing Left Swing Right


Boom/Swing Drive Damage!
Do not apply swing holding brake or turn on swing park
while swinging; brake will bring upperworks to an abrupt
OFF
stop. This action could cause damage to boom from side
loading or damage to swing drive from shock loading.
Bring upperworks to a smooth stop with swing handle and
then apply swing holding brake or turn on swing park.
Swing

2. Increase engine speed to desired rpm with hand throttle.


Press foot throttle to momentarily increase engine speed
when more power is required.
3. Push swing handle to LEFT from off to SWING LEFT or
pull swing handle to RIGHT from off to SWING RIGHT. FIGURE 3-18

3-32 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Load Drum Operation 6. As load nears desired position, slowly move load control
handle toward off to slow down load. Then release
See Figure 3-10 for drum identification.
handle to off to stop load and hold it in position (drum
See Figure 3-19 for following description of operation. park brake will apply).
.
Travel Operation

WARNING
Falling Load Hazard! WARNING
Prevent load on unused drums from falling. Turn on drum Tipping Hazard!
park for drums not in use. Travel surface must be firm and uniformly supporting.
For traveling with load, grade must not exceed 1% — 1 ft
1. Select and confirm desired crane mode. in 100 ft (0.3 m in 30 mm) — in any direction.
2. Depending on mode selected, load drums are controlled For traveling without load, grade in direction of travel must
by handles B, C or D. See handle display light to not exceed 30% — 30 ft in 100 ft (9 m in 30 m); grade from
determine what load drum is controlled by what handle. side to side must not exceed 2% — 2 ft in 100 ft (0.6 m in
30 m), measured at boom hinge pins.
3. Turn off drum park for drum to be operated.
For all travel on grades, see Maximum Allowable Travel
Specifications chart in Capacity Chart Manual.
CAUTION Failing to comply with above specifications can result in
Boom Damage! tipping.
Do not turn on load drum park while raising or lowering
load; brake will bring load to an abrupt stop. This action
Moving Crane Hazard! 3
Know position of upperworks with relation to lowerworks
could cause shock load damage to boom and load line. before traveling. An accident can result if crane travels
Bring load to a smooth stop with control handle and then opposite intended direction.
turn on drum park.

4. Increase engine speed to desired rpm with hand throttle. CAUTION


Depress foot throttle to momentarily increase engine
Boom Damage!
speed when more power is required.
To prevent shock loading boom and rigging:
5. Pull load control handle B, C or D (Drum 1, Drum 2, or
Drum 3) BACK from off to RAISE load or push load • Perform all travel functions — starting, turning,
control handle FORWARD from off to LOWER load. stopping — slowly and smoothly.
Crawler Damage!
A05717

Lower
To prevent damage to crawler components (treads,
Handle D Load rollers, frames), use care to prevent dirt from piling up at
tumbler and roller ends of crawlers when turning on soft
Handle C surfaces:
Typical All • Bring crawlers to a complete stop before changing
OFF
Load Drums
travel direction.
• Turn a few degrees. Then slowly travel forward or
Handle B Raise reverse so dirt falls away from crawlers. Continue this
Load
procedure until desired turn has been made.
• Avoid sharp turns (Figure 3-21) if possible.
• Make gradual turns (Figure 3-22) or counter-rotate
(Figure 3-23) whenever possible so both crawlers are
always powered.
• Clean crawlers often.
• Keep crawler treads properly adjusted.
FIGURE 3-19

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-33


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

1. Before traveling: 7. To TRAVEL STRAIGHT (Figure 3-20), move both


crawler handles the same amount in desired direction
a. Plan travel route. It must be free of ground and
from off.
overhead constructions.
A1258
b. Check crawlers for proper adjustment.
c. Warn personnel to stand clear of travel area. Do not
travel without a signal person.
2. Position boom at or above boom angle given on capacity Forward
chart when traveling with load.
Left Right
3. Travel with boom in-line with crawlers except when Crawler OFF OFF
Crawler
swinging is necessary while traveling. Travel with boom Handle Handle
facing direction of travel.
Reverse

WARNING
Flying Object Hazard! Crawler
Excessive dirt build-up at tumbler and roller ends of Motors FIGURE 3-20
crawlers can result in excessive tension in tread
co n ne ct o r s. Tre a d c on n e ct or s ca n b r e a k if ov e r 8. To make a SHARP LEFT TURN (Figure 3-21), move
tensioned, causing treads to fly apart unexpectedly with right crawler handle forward from off and leave left
dangerous force. crawler handle in off; crane will pivot about left crawler.
9. To make a SHARP RIGHT TURN, reverse step 8.
4. For traveling with load, carry load as close to ground as
A1258
possible; stabilize load with taglines.
For traveling without load, carry load block and weight
ball low enough that they cannot swing into boom. If
Forward
desired, tie off load block at front of rotating bed.
5. Increase engine speed to desired rpm with hand throttle. Left OFF OFF Right
Depress foot throttle to momentarily increase engine Crawler Crawler
speed when more power is required. Handle Handle
6. Select desired travel speed, low or high. Reverse

NOTE: The following directions of travel are with front of


upperworks and front of lowerworks facing
same direction.
FIGURE 3-21
• Operator’s cab is at front of upperworks.
• Crawler motors are at rear of lowerworks. 10. To make a GRADUAL LEFT TURN (Figure 3-22), move
both crawler handles forward from off, but move right
• Crawler pin handles on carbody are at front of crawler handle farther forward than left crawler handle;
lowerworks. right crawler will turn faster than left crawler.
If front of upperworks and front of lowerworks 11. To make a GRADUAL RIGHT TURN, reverse step 10.
face in opposite directions, crane will travel in
the direction opposite handle movement.

3-34 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

14. Slowly move both crawler handles to off to stop traveling


A1258
and to hold crane in position.
15. Turn on travel park.

Stopping Engine/ Leaving Crane Unattended

Forward
Left Right WARNING
Crawler Crawler Operator shall not leave operator’s cab until crane, loads
Handle OFF OFF
Handle and boom have been secured against movement.
Forward
1. Travel crane onto a level surface; do not leave crane
unattended on a grade.
2. Turn on travel park.
FIGURE 3-22
3. Swing upperworks to desired position. Then turn on
12. To COUNTER-ROTATE LEFT (Figure 3-23), move right swing park.
crawler handle to front from off and move left crawler 4. Lower all loads to ground and fully apply drum working
handle to rear from off. brakes.
A1258 5. Turn on drum park for each load drum.
6. If possible, lower boom onto blocking at ground level. If
this cannot be done, turn on boom hoist park and secure
3
boom so it cannot be moved by wind or other outside
forces.
Forward
7. Check that all control handles are off.
Left Right
Crawler Crawler 8. Decrease engine speed to idle.
OFF OFF
Handle Handle
Allow engine to idle for three to five minutes so it cools
evenly.
Reverse
9. Stop engine.
10. Remove all keys from cab to prevent unauthorized
FIGURE 3-23 operation.
11. Lock operator’s cab door to prevent unauthorized entry.
13. To COUNTER-ROTATE RIGHT, reverse step 12.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-35


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

REMOTE CONTROLS • Press bottom of rocker (SELECT) until SETUP


REMOTE ON appears on digital display. Then press top
of rocker to CONFIRM.
• To turn off setup remote mode, press bottom of rocker
WARNING (SELECT) until SETUP REMOTE OFF appears on
digital display. Then press top of rocker to CONFIRM.
Read Instructions!
To avoid death or serious injury to personnel and damage Both setup modes are turned off if operator selects a
to crane: different operating mode.
• Read Crane Assembly and Disassembly instructions Store the setup remote control in the operator’s cab until
in Section 4 before operating remote controls. needed (see Figure 3-24). To prevent accidental operation
of remote control switches, always select SETUP
General REMOTE OFF mode when remote control is not in use.

The following instructions identify and describe operation of P1976

the remote controls for crane setup. Disregard any control


not equipped on your crane.
This crane has two remote controls:
• Wireless, electronic setup remote control shown in
Figure 3-25.
• Manually controlled crawler remote controls shown in
Figure 3-26.

Controls Identification and Operation


Setup Remote Controls
Shelf Behind Seat in Cab FIGURE 3-24
The crane setup remote mode must be selected as follows
before the controls on the setup remote controls (see NOTE: A slight delay is normal from the time a remote
Figure 3-25) can be operated: toggle switch is enabled to the time the
• Using crane mode rocker on front console, press bottom corresponding function operates.
of rocker (SELECT) until CRANE SETUP mode appears Speed of operation depends on engine speed. To
on digital display screen. Then press top of rocker to provide adequate speed, operate engine at mid to
CONFIRM. high idle.

A1258
A10603
3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7

10 10

11 11
8 8

12 2
9
9

13 12
13
15

14 1 14 1 15
FIGURE 3-25

3-36 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Power Controls
1–Power Switch
DEPRESS button to TURN ON battery power to remote WARNING
controls. Tipping Hazard!
RELEASE button to TURN OFF battery power to remote To prevent crane from collapsing due to structural failure
controls. of jacks:
2–Stop Switch • Do not allow crane to get more than 4.5° out of level
while jacking.
DEPRESS to STOP all setup functions in an emergency.
The knob must be pulled up before the setup functions can Boom Pins Control
be operated.
8–Boom Pins Switch
Jacking Controls
3–Left Front Jacking Toggle Switch
4–Right Front Jacking Toggle Switch WARNING
5–Left Rear Jacking Toggle Switch Falling Load Hazard!
To prevent boom or boom butt from falling off crane:
6–Right Rear Jacking Toggle Switch
• Do not disengage boom hinge pins until boom butt is
7– All Jacking Toggle Switch properly supported on stands at ground level. Boom/
boom butt could fall off crane.
Read Boom Rigging Guide in Section 4 of this Manual.
3
WARNING Move toggle UP and hold to ENGAGE boom hinge pins.
Moving Part Hazard!
Release toggle to CENTER to STOP pins.
To avoid serious crushing injury:
Move toggle DOWN and hold to DISENGAGE boom hinge
• Keep feet clear of moving jacks. pins.
• Warn all personnel to stay clear of jacks while they
are being extended. Rotating Frame Controls
9–Front Rotating Frame Pins Switch
Move selected toggle UP and hold to EXTEND jacking
cylinder. 10–Rear Rotating Frame Pins Switch

Release toggle to CENTER to STOP jacking cylinder. Move selected toggle UP and hold to ENGAGE rotating bed
pins.
Move selected toggle DOWN and hold to RETRACT jacking
cylinder. Release toggle to CENTER to STOP.

Use the ALL toggle to operate all four jacking cylinders at the Move selected toggle DOWN and hold to DISENGAGE
same time in the selected direction. rotating bed pins.

Mast Controls
CAUTION 11–Mast Pins Switch (Fixed Mast)
Machinery Damage! Move toggle UP and hold to ENGAGE fixed mast pins.
To avoid damage to jacking cylinders, fully retract them Release toggle to CENTER to STOP.
before traveling.
Move toggle DOWN and hold to DISENGAGE main mast
The swing/travel alarm sounds anytime the crane rotating pins.
bed is more than 4.5° out of level. Take action to bring crane
12–Mast Switch (Live Mast Arms)
back to a level condition.
Move toggle UP and hold to RAISE live mast arms with mast
cylinders.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-37


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Release toggle to CENTER to STOP mast cylinders. Valves 16–Right Crawler Pin Handle
on the cylinders lock them in position.
17–Left Crawler Pin Handle
Move toggle DOWN and hold to LOWER live mast arms with
mast cylinders. Pull selected crawler pin handle DOWN to ENGAGE crawler
pins.
Read Crane Assembly and Disassembly in Section 4 for live
mast raising and lowering instructions. Release handle to CENTER to when pins are fully engaged.
Push selected crawler pin handle UP to DISENGAGE
Rigging Winch Controls crawler pins.
13–Rigging Winch Payout/Haul In Switch
P1927

Move toggle UP to PAYOUT and hold to payout wire rope 16 17


from winch.
Release toggle to CENTER to STOP winch motor.
Move toggle DOWN to HAUL IN and hold to haul in wire rope
to the winch.
14–Rigging Winch High/Low In Switch
Move toggle UP to HIGH to operate winch in high speed.
Move toggle DOWN to LOW to operate winch in low speed.

Engine Speed Control


15–Engine Speed Switch
The engine speed switch allows the operator to select high
or low engine idle speed from a remote position. Speed of
operation (jacks and pins) depends on toggle switch
movement and engine speed. To provide adequate speed for
some setup items, engine should be operated at high idle. Front of Carbody
FIGURE 3-26
Place toggle UP to HIGH to operate engine at high idle.
Place toggle DOWN to LOW to operate engine at low idle. Replacing Batteries in Setup Remote
Crawler Pin Controls Control
See Figure 3-26 for following procedure. When battery voltage in the setup remote control is low, a
BATTERY LOW message is displayed on the wireless
The manually operated crawler pin handles are located on screen in the digital display (See Crane Diagnostics in this
front of carbody. The crane must be in the Setup mode and section). Replace the batteries at that time:
the engine running before the crawler pin handles are
operable. Crawler pins cannot be disengaged until locking • Remove end cap at bottom of handle.
pins are removed. Read Crane Assembly and Disassembly • Slide two existing batteries out of handle. Gasket must
Guide in Section 4 for crawler pin handle setup instructions. remain intact.
• Replace with two AA lithium Eveready Energizer L91
batteries. (Alkaline batteries can be substituted, but they
have a shorter battery life).
• Reinstall end cap.

3-38 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

DIGITAL DISPLAY SCREENS The wind speed and pump drive screen (Figure 3-31)
displays the current steady wind speed, maximum gust wind
The digital display and scroll up/down rocker (see Special speed, and pump drive operating conditions.
Controls in this section) allow the operator to monitor
operating conditions screen, operating limits screen, or • MAX WIND SPEED resets when crane power is off.
system faults screen. • Pump drive operating conditions are provided only on
To display one of the above screens, turn limit bypass switch cu r r e n t p r o d uc t io n cra n e s ( p u mp d r i ve s w it h a
clockwise and hold while scrolling up at least one screen with circulating oil system).
the scroll up/down rocker. Continue to scroll up or down until
desired screen is displayed. CURRENT WIND SPEED 10 MPH
MAX WIND SPEED 20 MPH
Crane Operating Conditions PUMP DRIVE TEMP 160 DEG
PUMP DRIVE PRESSURE 25 PSI
Table 3-1 lists operating conditions that are displayed and
the normal operating range of each item. The current status FIGURE 3-31
of operating conditions are displayed in the screen shown in
Figure 3-27. Operating Limits
Table 3-2 lists operating limits which can be displayed.
ENGINE SPEED 2,200 RPM
BOOM ANGLE 66. 0 DEG When one or more operating limit is reached, the operating
LUFFING JIB ANGLE 00. 0 DEG limit alert (yellow light and buzzer in cab) turns on to warn the
BOOM TO LUFF ANGLE 000.0 DEG operator. Scroll to the crane faults/limits display screen. The
crane faults/limits screen (Figure 3-32) automatically scrolls
FIGURE 3-27 through the active faults/limits, stopping at each for
The engine screen (Figure 3-28) displays the following
approximately three seconds. 3
information.
CRANE FAULTS/LIMITS
OPERATING LIMIT- BLOCK UP
FUEL LEVEL 100%
OIL PRESSURE 50 PSI
COOLANT TEMP 150 DEG
ENGINE HOURS 1800 FIGURE 3-32
FIGURE 3-28 The operating limit alert turns off when the cause of limit is
corrected. Each active limit reached during operation is
The engine diagnostics screen (Figure 3-29) displays engine retained in memory, until two things happen:
faults. See Engine Diagnostics in this section for information
on fault codes. 1. Name of limit appears on display at least once.
2. Cause of limit is corrected.
ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS
For this reason, it is normal for the inactive limits to appear
FLASH CODE - SPN- FMI- when you scroll to the operating limit group, even when the
operating limit alert is off.

FIGURE 3-29 To erase the inactive limits, scroll to the operating limit group.
Wait until the display scrolls through the name of each limit.
The mast angle, battery voltage, and crane level screen Inactive limits will be erased automatically. If the alert is on,
(Figure 3-30) displays the following information. only the names of active limits will remain.
NO FAULT appears on the display (Figure 3-33) when no
MAST ANGLE DEG 000
limits have been reached.
BATTERY VOLTAGE V
TILT RIGHT DEG 000IN 00
TILT FRONT DEG 000 IN 00 CRANE FAULTS/LIMITS
OPERATING LIMIT- NO FAULT
FIGURE 3-30

FIGURE 3-33

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-39


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

System Faults 1. Name of fault appears on display at least once.

Table 3-3 lists system faults which can be displayed. 2. Cause of fault is corrected.

When one or more system fault occurs, the system fault alert For this reason, it is normal for the names of inactive faults to
(red light and beeper in cab) turns on to warn the operator. appear when you scroll to the system fault group, even when
Scroll to the crane faults/limits display screen. The screen the system fault alert is off.
(Figure 3-34) automatically scrolls through the active faults/ To erase the names of inactive faults, scroll to the system
limit, stopping at each for approximately three seconds. fault group. Wait until the display scrolls through the name of
each fault. Inactive faults will be erased automatically. If the
CRANE FAULTS/LIMITS alert is on, only the names of active faults will remain.
SYSTEM FAULT- BOOM ANGLE SEND
NO FAULT appears on the display (Figure 3-35) when there
are no faults.

FIGURE 3-34
CRANE FAULTS/LIMITS
The system fault alert turns off when the cause of each fault SYSTEM FAULTS- NO FAULT
is corrected. Each active fault that has occurred during
operation is retained in memory, until two things happen:
FIGURE 3-35

3-40 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Table 3-1 Operating Conditions


Listed below are the operating conditions which can be viewed on the digital display.

Unit of
Display Reading Operating Range
Measure
Normal Operating Conditions
The operating conditions listed below are displayed by scrolling up or down with the digital display selector.
ENGINE SPEED RPM 850 rpm low idle; 1,800 rpm high idle.
BOOM ANGLE DEG Degrees boom is positioned above horizontal.
LUFFING JIB ANGLE [1] DEG Degrees luffing jib is positioned above horizontal.
BOOM TO LUFF ANGLE [1] DEG Degrees between centerline of boom and centerline of luffing jib.
FUEL LEVEL % Indicates 0-100% of fuel remaining in tank.
OIL PRESSURE PSI Indicates engine oil pressure when operating.
COOLANT TEMP DEG F Indicates temperature of coolant in engine.
ENGINE HOURS HOURS Indicates total number of hours the engine has been run.
ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS — Indicates engine fault codes and engine troubleshooting.
MAST ANGLE DEG Degrees live mast is positioned above transport position, which is 0°
BATTERY VOLTAGE V Indicates crane battery voltage.
TILT RIGHT (Crane Level) DEG/IN First number is angle (+ or - degrees) that crane is out of level in indicated
TILT FRONT (Crane Level) direction from horizontal. Second number is (inches) of blocking to level crane
in required direction.
3
CURRENT WIND SPEED MPH Indicates current steady wind speed.
MAX WIND SPEED MPH Indicates maximum gust wind speed.
PUMP DRIVE TEMP DEG F indicates temperature of oil in pump drive.
PUMP DRIVE PRESSURE PSI Indicates pump drive oil pressure when operating.
Diagnostic Screens
Operating conditions listed below are displayed only by turning limit by-pass switch and scrolling up with digital display
selector. To turn off diagnostic screens, turn limit bypass switch and scroll down or stop and restart engine.
DRUM [2]
SWING
TRK (Travel)
FCN (Front Console Node) 4 Rows of
CAN (CAN-Bus) Text and Text and numbers are used to monitor and troubleshoot controls and hydraulic
Numbers systems. See Crane Diagnostics in this section for explanation of these
ACC (Accessory System) in Display screens.
WIRELESS Screen
LEVEL
SPEEDS AND TORQUE
HYD SYSTEM CHECK
CRANE MODE — See Crane Mode Selector instructions in this section for procedure to select
(name of mode) and confirm desired crane mode.
PROGRAM M000001.0JP — Computer Program Version. Factory service personnel will request these
numbers when troubleshooting crane problems.
CON 00000000000 — Computer and Crane Configuration Code. Factory service personnel will
request these numbers when troubleshooting crane problems.

[1] Optional Item. [2] Appropriate Drum Number (see Figure 3-10).

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-41


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Table 3-2 Operating Limits


Listed below are limits which turn on the operating limit alert (yellow light and continuous buzzer). When the alert comes on,
the OPERATING LIMIT group of the digital display indicates which limit has been reached; take corrective action.

Display Reading Function Response Corrective Action


BLOCK LEVEL Block level sensing fault. Block angle exceeded for parts of line. See
Block Level screen in Crane Diagnostic
section.
BLOCK UP Stops load drums from hoisting and boom/ Lower corresponding load or raise boom or
luffing jib from lowering. jib.
CONFIRM MODE All drums inoperable until an operating mode Select and confirm the desired operating
is selected and confirmed. mode (see Operating Controls in this section
for procedure).
CRANE LEVEL Crane is 3 degrees out of level when jacking. Level crane with individual jacking switches.
FUNCTION PARKED Function inoperable because it is parked. Turn corresponding park switch off and sit
down in operator’s seat.
JIB BELOW HORIZONTAL [1] Luffing jib operable. See capacity chart for Raise luffing jib above horizontal.
luffing jib minimum operating angles.
LOAD MONENT [1] Stops all load drums from hoisting and Land load on load drum or raise boom or jib.
boom/luffing jib from lowering.
MAST BELOW 2 DEGREES Stops down movement of live mast when Pin live mast in place before retracting mast
lowering mast to transport position. arms cylinders fully.
MAST TOO FAR FORWARD Boom hoist (live mast) inoperable in lowering Raise live mast. Further lowering is not
direction (occurs if mast is below 160°). intended—mast will fall.
MAX DOWN [1] Stops boom from lowering (limit set at 0°). Raise boom or luffing jib.
Stops luffing jib from lowering when boom to
luffing jib MINIMUM angle is reached.
MAX UP 1 Stops boom from rising when maximum up Lower boom/luffing jib.
limit is reached. [2]
Stops luffing jib from rising when boom to jib
MAXIMUM WORKING angle is reached.
This angle can be bypassed to raise jib to
MAXIMUM angle.
MAX UP 2 [1] Stops luffing jib from rising when boom to jib Lower luffing jib.
MAXIMUM angle is reached. This limit can
be bypassed only when boom is below 50°.
MAX BAIL Drum stops hoisting. Operate drum in lowering direction.
MIN BAIL Drum stops lowering. Operate drum in hoisting direction.
RANGE LIMITER Stops swing movement of rotating bed when Swing rotating bed in opposite direction
either swing limit is reached. away from limit.
SWING PARKED Stops travel function with MAX-ER. Place swing park in off position to travel.

[1] Optional item. [2] Angle at which boom stops varies with attachment.
See Limit devices – Boom Up Limit in this section
specifications.

3-42 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

THIS PAGE BLANK

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-43


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Table 3-3 System Faults


Listed below are faults which turn on the system fault alert (red light and beeper). When the alert comes on, the SYSTEM
FAULT group of the digital display indicates which fault has occurred; take corrective action. The beeper sounds intermittently.

Display Reading Function Response Cause of Fault


BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW Correct cause for low voltage to prevent Battery voltage below 18 volts.
faulty crane operation.
BOOM ANGLE SENDER All functions operable, BOOM ANGLE Sender output voltage 0 volts or above 9.7
and BOOM TO LUFF JIB ANG display volts. Fault not active when crane is in
will be faulty; correct cause of angle SETUP mode.
sender fault as soon as possible.
CRANE LEVEL SENSOR Jacking ALL switch inoperable. Crane is Use individual jacking switches to level
4.7 degrees out of level crane.
DISABLED DIG OUTPUT Affected system not operating properly. Electric signal interrupted between computer
Correct cause of fault as soon as node and output device (i.e.: faulty brake
possible. solenoid or broken wire).
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW Does not affect operation. Correct cause Oil pressure below 15 psi (1.0 bar).
of low oil pressure as soon as possible to
prevent engine damage.
ENGINE TEMP HIGH Does not affect operation. Correct cause Engine coolant temperature above 205°F
of overheating as soon as possible to (96°C).
prevent engine damage.
FILTER FAULT 1 or 2 (Charge Filter) All functions operable. Replace charge Filter is dirty.
filter 1or 2 as soon as possible.
FILTER FAULT 4 (Return Filters) All functions inoperable. Replace both Filter is plugged or dirty.
return filters as soon as possible.
FILTER FAULT 8 (Suction Filter) Oil flow through suction screen inside Remove blockage or hydraulic pumps will be
hydraulic tank blocked. damaged from cavitation.
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Five percent fuel remaining in tank. Fill tank as soon as possible to prevent
Does not affect operation. engine stoppage.
HYDRAULIC FLUID LEVEL LOW Does not affect operation. Fill tank as Hydraulic oil at CAUTION LOW LEVEL
soon as possible. indicated on tank gauge.
HYDRAULIC FLUID TEMP LOW Reduce loads and/or speeds to allow oil Oil temperature in hydraulic tank is below
to warm. 40°F (4°C).
HYDRAULIC FLUID TEMP HIGH Does not affect operation. Reduce loads Oil temperature in hydraulic tank above
and/or speeds to allow oil to cool. 180°F (82°C).
LOAD PIN Load drum operation will stop. Load pin voltage not within 0.5 - 9 volts.
LUFFING JIB ANGLE SENDER [1] All functions operable, but JIB ANGLE Sender output voltage 0 volts or above 9.7
and BOOM TO LUFF JIB ANG display volts. Fault not active when crane is in
will be faulty; correct cause of angle SETUP mode.
sender fault as soon as possible.
MAST SYSTEM Mast operation with boom hoist will stop. Boom or accessory transducer voltage less
than 0.6 volts.
PUMP DRIVE PRESSURE LOW [2] Does not affect operation. Shut down Gear oil pressure below 5 psi (0.34 bar).
and correct cause as soon as possible to Check pump for proper operation. Check
prevent gear or bearing damage. pump drive oil level.
PUMP DRIVE TEMP HIGH [2] Does not affect operation. Shut down Gear oil temperature above 250°F (121°C).
and correct cause as soon as possible to Check oil cooler for proper operation. Check
prevent gear or bearing damage. pump drive oil level.

3-44 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Display Reading Function Response Cause of Fault


SUPERCHARGE PRESSURE Does not affect operation. Shut down Supercharge pressure at pressure switch
and correct cause as soon as possible to (suction manifold) is less than 15 psi (1 bar).
prevent pump cavitation. Check hydraulic supercharge system.
WIRELESS SYSTEM Wireless load link sensing fault. See wireless link information in separate
Rated Capacity Indicator/Limiter manual.

[1] Optional item. [2] Pump drive faults apply only to current production
cranes (pump drives with a circulating oil system).

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-45


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

FUNCTION SPEED/TORQUE ADJUSTMENT • Engine electronic fuel system fault codes.


• Engine protection system fault codes
The speed of each crane function (all drums, travel, swing)
and swing torque can be adjusted to suit operator needs. All fault codes are either active or inactive. Active engine
faults can be viewed on the crane’s digital display either with
Adjustment the engine running or with the engine off (run/stop/run switch
To adjust the desired function’s speed or swing torque, in RUN position). Inactive faults can only be read with
proceed as follows: electronic service tool supplied by the engine manufacturer.

1. Stop operating the desired function and park it. The engine diagnostic lights are mounted on the front
console in the operator’s cab as shown in Figure 3-37.
2. Access diagnostic screens (Figure 3-36):
a. Turn limit bypass key clockwise and scroll up at P1744
Front Scroll
least one screen (with selector next to display Console Up/Down
screen). Display Rocker
b. Once step 2a is performed, release key and scroll
up or down through diagnostic screens until speed
and torque screen appears.
3. Press BOTTOM of CONFIRM/SELECT switch until
cursor ( * ) appears next to desired function.
4. Scroll up or down to change speed or torque of selected
function to desired percentage between 25% and 100%.
5. Repeat steps 1, 3 and 4 for other functions, as desired.
6. Press BOTTOM of CONFIRM/SELECT switch until
cursor ( * ) disappears. Red Yellow White
FIGURE 3-37
7. Adjustment is complete. The selected speeds and
torque will remain in computer memory, even after
RED STOP LIGHT
engine is stopped.
When on, the red stop light indicates the need to stop
8. If desired, turn off diagnostic screens: engine as soon as safely possible and correct the fault.
a. Turn limit bypass key clockwise.
b. Once step 8a is performed, scroll down at least one CAUTION
screen and release key.
If possible, lower lifted loads to ground and then stop
Stopping engine will also turn off diagnostic screens. engine as soon as possible when Red stop light comes
on. Permanent damage can occur if engine is run while
Available Speed Red stop light is on. Do not run engine until fault is
or Torque corrected.
Cursor (25% to 100%)
YELLOW WARNING LIGHT
* DRUM 1 SPEED 100 % DRUM 6 SPEED 75 % When on, the yellow warning light indicates that engine can
DRUM 2 SPEED 100 % TRAVEL SPEED 100 % be run, but the fault should be corrected as soon as possible.
DRUM 3 SPEED 100 % SWING SPEED 75 %
WHITE MAINTAIN LIGHT
DRUM 4 SPEED 100 % SWING TORQUE 50 %
When on, the white maintain light indicates that engine
maintenance is required. See engine manufacturer’s manual
Functions
for maintenance instructions.
FIGURE 3-36
Onboard Engine Diagnostics
ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS Active engine faults can be viewed on the crane’s digital
display either with the engine running or with the engine off
General (run/stop/run switch in RUN position). A laminated list of fault
The Cummins QSX15 Engine has two types of fault codes: codes is located in the operator’s cab.

3-46 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

• Scroll up or down with rocker on right side of digital • Wireless screen — Provides load link and hand-held
display screen until Engine Diagnostics screen appears. radio remote information.
• Corresponding flash code for each active fault will • Crane mode screen — Allows for selecting crane mode
appear next to FLASH CODE as shown in Figure 3-38. of operation.
The screen will automatically scroll through each fault at • Table 3-8 contains bank identifier numbers.
two-second intervals if more than one fault exists.
Drum 1
ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS

FLASH CODE: 235 SPN: 102 FMI: 02 HANDLE +/-0 % 0.0 V PRESS 0 psi
PUMP A +/-0 % 0 CS SPEED +/-0 rpm
PUMP B +/-0 % BRAKE 0
Flash Code These Codes for MOTOR 0% DOS 0 DRUM 1
Factory Use Only

FIGURE 3-38 DRUM 1 screen displays the following information:


• Control HANDLE command in percent from neutral with
CRANE DIAGNOSTICS + raise and - lower.
• The normal operating voltage (V) outputs of the control
General handle range is 2.4 to 0.5 volts to raise a load and 2.6 to
To enable the diagnostic screens, turn limit bypass key 4.5 volts to lower a load.
switch clockwise and scroll up at least one screen. Once this
step is performed, you can scroll up or down through the
diagnostic screens in addition to the operating screens. To
NOTE: With drum control handle D function, raise and
lower voltage is reversed. 3
disable the diagnostic screens, turn limit bypass key switch • Control handle Center Switch (CS) command with 0
clockwise and scroll down. The operating screens remain neutral and 1 active.
active. • PUMP A and B command in percent from neutral with +
The diagnostic screens provide information about the status raise and - lower for each pump.
of all main crane components as well as the controller inputs • MOTOR command in percent with 0% maximum
and outputs during operation. The diagnostic screens displacement and 100% minimum displacement.
display the following information:
• Measured hoist PRESSURE (psi) at high side pressure
• Particular crane functions — DRUMS, SWING, and port.
TRAC K. Se e Figure 3-10 fo r drum location a nd
identification. • Measured drum SPEED in rpm with + raise and - lower.
• FCN (front console node) and CAN (can bus) screens • Park BRAKE command with 0 engaged and 1 released.
display digital input and digital output information — • DOS (digital output status) displays a binary number (or
Table 3-6 (digital inputs to master node controller), and total) if digital output signal is disabled to: pump A - drum
Table 3-7 (digital outputs from crane master node 1 (1), pump B - drum 1 and 3 (2), motor 1 (4), motor 2 (8)
controller). See Figure 3-39 for location of node or drum brake (16).
controllers.
• Controller programming information —These screens Drum 2
are for factory use only, and are not shown in this folio.
• Hydraulic system calibration information — Check HANDLE +/-0 % 0.0 V PRESS 0 psi
includes pressure sender calibration, control calibration, PUMP A +/-0 % 0 CS SPEED +/-0 rpm
pump pressure test, and charge pressure test. PUMP B +/-0 % BRAKE 0
MOTOR 0% DOS 0 DRUM 2
• Speed adjustment screen — Allows for setting each
drum, travel, and swing system maximum operating
speed and swing torque. DRUM 2 screen displays the following information:
• Accessory (ACC) system — Provides accessory system • Control HANDLE command in percent from neutral with
component status information. + raise and - lower.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-47


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

• The normal operating voltage (V) outputs of the control • DOS (digital output status) displays a binary number (or
handle range is 2.4 to 0.5 volts to raise a load and 2.6 to total) if digital output signal is disabled to: pump A - drum
4.5 volts to lower a load. 1 and 3 (1), motor (2), brake (4) or diverter - drum 1 and
3 (8).
NOTE: With drum control handle D function, raise and
lower voltage is reversed. Drum 4
• Control handle Center Switch (CS) command with 0
neutral and 1 active.
HANDLE +/-0 % 0.0 V PRESS 0 psi
• PUMP A and B command in percent from neutral with + PUMP A +/-0 % 0 CS SPEED +/-0 rpm
raise and - lower for each pump. PUMP B +/-0 % BRAKE 0
• MOTOR command in percent with 0% maximum MOTOR 0% DOS 0 DRUM 4
displacement and 100% minimum displacement.
• Measured hoist PRESSURE (psi) at high side pressure DRUM 4 screen displays the following information:
port. • Control HANDLE command in percent from neutral with
• Measured drum SPEED in rpm with + raise and - lower. + raise and - lower.

• Park BRAKE command with 0 engaged and 1 released. • The normal operating voltage (V) outputs of the control
handle range is 2.4 to 0.5 volts to raise a load and 2.6 to
• DOS (digital output status) displays a binary number (or 4.5 volts to lower a load.
total) if digital output signal is disabled to: pump A - drum
2 (1), pump B - drum 2 and 5 (2), motor 1 (4), motor 2 NOTE: With drum control handle D function, raise and
(8), or drum brake (16). lower voltage is reversed.
• Control handle Center Switch (CS) command with 0
Drum 3 neutral and 1 active.
• PUMP A and B command in percent from neutral with +
HANDLE +/-0 % 0.0 V PRESS 0 psi raise and - lower for each pump.
PUMP A +/-0 % 0 CS SPEED +/-0 rpm
• MOTOR command in percent with 0% maximum
BRAKE 0
displacement and 100% minimum displacement.
MOTOR 0% DOS 0 DRUM 3
• Measured hoist PRESSURE (psi) at high side pressure
port.
DRUM 3 screen displays the following information:
• Measured drum SPEED in rpm with + raise and - lower.
• Control HANDLE command in percent from neutral with
+ raise and - lower. • Park BRAKE command with 0 engaged and 1 released.
• The normal operating voltage (V) outputs of the control • DOS (digital output status) displays a binary number (or
handle range is 2.4 to 0.5 volts to lower a load and 2.6 to total) if digital output signal is disabled to: pump A -
4.5 volts to raise a load. pump 1 (1), pump B - pump 2 (2), motor 1 (4), motor 2
(8), drum brake (16) or drum pawl (32).
NOTE: With drum control handle D function, raise and
lower voltage is reversed. Drum 5
• Control handle Center Switch (CS) command with 0
neutral and 1 active.
HANDLE +/-0 % 0.0 V PRESS 0 psi
• PUMP A command in percent from neutral with + raise PUMP A +/-0 % 0 CS SPEED +/-0 rpm
and - lower. BRAKE 0
• MOTOR command in percent with 0% maximum MOTOR 0% DOS 0 DRUM 5
displacement and 100% minimum displacement.
• Measured hoist PRESSURE (psi) at high side pressure DRUM 5 screen displays the following information:
port. • Control HANDLE command in percent from neutral with
• Measured drum SPEED in rpm with + raise and - lower. + raise and - lower.

• Park BRAKE command with 0 engaged and 1 released. • The normal operating voltage (V) outputs of the control
handle range is 2.4 to 0.5 volts to raise a load and 2.6 to
4.5 volts to lower a load.

3-48 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

NOTE: With drum control handle D function, raise and Swing (Crane)
lower voltage is reversed.
• Control handle Center Switch (CS) command with 0
HANDLE +/-0 % 0.0 V RT PRES 0 psi
neutral and 1 active.
PUMP +/-0 % 0 CS LT PRES 0 psi
• PUMP A command in percent from neutral with + raise BRAKE 0% DOS 0
and - lower.
LOCK 0 SWING
• MOTOR command in percent with 0% maximum
displacement and 100% minimum displacement.
The SWING screen displays the following information:
• Measured hoist PRESSURE (psi) at high side pressure
• Control HANDLE command in percent from neutral with
port.
+ right and - left.
• Measured drum SPEED in rpm with + raise and - lower.
• The normal operating voltage (V) outputs of the control
• Park BRAKE command with 0 engaged and 1 released. handle range is 2.4 to 0.5 volts for left swing and 2.6 to
4.5 volts for right swing.
• DOS (digital output status) displays a binary number (or
total) if digital output signal is disabled to: pump A - drum • Control handle Center Switch (CS) command with 0
5 (1), not used (2), drum brake (4), drum pawl (8) or neutral and 1 active.
diverter (16).
• PUMP command in percent from neutral with + right and
- left.
Drum 6
• Park BRAKE command with 0 engaged and 1 released.

HANDLE
PUMP A
+/-0 %
+/-0 %
0.0 V
0 CS
PRESS
SPEED
0 psi
+/-0 rpm
• Swing LOCK command with 0 engaged and 1 released.
3
• Measured pump RT PRES (psi) when swinging right.
BRAKE 0
MOTOR 0% DOS 0 DRUM 6 • Measured pump LT PRES (psi) when swinging left.
• DOS (digital output status) displays a binary number (or
DRUM 6 screen displays the following information: total) if the digital output signal is disabled to: pump 1 (1),
pump 2 (2), swing brake (4), swing lock in (8) or swing
• Control HANDLE command in percent from neutral with lock out (16).
+ raise and - lower.
• The normal operating voltage (V) outputs of the control Trk (Travel)
handle range is 2.4 to 0.5 volts to raise a load and 2.6 to
4.5 volts to lower a load.
LEFT RIGHT BRAKE 0
NOTE: With drum control handle D function, raise and HANDLE +/-0 % 0.0 V +/-0 % 0.0 V MOTOR 0
lower voltage is reversed. PUMP +/-0 % 0 CS +/-0 % 0 CS CRUISE 0
• Control handle Center Switch (CS) command with 0 PRES 0 psi 0 psi DOS 0 TRK
neutral and 1 active.
• PUMP A command in percent from neutral with + raise
The right and left TRK (Travel) screen displays the following
and - lower.
information:
• MOTOR command in percent with 0% maximum
• Control HANDLE command in percent from neutral with
displacement and 100% minimum displacement.
+ forward and - reverse.
• Measured hoist PRESSURE (psi) at high side pressure
• The normal operating voltage (V) outputs of the control
port.
handle range 2.6 to 4.5 volts for forward and 0.5 to 2.4
• Measured drum SPEED in rpm with + raise and - lower. volts for reverse.
• Park BRAKE command with 0 engaged and 1 released. • Control handle Center Switch (CS) command with 0
neutral and 1 active.
• DOS (digital output status) displays a binary number (or
total) if digital output signal is disabled to: pump A (1), • Left or right PUMP command in percent from neutral
motor (2), drum brake (4) or drum pawl (8). with + forward and - reverse.
• Measured track PRESS (psi) at right or left crawler track.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-49


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

• Park BRAKE command with 0 engaged and 1 released. Each individual input/output is assigned a number (identifier)
in the binary system (powers of two). The identifiers of all
• MOTOR command with 0 high speed/minimum
inputs/outputs that are ON (active) for each bank are added
displacement and 1 low speed/maximum displacement.
for a total of 0 – 255. The number displayed for each bank is
• CRUISE indicates status of travel cruise with 1 engaged the sum of all identifiers that are ON in that bank. Each
and 0 disengaged. possible ON/OFF combination per bank has a unique total.
• DOS (digital output status) displays a binary number (or To determine the state of an individual digital input or output
total) if the digital output signal is disabled to: right pump (crane component), find the individual crane component in
(1), left pump (2), travel brake (4), or motor (8). Table 3-6 or Table 3-7, for example: Seat Switch FCN-3-1.
• The first part of the Code Number FCN indicates that the
FCN (Front Console Node)
individual input or output is located in the FCN computer.
NOTE: If the Code Number starts with CAN, see CAN
DI BANKS: 72 8 33 15 screen for input/output.
DO BANKS: 223 0
• The second part of the Code Number 3 is the bank
TF BANKS: 000 000 000 000 where the individual information is shown on the FCN
FCN screen.
• The third part of the Code Number 1 is the item
The status of the digital inputs and outputs of the front identifier.
console controller is displayed in the FCN screen. Each bank To determine the state of the individual input/output in a
can indicate the state of up to 255 individual digital inputs or bank, find the number displayed for the bank in the
outputs. The FCN screen displays the following information: numbered column of Table 3-8. In the corresponding row the
• Front console digital input DI BANKS 1, 2, 3, and 4. identifier numbers that are ON (active) in the bank are
shaded. In the above example if 1 is shaded the Seat Switch
• Front console digital output DO BANKS 5 and 6. is ON (active).
• Only programmers use TF BANKS 1, 2, 3, and 4.

BIN Node 6 7 5 9
Node A1258
Node
Number
1 Master (Front Console)
2 Handles and Cab Controls
3 Drum 3 and Pressure Senders 20 21
4 Jacking, Connecting Pins, and Mast In Boom
Top or Jib
5 Alarms, Limits and Pump Controls
6 Drums 2, 4, 5 & Adapter Frame Pins 8
In Boom Butt
7 Swing and Auto Lube
8 Drum 1 and Drum 6
9 MAX-ER (optional)
0 Engine
20 Boom Top (not shown) 1 2 4 3 0
21 Luffing or Fixed Jib Top (not shown) In Right Side
Cab Console. FIGURE 3-39

3-50 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

CAN (Can Bus) • PACKET ID number — Move select/confirm switch to


SELECT. Cursor appears next to Packet ID #. Scroll up
or down to desired packet number to display packet item
STATUS 033 000 HIST 000 000 ENG 12 status.
*PACKET ID # 38 BOOM 16 W/L 1 • Digital input or digital output BANKS 1, 2, 3, and 4.
BANKS 1 - 4: 55 0 178 0
• Digital input or digital output BANKS 5, 6, 7, and 8.
BANKS 5 - 8: 4 35 0 16 CAN
Each individual input/output is assigned a number (identifier)
The CAN screen displays digital inputs and outputs of the
in the binary system (powers of two). The identifiers of all
master node controller. The location of crane nodes are
inputs/outputs that are ON (active) for each bank are added
shown in Figure 3-39. The CAN screen displays the
for a total of 0 – 255. The number displayed for each bank is
following information:
the sum of all identifiers that are ON in that bank. Each
• STATUS indicates possible active communication errors possible ON/OFF combination per bank has a unique total.
between nodes on two banks that should read 000. The
To determine a state of an individual digital input or output,
binary system status numbers are shown in Table 3-4.
find the individual crane component in Table 3-6 or Table 3-7,
If a communication error occurs (033 in bank one) see for example: Return Filter Alarm CAN38-1-32.
Table 3-4 for bank identifier numbers (node-2 and node-
• The first part of the Code Number CAN38 indicates that
7)
the individual input or output is located in packet 38 of
Table 3-4 Communication Errors the master CAN computer.
NOTE: If the Code Number starts with FCN, see FCN
Bank 1 1 = Node 2 16 = Node 6
screen for the input/output.
2 = Node 3
4 = Node 4
32 = Node 7
64 = Node 8
• Select PACKET ID# 38 by moving select/confirm switch 3
to SELECT and a cursor appears next to Packet ID #.
8 = Node 5 128 = Node 0 Scroll up or down to desired packet number to display
packet item status.
Bank 2 1 = Node 9 2= BIN Node • The second part of Code Number 1 is bank were the
individual information is shown on the CAN screen.
• HISTORY indicates errors since power was cycled.
Communication errors correspond to above table. • The third part of the Code Number 32 is the item
identifier.
• BOOM indicates what boom nodes may be available on
the bus. Boom status should always display a number or To determine the state of the individual input/output in a
an error exists (see Table 3-5). bank, find the number displayed for the bank in the
numbered column of Table 3-8. In the corresponding row the
Table 3-5 Boom Error identifier numbers that are ON (active) in the bank are
Boom Node shaded. In the above example if 32 is shaded the Return
Description Filter Alarm is ON (active).
Status Number
1 21 Luffing Jib node with #44 To exit CAN screen move select/confirm switch to SELECT
Luffing jib node 79A or and cursor disappears. Continue scrolling up or down to
8 21 access next screen.
Fixed jib node 79A
16 20 Boom top node 55A or 79A Hydraulic System Calibration
Indicates a node is present that is not
128 20 or 21 See Hydraulic System Calibration Procedures in this section.
currently identified.

• ENGINE displays engine ECM bus status that is for


factory use only. PRESSURE SENDER CAL 0% 0 0
CONTROL CAL 0% 0
• W/L indicates what wireless receiver nodes can be
PUMP PRESSURE TEST 0% 0
available.
CHARGE PRESSURE 0 0
- Number 1 is boom to load link.
- Number 2 is remote.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-51


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Speed/Torque 1028 = Raise mast arms from stored position.

See Function Speed/Torque Adjustment in this section. 2056 = Lower mast arms to stored position.
4096 = MAX-ER cylinder.
DRUM 1 SPEED 25 % DRUM 6 SPEED 25 % 8192 = Rigging winch command.
DRUM 2 SPEED 50 % TRAVEL SPEED 75 %
DRUM 3 SPEED 25 % SWING SPEED 25 %
Wireless
DRUM 4 SPEED 25 % SWING TORQUE 60 %

*REMOTE TxID 0000


Accessory System
SENSOR BANKS: 0 64 0 128 160
LOAD LINK TRAFFIC 0 0
HANDLE +/-0 % ACC PRES psi REMOTE TRAFFIC 0 0 WIRELESS
ACC VLV -0 % DM5 PRES psi
DM5 PMP +/-0 % DM5 SPD rpm The WIRELESS screen displays the following information:
VALVES 256 ACCUM P psi ACC
• REMOTE TxID - where the link identification code is
The ACC system screen displays the following information: entered and displayed. To enter a link identification
code, press select. The curser (*) appears next to
• Drum 5 (mast hoist) control HANDLE command in
remote TxID. Press select again to enter identification
percent from neutral with + raise and - lower.
code area. Scroll up or down to enter 0 to 9 and/or A to F,
• Accessory valve (ACC VLV) command in percent. press select to move through each four positions.
• Drum 5 (mast hoist) pump (DM5 PMP) command in • SENSOR BANKS - where the four banks listed below
percent from neutral with + raise and - lower. display information shown in table.
• Accessory system pressure (ACC PRES) in psi. 1. Link 1 information.
• Drum 5 (mast hoist) pump pressure (DM5 PRES) in psi. 2. Link 2 information.
• Drum 5 (mast hoist) drum speed (DM5 SPD) in rpm. 3. Link 3 information.
• Accumulator system pressure (ACCUM PRES) in psi. 4. Hand-held radio remote control information.
• VALVES - displays binary number of system 5. Block Level control information.
components that are active in bank:
Bank 1: Binary
Information
Number
1 = Jacking command. 1, 2, or 4 Disregard information displayed.
8 RF link suspect.
2 = Rotating fame command.
16 Configuration data corrupt.
4 = Mast raise switch and mast hoist control handle 32 Internal CPU error.
command is OFF. 64 Sensor voltage out of range.
(Not used with block level sensor)
8 = Mast lower switch and mast hoist control handle 128 Sensor battery low.
command is OFF.
16 = Boom hinge pins in switch. • LOAD LINK TRAFFIC where bank one is transmitter
32 = Boom hinge pins out switch. identification and bank two property code (weight code
of link). The two banks work together and continuously
64 = Mast pins in switch. display information for each load link in immediate area.
128 = Mast pins out switch. • REMOTE TRAFFIC where bank one is transmitter
256 = Cab tilt up. identification and bank two property code of hand-held
radio remote. The two banks work together and
512 = Cab tilt down. continuously display information for each radio remote in
immediate area.

3-52 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Block Level Sensor Angle in Degree Parts of Line


7.6 24
6.4 28
*BLOCK LEVEL SENSOR 5.2 32
BLOCK ANGLE + 3.43 DEG 4.0 36
DRUM 1 PUMP 30 % DRUM 1 and 2 PUMP - displays pump command in percent.
DRUM 2 PUMP 31 % LEVEL
Crane Mode
The LEVEL screen displays the following information:
BLOCK LEVEL SENSOR - where the block identification Crane Mode - STANDARD
code is entered and displayed. To enter a block identification
code, press select. The curser (*) appears next to Block
Level Sensor. Press select again to enter identification code PROG M0000000.ONP CON 000000
area. Scroll up or down to enter 0 to 9, press select to move
through each four positions.
The crane mode screen displays the selected crane mode:
BLOCK ANGLE - where the block angle is displayed. A block
level fault occurs if the maximum block angle for parts of line • Crane mode.
is exceeded: • PROG is computer program version.
Angle in Degree Parts of Line • CON is computer and crane configuration code.
10 16 or less
8.8 20
3

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-53


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUT ITEM TABLES See CAN screen if the item Code Number has a CAN prefix
or to FCN screen if item Code Number has a FCN prefix.
Tables 3-6 and 3-7 identify selected component digital Inputs Table 3-8 lists the identifier numbers that are ON (active) for
and digital outputs used on the crane. The Code Number each bank.
indicates the computer packet number (CAN) or front
console computer location (FCN).

Table 3-6 Digital Inputs


Description Code No. Description Code No.
A/C Compressor Clutch – On FCN-3-8 Hydraulic Fluid Temp. Switch - High CAN25-2-32
Acc. System Minimum Hyd. Pres. Sw. CAN65-1-128 Hydraulic Fluid Temperature Sw. – Low CAN24-2-16
Adapter Frame Shorting Plug CAN65-1-2 Hydraulic Suction Line Switch CAN25-2-16
All Jacks Retract Switch CAN144-4-32 Jib Maximum Down Limit CAN136-6-8
All Jacks Retract Switch CAN144-4-16 Jib Maximum Up 1 Limit CAN136-6-16
Auxiliary Engine Kill Switch CAN144-5-4 Jib Maximum Up 2 Limit CAN136-6-32
Boom Butt Shorting Plug CAN148-4-32 Not Used FCN-2-16
Block-Up Limit Lower – Boom CAN136-6-128 Left Counterweight Limit Switch CAN67-1-8
Block-Up Limit Upper – Boom CAN136-6-64 Left Front Jack Extend Switch CAN144-3-32
Block-Up Limit Lower – #44 Luffing Jib CAN132-6-64 Left Front Jack Retract Switch CAN144-3-16
Block-Up Limit Upper – #44 Luffing Jib CAN132-6-128 Left Rear Jack Extend Switch CAN144-4-2
Block-Up Limit Lower – #79A Luffing Jib CAN135-6-64 Left Rear Jack Retract Switch CAN144-4-1
Block-Up Limit Upper – #79A Luffing Jib CAN135-6-128 Limit Bypass Switch FCN-2-4
Boom Pins In Switch CAN144-2-64 Mast Lower Switch CAN144-5-1
Boom Pins Out Switch CAN144-2-128 Mast Pins In Switch CAN144-4-128
Cab Tilt Down Switch FCN-3-2 Mast Pins Out Switch CAN144-4-64
Cab Tilt Up Switch FCN-1-128 Mast Raise Switch CAN144-5-2
Charge Filter 1 Alarm CAN69-1-8 MAX-ER Input Remote CAN20-2-16
Charge Filter 2 Alarm CAN24-2-32 Maximum Boom Angle Limit Switch CAN69-1-128
Counterweight Tray Lower - Remote CAN20-2-32 Pay Out Rigging Switch CAN144-2-2
Counterweight Tray Raise - Remote CAN20-2-64 RCL Display Scroll Down Switch FCN-2-32
Crane Display Scroll Down Switch FCN-1-32 RCL Display Scroll Up Switch FCN-2-8
Crane Display Scroll Up Switch FCN-1-8 RCL Mode Confirm Switch FCN-2-1
Crane Mode Confirm Switch FCN-1-2 RCL Mode Select Switch FCN-4-64
Crane Mode Select Switch FCN-3-64 Rear Adapter Pins In Switch CAN144-3-4
Drum 1 Minimum Bail Limit Switch CAN71-1-128 Rear Adapter Pins Out Switch CAN144-3-8
Drum 1 Park Switch – On FCN-1-4 Return Filter Alarm CAN24-2-128
Drum 2 Minimum Bail Limit Switch CAN61-1-128 Rigging High Speed Switch CAN144-2-8
Drum 2 Park Switch – On FCN-1-16 Rigging Low Speed Switch CAN144-2-4
Drum 3 Minimum Bail Limit Switch CAN59-1-128 Right Counterweight Limit Switch CAN67-1-4
Drum 3 Park Switch – On FCN-4-128 Right Front Jack Extend Switch CAN144-3-128
Drum 4 Park Switch – On FCN-3-128 Right Front Jack Retract Switch CAN144-3-64
Drum 5 Park Switch – On FCN-2-2 Right Rear Jack Extend Switch CAN144-4-8
Drum 6 Park Switch – On FCN-1-1 Right Rear Jack Retract Switch CAN144-4-4
Engine High Speed Switch CAN144-2-32 Rotating Bed Shorting Plug CAN61-1-2
Engine Low Speed Switch CAN144-2-16 Seat Switch FCN-3-1
Engine Start FCN-3-32 Swing Holding Brake CAN57-1-4
Front Adapter Pins In Switch CAN144-3-1 Swing Park Switch – On FCN-4-32
Front Adapter Pins Out Switch CAN144-3-2 Travel Cruise Switch – On FCN-2-64
Haul In Rigging Switch CAN144-2-1 Travel High Speed Switch FCN-4-8
Hydraulic Fluid Level Switch CAN69-1-4 Travel Park Switch – On FCN-1-64

3-54 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Table 3-7 Digital Outputs


Description Code No. Description Code No.
Acc. System Minimum Hyd. Pressure Sw. CAN36-2-2 Handle D Rotation Indicator CAN32-1-4
Air Conditioning Clutch CAN32-4-16 Left Front Jack Extend Solenoid CAN35-2-128
Boom Hinge Pin Disengage CAN35-1-8 Left Front Jack Retract Solenoid CAN35-2-64
Boom Hinge Pin Engage CAN35-1-4 Left Rear Jack Extend Solenoid CAN35-3-16
Cab Tilt Down Solenoid CAN35-1-16 Left Rear Jack Retract Solenoid CAN35-3-32
Cab Tilt Up Solenoid CAN35-1-32 Mast Lower Solenoid CAN35-2-2
Charge Filter 1 Alarm CAN38-1-2 Mast Pins Disengage Solenoid CAN35-1-2
Charge Filter 2 Alarm CAN38-1-8 Mast Pins Engage Solenoid CAN35-1-1
Drum 1 Brake Solenoid CAN39-2-1 Mast Raise Solenoid CAN35-2-1
Drum 1 Minimum Bail Limit Switch CAN39-2-2 Maximum Boom Angle Limit Switch CAN38-2-1
Drum 2 Brake Solenoid CAN34-2-1 Operating Limit Alarm & L.E.D. FCN-5-1
Drum 2 Minimum Bail Limit Switch CAN34-2-2 Power to Switches 1 CAN32-2-16
Drum 3 Brake Solenoid CAN33-1-128 Power to Switches 2 CAN32-2-128
Drum 3 Diverter Solenoid CAN35-1-64 Power to Switches 3 CAN32-2-1
Drum 3 Minimum Bail Limit Switch CAN33-2-2 RCL Alarm CAN32-1-8
Drum 4 Brake Solenoid CAN34-3-64 RCL Alarm in Cab Fault FCN-5-64
Drum 4 Pawl In Motor CAN34-3-4 RCL Beacon CAN32-1-1
Drum 4 Pawl Out Motor CAN34-3-8 RCL Caution L.E.D. FCN-5-32
Drum 5 Brake Solenoid CAN34-1-2 RCL Warning L.E.D. FCN-5-4
Drum 5 Diverter Solenoid
Drum 5 Pawl In Solenoid
CAN35-1-128
CAN34-1-4
Rear Adaptor Frame Pins Disengage Sol.
Rear Adaptor Frame Pins Engage Sol.
CAN34-2-8
CAN34-2-4
3
Drum 5 Pawl Out Solenoid CAN34-1-8 Return Filter Alarm CAN38-1-32
Drum 6 Brake Solenoid CAN39-2-8 Right Front Jack Extend Solenoid CAN35-2-16
Drum 6 Pawl In Motor CAN39-2-16 Right Front Jack Retract Solenoid CAN35-2-32
Drum 6 Pawl Out Motor CAN39-2-32 Right Rear Jack Extend Solenoid CAN35-3-4
Engine Diagnostics (Amber L.E.D) FCN-6-128 Right Rear Jack Retract Solenoid CAN35-3-8
Engine Diagnostics (Red L.E.D) FCN-6-4 Starter Solenoid CAN32-4-128
Engine Diagnostics (White L.E.D) FCN-6-32 Swing Bearing Auto Lube CAN36-3-16
Front Adaptor Frame Pins Disengage Sol. CAN34-2-32 Swing Brake Solenoid CAN36-2-4
Front Adaptor Frame Pins Engage Sol. CAN34-2-16 Swing Lock Out Solenoid CAN36-2-16
Handle Display Lights CAN32-1-128 Swing Lock In Solenoid CAN36-2-8
Hydraulic Fluid Level Switch CAN381-2 Swing/Travel Alarm CAN38-2-2
Hydraulic Fluid Temp. Switch – High CAN38-1-16 System Fault Alarm (Buzzer) & L.E.D. FCN-5-128
Hydraulic Fluid Temp. Switch – Low CAN38-1-4 Track Auto Lube CAN36-3-8
Hydraulic Suction Line Switch CAN38-1-1 Travel Brake Solenoid CAN36-3-4
Handle A Rotation Indicator CAN32-1-32 Travel Cruise CAN32-3-16
Handle B Rotation Indicator CAN32-1-5 Travel Two Speed Solenoid CAN36-2-32
Handle C Rotation Indicator CAN32-1-64 Warm Up Pump CAN38-2-1

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-55


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CALIBRATION The pressure sender line of the calibration screen indicates if
PROCEDURES each system’s pressure sender null (0) is within 0.65-1.35
volts.
General The pressure senders must be calibrated at the following
intervals:
To ensure proper operation of the crane functions, the
following items must be calibrated or tested at the intervals • When a new controller node is installed.
specified in this folio:
• When a pump is replaced.
• Pressure Senders.
• When a pump control (EDC or PCP) is replaced.
• Controls (pump centers).
• When a pressure sender is replaced.
• Pump Pressure.
• When displayed pressure is not correct.
• Charge Pressure.
• Every 6 months.
See Figure 3-40 for identification of the controls used for
calibration and testing. To perform pressure sender calibration, proceed as follows:
1. Stop engine and turn ignition switch to RUN position.
2. Access calibration screen shown below as follows:

WARNING a. Select and confirm SETUP mode to activate


calibration program.
Moving Load Hazard!
With engine running, crane functions (drums, boom hoist, b. Turn LIMIT BYPASS switch clockwise and hold.
swing, travel) can operate unexpectedly while system c. SCROLL UP at least one screen.
components are being calibrated or tested.
d. Continue to scroll up or down until calibration screen
To prevent crane functions from moving, turn PARK ON
appears.
for all crane functions before you perform calibration or
testing procedures. e. Press bottom of CRANE MODE switch until (*)
appears next to PRESSURE SENDER CAL.
f. Then press top end of CRANE MODE switch to
Scroll
CONFIRM. Calibration will start.
Up-Down
P1744
Rocker g. When calibration starts, percent (%) of completion is
displayed on screen.
h. When calibration stops, check bank 1 and bank 2
binary numbers:
- If 0 appears, all pressure senders have passed
calibration.
- If any number other than 0 appears in either
bank, use Table 1 to determine which senders
have failed calibration.
Each pressure sender is assigned a number in the binary
system (power of two). After running the calibration
procedure, outputs that are ON (failed) for any sender, are
added together. To identify the failed senders, find the binary
Digital Crane Limit Bypass
Display Mode
number displayed on the screen in the first column of Table
Switch
Screen Switch 3-8. All shaded boxes to the right of the number indicate
senders that failed calibration. Troubleshoot the particular
FIGURE 3-40 system to determine the cause of the fault.

Pressure Sender Calibration 3. Proceed to next procedure, or exit calibration screen by


pressing bottom of CRANE MODE switch. Cursor (*) will
See Figure 3-40 and 3-41 for following procedure. disappear from screen.

3-56 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Percent Bank 1 Binary Bank 2 Binary


Complete Number Number

* PRESSURE SENDER CAL 0% 16 0


CONTROL CAL
PUMP PRESSURE TEST
CHARGE PRESSURE

3
Binary Pressure Sender Binary Pressure Sender
Number (Bank 1) Number (Bank 2)
1 Drum 1/3 (Main Hoist) 1 Swing Left
2 Not Used 2 Swing Right
4 Drum 2/5 (Main Hoist) 4 High Pressure Accessory Accumulator
8 Accessory System
16 Drum 4 (Boom Hoist)
32 Drum 6 (Luffing Hoist)
64 Left Track
128 Right Track

FIGURE 3-41

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-57


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Control Calibration e. Press bottom of CRANE MODE switch until (*)


appears next to CONTROL CAL.
See Figure 3-40 and 3-42 for following procedure.
f. Increase engine speed to HIGH IDLE.
The control line of the calibration screen indicates whether
the pump centers are within the allowable range of each Engine must be running at high idle before
pump’s Electric Displacement Control (EDC). The allowable calibration will start.
range is 5-25% pump command signal for the hoist pumps, Calibration will stop if engine speed is decreased
and 2.5-20% in each direction for the swing pump. during calibration.
The controls must be calibrated at the following intervals: g. Press top end of CRANE MODE switch to
• When a new controller node is installed. CONFIRM. Calibration will start.

• When a pump is replaced. h. When calibration starts, percent (%) of completion is


displayed on screen.
• When a pump control (EDC or PCP) is replaced.
i. When calibration stops, check binary number:
• When there is a noticeable time increase to engage a
crane function when handle is moved from off. - If 0 appears, all controls have passed
calibration.
• Every 6 months.
- If any number other than 0 appears, use Table 1
To perform control system calibration, proceed as follows: to d ete rmine w hich con tro ls ha ve fa iled
calibration.
1. Turn PARK ON for all crane functions (drums, boom
hoist, swing, travel). Each control is assigned a number in the binary system
(power of two). After running the calibration procedure,
2. Start engine. It is normal for yellow operating limits light outputs that are ON (failed) for any control, are added
to come on during this procedure. together. To identify the failed controls, find the binary
3. Access calibration screen shown below as follows: number displayed on the screen in the first column of Table
3-8. All shaded boxes to the right of the number indicate
a. Select and confirm SETUP mode to activate controls that failed calibration. Troubleshoot the particular
calibration program. system to determine the cause of the fault.
b. Turn LIMIT BYPASS switch clockwise and hold. 4. Proceed to next procedure, or exit calibration screen by
c. SCROLL UP at least one screen. pressing bottom of CRANE MODE switch. Cursor (*) will
disappear from screen.
d. Continue to scroll up or down until calibration screen
appears.

Percent Binary
Complete Number

PRESSURE SENDER CAL


* CONTROL CAL 0% 4
PUMP PRESSURE TEST
CHARGE PRESSURE

Binary Pressure Sender Binary Pressure Sender


Number (Bank 1) Number (Bank 2)
1 Main Hoist 1 8 Swing Left
2 Main Hoist 2 16 Swing Right
4 Boom Hoist 32 Luffing Hoist

FIGURE 3-42

3-58 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Pump Pressure Test f. Increase engine speed to:

See Figure 3-40 and 3-43 for following procedure. - HIGH IDLE, field personnel.

The pump pressure line of the calibration screen cycles - 1,350 rpm, MCC assembly personnel when
through the hoist pumps to make sure each pump is capable checking out a new crane.
of producing 6,000 psi (414 bar). Engine must be running faster than 750 rpm
The pump pressure test must be performed at the following before calibration will start.
intervals: Calibration will stop if engine speed is
• When a new controller node is installed. decreased during calibration.

• When a pump is replaced. g. Press top end of CRANE MODE switch to


CONFIRM. Testing will start.
• When a pump control (EDC or PCP) is replaced.
h. When testing starts, percent (%) of completion is
• When displayed pressure is not correct. displayed on screen.
• Every 6 months. i. When testing stops, check binary number:
To perform pump pressure test, proceed as follows: - If 0 appears, all pumps have passed the test.
1. Turn PARK ON for all crane functions (drums, boom - If any number other than 0 appears, use Table
hoist, swing, travel). 3-8 to determine which pumps have failed the
2. Start engine. It is normal for yellow operating limits light test.
to come on during this procedure. Each pump is assigned a number in the binary system
3. Access calibration screen shown below as follows: (power of two). After running the pressure test, outputs that
are ON (failed) for any pump, are added together. To identify
3
a. Select and confirm SETUP mode to activate the failed pumps, find the binary number displayed on the
calibration program. screen in the first column of Table 3-8. All shaded boxes to
the right of the number indicate pumps that failed testing.
b. Turn LIMIT BYPASS switch clockwise and hold.
Troubleshoot the particular system to determine the cause of
c. SCROLL UP at least one screen. the fault.
d. Continue to scroll up or down until calibration screen 4. Proceed to next procedure, or exit calibration screen by
appears. pressing bottom of CRANE MODE switch. Cursor (*) will
disappear from screen.
e. Press bottom of CRANE MODE switch until (*)
appears next to PRESSURE TEST.

Percent Binary
Complete Number

PRESSURE SENDER CAL


CONTROL CAL
* PUMP PRESSURE TEST 0% 0
CHARGE PRESSURE

Binary Pressure Sender Binary Pressure Sender


Number (Bank 1) Number (Bank 2)
1 Main Hoist 1 4 Boom Hoist
2 Main Hoist 2 8 Luffing Hoist

FIGURE 3-43

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-59


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Charge Pressure Test e. Press bottom of CRANE MODE switch until (*)
appears next to CHARGE PRESSURE.
See Figure 3-40 and 3-44 for following procedure.
f. Engine must be running at low idle before
The charge pressure line of the calibration screen indicates if calibration will start.
any charge pump is not within 275-400 psi (19-27 bar).
g. Press top end of CRANE MODE switch to
Charge pressure should be checked at the following CONFIRM. Testing will start.
intervals:
h. When calibration stops, check bank 1 and bank 2
• When a new controller node is installed. binary numbers:
• When a pump is replaced. - If 0 appears, all pressure senders have passed
• When a pump control (EDC or PCP) is replaced. calibration.

• Every 6 months. - If any number other than 0 appears in either


bank, use Table 1 to determine which senders
To check charge pressure, proceed as follows: have failed calibration.
1. Turn PARK ON for all crane functions (drums, boom Each charge pump is assigned a number in the
hoist, swing, travel). binary system (power of two). After running charge
2. Start engine. It is normal for yellow operating limits light pressure test, outputs that are ON (failed) for any
to come on during this procedure. pump, are added together. To identify the failed
charge pumps, find the binary number displayed on
3. Access calibration screen shown below as follows: the screen in the first column of Table 1. All shaded
a. Select and confirm SETUP mode to activate boxes to the right of the number indicate charge
calibration program. pu mps t hat fa iled test in g. Tro uble shoo t t he
particular system to determine the cause of fault.
b. Turn LIMIT BYPASS switch clockwise and hold.
4. Proceed to next procedure, or exit calibration screen by
c. SCROLL UP at least one screen. pressing bottom of CRANE MODE switch. Cursor (*) will
d. Continue to scroll up or down until calibration screen disappear from screen.
appears.

Binary Binary
Number 1 Number 2

PRESSURE SENDER CAL


CONTROL CAL
PUMP PRESSURE TEST
* CHARGE PRESSURE 32 0

Binary Pressure Sender Binary Pressure Sender


Number (Bank 1) Number (Bank 2)
1 Drum 1/3 (Main Hoist) 1 Swing Left
2 Not Used 2 Swing Right
4 Drum 2/5 (Main Hoist) 4 High Pressure Accessory Accumulator
8 Accessory System
16 Drum 4 (Boom Hoist)
32 Drum 6 (Luffing Hoist)
64 Left Track
128 Right Track

FIGURE 3-44

3-60 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Table 3-8 Bank Identifier Numbers

128

128

128
16
32
64

16
32
64

16
32
64
1
2
4
8

1
2
4
8

1
2
4
8
1 44 87
2 45 88
3 46 89
4 47 90
5 48 91
6 49 92
7 50 93
8 51 94
9 52 95
10 53 96
11 54 97
12 55 98
13 56 99
14 57 100
15 58 101
16 59 102
17 60 103
18 61 104
19
20
62
63
105
106
3
21 64 107
22 65 108
23 66 109
24 67 110
25 68 111
26 69 112
27 70 113
28 71 114
29 72 115
30 73 116
31 74 117
32 75 118
33 76 119
34 77 120
35 78 121
36 79 122
37 80 123
38 81 124
39 82 125
40 83 126
41 84 127
42 85 128
43 86 129

Dark shaded boxes indicate ON; white boxes OFF.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-61


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Table 3-8 Bank Identifier Numbers (continued)

128

128

128
16
32
64

16
32
64

16
32
64
1
2
4
8

1
2
4
8

1
2
4
8
130 173 216
131 174 217
132 175 218
133 176 219
134 177 220
135 178 221
136 179 222
137 180 223
138 181 224
139 182 225
140 183 226
141 184 227
142 185 228
143 186 229
144 187 230
145 188 231
146 189 232
147 190 233
148 191 234
149 192 235
150 193 236
151 194 237
152 195 238
153 196 239
154 197 240
155 198 241
156 199 242
157 200 243
158 201 244
159 202 245
160 203 246
161 204 247
162 205 248
163 206 249
164 207 250
165 208 251
166 209 252
167 210 253
168 211 254
169 212 255
170 213
171 214
172 215

Dark shaded boxes indicate ON; white boxes OFF.

3-62 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Table 3-8 Bank Identifier Numbers (continued)

256

256
256
128

128

128
16
32
64

16
32
64

16
32
64
1
2
4
8

1
2
4
8

1
2
4
8
256 299 342
257 300 343
258 301 344
259 302 345
260 303 346
261 304 347
262 305 348
263 306 349
264 307 350
265 308 351
266 309 352
267 310 353
268 311 354
269 312 355
270 313 356
271 314 357
272 315 358
273 316 359
274
275
317
318
360
361
3
276 319 362
277 320 363
278 321 364
279 322 365
280 323 366
281 324 367
282 325 368
283 326 369
284 327 370
285 328 371
286 329 372
287 330 373
288 331 374
289 332 375
290 333 376
291 334 377
292 335 378
293 336 379
294 337 380
295 338 381
296 339 382
297 340 383
298 341 384

Dark shaded boxes indicate ON; white boxes OFF.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-63


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Table 3-8 Bank Identifier Numbers (continued)

256

256

256
128

128

128
16
32
64

16
32
64

16
32
64
1
2
4
8

1
2
4
8

1
2
4
8
385 428 471
386 429 472
387 430 473
388 431 474
389 432 475
390 433 476
391 434 477
392 435 478
393 436 479
394 437 480
395 438 481
396 439 482
397 440 483
398 441 484
399 442 485
400 443 486
401 444 487
402 445 488
403 446 489
404 447 490
405 448 491
406 449 492
407 450 493
408 451 494
409 452 495
410 453 496
411 454 497
412 455 498
413 456 499
414 457 500
415 458 501
416 459 502
417 460 503
418 461 504
419 462 505
420 463 506
421 464 507
422 465 508
423 466 509
424 467 510
425 468
426 469
427 470

Dark shaded boxes indicate ON; white boxes OFF.

3-64 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

WIND CONDITIONS Wind adversely affects lifting capacity and stability as shown
in Figure 3-45. The result could be loss of control over the
load and crane, even if the load is within the crane’s capacity.
Wind speed (to include wind gusts) must be monitored by job
WARNING planners and supervisors.
TIPPING CRANE HAZARD! Beware that wind speed at boom point can be greater than
Judgment and experience of qualified operators, job wind speed at ground level. Also beware that the larger the
planners, and supervisors must be used to compensate sail area of the load, the greater the wind’s affect on the load.
for affect of wind on lifted load and boom by reducing As a general rule, ratings and operating speeds must be
ratings, reducing operating speeds, or a combination of reduced when:
both.
Failing to observe this precaution can cause crane to tip Wind causes load to swing forward past allowable
or boom and/or jib to collapse. Death or serious injury to operating radius or sideways past either boom
personnel can result. hinge pin.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-65


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1262

Forward stability is affected by


wind on the rear of the boom. Wind
applies a force to the boom and
l o a d t h a t a d d s t o t h e c r a n e ’s
overturning moment. This action
has the same effect as adding load
to the hook.

The wind’s affect on the rear of the load


increases load radius. This condition can result
in an overload hazard, possibly causing the
crane to tip or the boom to collapse.
To avoid this hazard, reduce operating speeds
an d loa d (see a ppropriate ta ble for
recommended capacity reductions).

Backward stability is affected by


wind on the front of the boom.
Boom strength is affected
This condition is especially
the most when the wind acts
dangerous when the boom is at or
on the side of the boom.
near the maximum angle when
operating without load.
Wind forces on the front of the
boom reduce the normal forward The wind’s affect on the side
tipping effect of the boom. The of the load can cause the
crane can tip or the boom can load to swing out past the
collapse if this condition is not boom hinge pin. This
avoided. condition can result in
excessive side load forces
on the boom, possibly
causing the crane to tip or
the boom to collapse.
The boom can buckle and To avoid this hazard, reduce
collapse if the load operating speeds and load
contacts the boom. (see appropriate table for
recommended capacity
reductions).

FIGURE 3-45

3-66 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

#55-79A, #55, or #55A Boom with 100 Foot Boom


(30.5 m) Mast • Up to 50 mph (22 m/s) -
Operation Permitted Park crane (upper in line with crawlers) with load blocks
and weight balls on ground or secured and position
Operation is permitted in steady winds or wind gusts up to boom at 70°.
the maximum speed given in Table 3-9, provided ratings are
reduced the specified amount. • 50 mph (22 m/s) and Above -

Operation Not Permitted Lower boom onto blocking at ground level.

Operation is not permitted in the areas indicated in Table 3-9. Mast


Observe the following options: • Above 50 mph (22 m/s) -
Haul in boom hoist wire rope just enough to tension mast
straps. Do not raise boom off blocking. Wind can cause
mast stops to collapse if this step is not performed.
• Above 75 mph (34 m/s) -
Lower mast onto blocking at ground level.

Table 3-9
Rating Reductions for Various Wind Speeds and Wind Gusts

Boom Length ft 120-300 320-340 360-400 3


(m) (36.6-91.4) (97.5-103.6) (109.7-121.9)
Maximum Wind Speed Percent
mph m/s Rating Reduction

15 7 0 0 0
20 9 0 0 10
25 11 0 0 20
30 13 0 10 30
35 16 0 20 50
Above 35 mph
OPERATION NOT PERMITTED
(16 m/s)

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-67


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

#79A Fixed Jib on #55 or #55A Boom • 50 mph (22 m/s) and Above -
Lower boom onto blocking at ground level.
Operation Permitted
Mast
Operation is permitted in steady winds or wind gusts up to
the maximum speed given in Table 3-10, provided ratings • Above 50 mph (22 m/s) -
are reduced the specified amount.
Haul in boom hoist wire rope just enough to tension mast
Operation Not Permitted straps. Do not raise boom off blocking. Wind can cause
mast stops to collapse if this step is not performed.
Operation is not permitted in the areas indicated in Table 3-
10. Observe the following options: • Above 75 mph (34 m/s) -
Boom with 50 - 110 ft (15.2 - 33.5 m) Fixed Jib Lower mast onto blocking at ground level.

• Up to 50 mph (22 m/s) -


Park crane (upper in line with crawlers) with load block
on ground or secured and position boom at 70°.

Table 3-10
Rating Reductions for Various Wind Speeds and Wind Gusts

Fixed Jib Length ft 50-110


(m) (15.2-33.5)
Boom Length ft 140-260 280-300 320-340
(m) (42.7-79.2) (85.3-91.4) (97.5-103.6)
Maximum Wind Speed Percent
mph m/s Rating Reduction

15 7 0 0 0
20 9 0 0 0
25 11 0 0 0
30 13 0 0 10
35 16 0 10 20
Above 35 mph
OPERATION NOT PERMITTED
(16 m/s)
Wind speed to be measured at or above boom point elevation.

3-68 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

THIS PAGE BLANK

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-69


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

COLD WEATHER HEATER PACKAGE • Engine coolant heater with thermostat that turns heater
ON at 100°F (38°C) and OFF at 120°F (49°C).
General • Engine oil heater — without thermostat.
The optional cold weather heater package preheats critical • Hydraulic oil tank heaters with thermostat that turns
machinery and lubricant sumps during cold weather heater ON at 60°F (16°C) and OFF at 80°F (27°C).
shutdown.
Turning Heaters On
When operated in an arctic climate — outside temperature
continuously below 0°F (-18°C) and -30°F (-34°C) — the 1. External power supply must be disconnected. Then
crane should be equipped with the heaters identified below proceed as follows:
and lubricated with the lubricants listed in Section 5 of this a. Check that main circuit breaker and each heater
manual. circuit breaker is off.
b. Check that external power source is off.

CAUTION
Machinery Damage!
WARNING
Operating in an arctic climate without heaters can damage
machinery during cold weather start-up due to lack of Electrocution Hazard!
lubrication. Severe electric shock can cause death or serious injury.
Heater package described in this section may not provide Crane owner/user must make provisions for turning off
adequate protection when operating below -30°F (-34°C). electrical power supply before connecting power supply
Contact Manitowoc Crane CARE for recommendations. cord to crane.

Hydraulic Pump Damage! c. Connect power cord to receptacle at rear of


To prevent damage to pumps, warm hydraulic oil to 60°F operator’s cab.
(16°C) minimum before operating crane in an arctic climate. d. Turn on external power supply.

Heaters e. Turn on main circuit breaker.


f. Turn on each heater circuit breaker.
The heaters operate on 120/240 volt AC single phase
electrical power supplied by a external power supply. The Turning Heaters Off
heater package includes the following:
1. Turn off main circuit breaker.
• 240 volt receptacle and circuit breaker load center.
2. Turn off each heater circuit breaker.
• Right front control console heater — with thermostat that 3. Perform remaining steps only if power supply cord will
turns heater ON at 50°F (10°C) and OFF at 60°F (16°C). be disconnected or electrical system is being serviced:
• Battery pad heaters — without thermostats.
a. Turn off external power supply.
b. Unplug power cord from crane.

3-70 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

A16992-1

Item Description
1 Receptacle – 240 volt
2 Power Cord (Customer Supplied)
3 Circuit Breaker Load Center
3a Main – 50 amp
3b Engine Coolant and Oil Heaters – 20 amp
3c Cab Console and Battery Pad Heaters – 15 amp
3d Hydraulic Tank Heaters – 15 amp
4
5
Right Front Control Console Heater – 240 volt, 125 watt
Battery Pad Heaters (2) – 120 volt, 75 watt
3
6 Engine Coolant Heater – 240 volt, 4,000 watt
7 Engine Oil Heater – 240 volt, 300 watt
8 Hydraulic Tank Heaters (5) – 240 volt, 500 watt

3a 3b 3c 3d

5
7

3
1

FIGURE 3-46

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-71


OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

PREPARATION FOR COLD WEATHER


Crane Limitations
DANGER
The static load carrying limitations of the steels used in
Manitowoc cranes is not affected by cold weather. Therefore, Engine Explosion Hazard!
Manitowoc’s standard capacity charts are acceptable for use Some engines are equipped with an air intake pre-heater.
in cold weather. If engine on your crane has an air intake pre-heater, do
Dynamic loads (impact and shock) can affect the steels used not spray any combustible starting aid (ether) into air
in Manitowoc cranes when operating in cold weather. intake.
Dynamic loads are created by traveling, sudden application Pre-heater will ignite ether resulting in a severe explosion
and release of load, and duty-cycle operations (dragline, and/or burns.
clamshell, magnet, container handling, concrete bucket
placement). Coolant and Oil Pan Heaters
To prevent possible damage to the crane and its attachment 120 V coolant and oil pan heaters can be installed in the
when operating during cold weather Manitowoc engine. The heaters utilizes an electric heating element to
recommends: heat the coolant and oil inside the engine when the crane is
idle. Each heater is equipped with an extension cord for
-5F° (-21°C) to -22°F (-30°C)
connection to an owner furnished electric power supply. The
Avoid impact or shock loading of crane and attachment. coolant heater must be capable of maintaining the engine’s
Operations involving hydraulic cranes should be conducted coolant and oil temperatures between 40°F to 50°F (4°C to
with due regard to potential failure of hydraulic components. 10°C). Contact the nearest engine distributor for availability
For critical lifts, crane should be derated 25%. and installation of the heaters.
-23F° (-31°C) to -40°F (-40°C) Engine heaters must be unplugged when engine is
running to prevent cooling system from overheating.
Derate crane by 40% for all lift operations. Halting all lifts
should be considered. Duty-cycle operation is prohibited.
Cooling System
Below -40F° (-40°C)
The cooling system must be kept full and be protected from
All operation (lift and duty-cycle) is prohibited except in freezing at the lowest expected ambient temperature. See
extreme emergencies, and then only with approval from a the engine manual for antifreeze recommendations.
competent engineer who has derated the crane accordingly.
Be aware that a mixture of 40% antifreeze and 60% water
will provide freeze protection to -35°F (-37°C). A mixture of
Wire Rope
60% antifreeze and 40% water will provide freeze protection
The wire rope manufacturers indicate that wire rope will not to approximately -60°F (-51°C). 100% antifreeze will freeze
become brittle in temperatures down to -30°F (-34°C). at -10°F (-23°C).
Lubrication may be a problem, however. During extreme cold
weather, normal wire rope lubricants may harden and chip off Battery
leaving the rope unlubricated.
To provide maximum cranking power and to prevent the
Consult your wire rope supplier for recommended cold– battery from freezing, it must be kept fully charged (1.26 to
weather lubricants. 1.28 specific gravity) and warm when the crane is idle during
cold weather.
Cold Weather Starting Aid
It is recommended that the battery be stored indoors or
Engine startup at temperatures below 40°F (4°C) requires heated with a battery heater when the crane is idle.
the use of a cold weather starting aid.
Be aware that:
Ether • A battery with a 50% charge freezes at -16°F (- 27°C);
Follow the engine manufacturer's recommendations and on the other hand, a battery with a 100% charge freezes
precautions for use of ether when starting the engine. at -70°F (-57°C).
• A battery with a 100% charge retains only 40% of its
cranking power at 0°F (-17°C). At -20°F (-29°C), the
same battery retains only 18% of its cranking power.

3-72 Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Engine Oil Hydraulic tank heaters must be unplugged when engine


is running to prevent hydraulic system from
See the engine manual for recommendations. overheating.
Fuel Oil Hydraulic Cranes
See the engine manual for recommendations. Change the oil in the hydraulic system to ISO Grade 15 when
the expected ambient temperature will remain at 32°F (0°C)
Gear Oil or below.

Hydraulic Cranes Change the oil in the hydraulic system to ISO Grade 46 when
the expected ambient temperature will remain above 32°F
Use a gear oil which meets MIL-L-2105C specification or (0°C).
API-GL-5 classification. Change to one of the below listed
viscosities when the corresponding temperature range will Traditional Cranes
be encountered.
For normal operation, use the hydraulic oil specified in
• 75W-90 below -10°F (-23°C) Bulletin 18-1. For arctic operation, use the hydraulic oil
specified in Bulletin 18-2.
• 80W-90 above -10 to 100°F (-23 to 38°C)
• 85W-140 above 100°F (38°C) Air System
Traditional Cranes Install the optional air dryer available from Manitowoc.

For normal operation, use the gear oil specified in Bulletin Frequently inspect the moisture ejector at the air tanks for
18-1. For arctic operation, use the gear oil specified in proper operation. The moisture ejector has a heater which
Bulletin 18-2. prevents water from freezing in the ejector when the engine
is running.
3
Hydraulic Oil Manually drain any moisture from the air tanks after the
engine is stopped before an idle period.
General
Optional thermostatically controlled heaters (120V or 240V) CIRCUIT BREAKERS
can be installed in the hydraulic tank to aid in cold–weather
s ta r t u p . T h e h e a t e r s a re d e si g n e d t o k e e p t h e o i l See Section 3 in the Service Manual for identification and
temperature 30°F (17°C) warmer. Each heater is equipped location of the circuit breakers used to protect the crane’s
with an extension cord for connection to an owner furnished electric circuits.
electric power supply.

Published 11-30-2007, Control # 032-09 3-73


SECTION 4
SET-UP AND INSTALLATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Rigging Drawings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Optional Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
General Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Crane Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Self-Erecting Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Assist Crane Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Assembly and Disassembly Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Assembly And Disassembly Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Accessing Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Crane Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Handling Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Retaining Connecting Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cold Weather Mast Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Operating Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Pre-Start Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Gear Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Crane Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Remove Rotating Bed from Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Remove Wind Deflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Deploy Rotating Bed Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Deploy Operator’s Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Jack Upperworks Off Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Remove Carbody and Adapter Frame from Trailer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Connect Rotating Bed to Carbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Lower Crane onto Carbody Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Connect Hydraulic Hoses and Electric Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Install Drum 3 (Whip Line Drum). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Raise Live Mast To Operating Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
4
Install Assembly Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Install Crawlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Install First Crawler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Install First Crawler (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Install Second Crawler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Install Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Install Carbody Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Install Crane Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Install Catwalks and Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Side and Rear Catwalks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Cab Rear Catwalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Remove Assembly Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Assemble Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Install Mast Butt and Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Assemble Mast Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Connect Mast Inserts to Mast Butt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Raise Mast Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Lower Wire Rope Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Attach Mast Top to Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Connect Mast Straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-i


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Connect Live Mast Straps to Fixed Mast Straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35


Perform Mast Pre-Raising Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Raise Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Raise Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Check Mast Stop Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Assemble and Install Boom and Jib. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Crane Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Lower Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Lower Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Disconnect Live Mast Straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Store Wire Rope Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Store Mast Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Remove Mast Inserts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Remove Mast Butt and Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Remove Rear Catwalks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Remove Crane Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Install Assembly Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Remove Carbody Counterweight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Deploy Rear Rotating Bed Jacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Remove Crawlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
Remove First Crawler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
Remove Second Crawler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Remove Assembly Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Store Live Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Remove Drum 3 (Whip Line Drum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Deploy Front Rotating Bed Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Separate Rotating Bed From Carbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Place Rotating Bed on Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Store Operator’s Cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Remove Rotating Bed Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Install Wind Deflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Boom Ladder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Removing Ladders from Boom Butt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Installing Ladders on Boom Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Storing Ladders in Boom Butt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Boom and Jib Rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Assist Crane Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Blocked Crawler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Handling Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Rigging Assembly Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Medium Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Identifying Boom and Jib Sections and Straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Boom Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
Inspect Boom Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
Assemble Boom Butt and First Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Raise Drum 1 to Operating Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Install Second Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Raise Drum 6 Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Install Boom Butt and Assembled Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
Assemble Remaining Boom Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Raise Boom Top Wire Rope Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Connect Boom Straps — #55-79A Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
Install Intermediate Suspension — #55-79A Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
Connect Boom Straps — #55 or #55A Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73

4-ii Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Install Intermediate Suspension — #55 OR #55A Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73


Install Standard Upper Boom Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
Install Extended Upper Boom Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
Install Rated Capacity Indicator/Limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Install Block-Up Limit Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Install Load Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Connect Electric Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Boom Pre-Raising Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Boom Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Fixed Jib Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Prepare Crane, Boom, and Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Install Boom Backstay Straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Assemble Jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Install Jib Butt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Install Jib Strap Support Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Install Jib Inserts and Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Install Upper Jib Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Connect Remaining Jib Straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Connect Jib Straps to Equalizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Attach Jib Stop to Boom Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Install Jib Strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Connect Adjustable Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Raise Jib Strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89
Raise Jib Strut (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
Install Jib Load Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
Connect Electric Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
Boom and Jib Pre-Raising Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Raising Boom and Jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Lowering Boom And Jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Removing Jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Disconnect Electric Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Remove Jib Load Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Lower Jib Strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Disconnect Jib Straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
Remove Jib Inserts and Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
4
Store Jib Strap Support Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
Remove Jib Butt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
Wire Rope Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
Wire Rope Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
Removing Wire Rope from Shipping Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
Seizing and Cutting Wire Rope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
Anchoring Wire Rope to Drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
Winding Wire Rope onto Drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
Anchoring Wire Rope to Wedge Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
Anchoring Wire Rope to Button Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Breaking in Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Pad Eye Usage for Wire Rope Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Rigging Winch Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
Selecting Rigging Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
Operating Rigging Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
Load Block Reeving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Load Block Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Load Block Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Wire Rope Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-iii


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Wire Rope Installation and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104


Duplex Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Guide Sheaves and Drums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Load Block Reeving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Block Level Sensor Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Sensor Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Live Mast Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Wire Rope Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116

4-iv Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

SECTION 4
SET-UP AND INSTALLATION
RIGGING DRAWINGS
For boom and jib rigging drawings that apply to your crane,
see the end of this section. WARNING
Moving Parts/Pinch Points!
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS Avoid death or crushing injury during crane assembly and
If applicable, instructions for optional attachments that apply disassembly:
to your crane are located at the end of this section. • Assembly personnel — take every precaution to
prevent injury when working near moving parts.
GENERAL SAFETY • Maintain communication between operator and
To prevent accidents that can result in death or injury during assemblers to avoid accidents.
crane assembly and disassembly, comply with following • Do not raise or lower either mast (live or fixed) until all
genera l safety information an d with spe cific safety personnel are off crane.
information contained in assembly and disassembly steps.
Keep unauthorized personnel well clear of crane.

WARNING WARNING
Avoid Death or Serious injury! Falling Load Hazard!
Read and understand setup and installation instructions in To prevent lifting equipment from failing and load from
this section before attempting to assemble or dropping, crane owner/user shall verify following prior to
disassemble crane. each lift:
• All lifting equipment (shackles, hooks, slings, blocks)
have been properly maintained and are safe for use.
WARNING
• All lifting equipment has a capacity equal to or greater
Tipping/Overload Hazard!
than load to be lifted.
Avoid tipping crane over or collapsing live mast:
• Assemble and disassemble crane on a firm, level, CRANE ORIENTATION
uniformly supporting surface.
The terms RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT, REAR used in this section
4
• Do not exceed swing limits and mast lifting capacities refer to the operator’s right, left, front, and rear sides when
given in Table 4-2. seated in the operator’s cab looking forward with the crawler
• Do not allow crane to go more than 4-1/2° out of level motors to the rear.
when operating rotating bed jacks.
SELF-ERECTING EQUIPMENT
WARNING The 18000 is equipped with the following self-erect
components for assembly and disassembly:
Avoid Falling Off Crane and Boom!
It is necessary to climb onto crane and boom during 1. Rotating bed jacks with pads for lifting the crane onto
assembly and disassembly steps. and off the trailer.
Use sturdy owner furnished ladders or an approved 2. Carbody pedestals for supporting the carbody (with
personnel hoist to gain access to areas which cannot be rotating bed) during crawler assembly.
reached from ladders or steps provided with crane.
3. Hydraulically actuated arms for raising and lowering the
live mast from and to the transport position.
4. Live mast which serves as a boom to install the crane’s
crawlers and carbody counterweights and to handle
other components as required.
5. 100 USt (91 t) load block and 4-leg sling with hooks for
handling parts. The block weighs 1,500 lb (680 kg).

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-1


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

ASSIST CRANE REQUIREMENTS Table 4-1 Jack and Pedestal Load Data

An assist crane is required for handling and installing the Maximum load on each jack — 140,000 lb (63 500 kg)
following components: Jack pad size —30.5 in. (775 mm) diameter
• Rotating bed jacks. Jack pad weight — 82 lb (37 kg)
Maximum load on each carbody pedestal — 220,000 lb
• Drum 3 (whip line). (99 790 kg)
• Crane (upperworks) counterweight trays and boxes. Carbody pedestal size — 30 x 48 in. (9 144 x 14 630 mm)
• Catwalks and steps. Carbody pedestal assembly weight — 470 lb (214 kg)

• Fixed mast. ACCESSING PARTS


• Boom inserts.
Some parts of the crane, boom, and jib cannot be reached
The assist crane must be capable of lifting 60,000 lb (27 216 from the ground. Take necessary precautions to prevent
kg) to a height of 30 ft (9.1 m). This is the weight of the mast f all in g o ff t h e cra n e o r b o om du r in g a ss em bl y an d
butt and top in the shipping configuration. disassembly. Falling from any elevation could result in
serious injury or death.
See Crane Weights in Section 1 of this Manual for weights of
components Owner/user shall provide approved ladder s or personnel
hoists so workers can safely access those areas of crane,
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY NOTES boom, and jib that cannot be reached from ground. Adhere to
local, state, and federal regulations for handling personnel.
T h e c ra n e , b o o m , a n d ji b s h a ll b e a s s e m b l e d a n d
disassembled by experienced personnel trained in erection Do not use top of boom or jib as walkways.
and operation of construction cranes. Optional boom ladders (stored in boom butt) are available
Read and become thoroughly familiar with the instructions in from Manitowoc. If your crane has ladders, see the
the applicable capacity charts, in this section, and in the instructions later in this section.
rigging drawings at the rear of this section before attempting
to assemble, operate, or disassemble the crane. CRANE WEIGHTS
Contact your Crane CARE distributor for assistance if any See Crane Weights in Section 1 for overall weight of the
procedure is not fully understood. crane and individual weights of components.

ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY AREA HANDLING COMPONENTS


Select an assembly/disassembly area that has a firm, level, The major components are equipped with lifting lugs which
uniformly supporting surface. Make sure the area is large are identified in the assembly and disassembly steps.
enough to accommodate the crane and the selected boom
When lifting lugs are not provided, use nylon lifting slings. If
length, movement of trucks with trailers, and movement of an
wire rope or chain slings are used, install protective covering
assist crane.
(such as sections of rubber tire) between slings and
Set jack pads and carbody pedestals on a flat, firm component being lifted.
foundation that will support the load placed on them. See
It is owner’s/user’s responsibility to ensure that all lifting
Table 4-1 for loadings.
slings, hooks, and shackles are in safe working order and
Do not set the jack pads or carbody pedestals in holes, on capable of handling loads applied to them.
rocky ground, or on extremely soft ground.
If necessary, use wood blocking or steel plates under the RETAINING CONNECTING PINS
jack pads and carbody pedestals to properly distribute Connecting pins are retained in various ways:
loading. The wood blocking or steel plates must be:
• Snap pins.
• Free of defects.
• Quick-release pins.
• Strong enough to prevent being crushed or bent.
• Cotter pins.
• Of sufficient length and width to prevent settling under
load. • Keeper plates with cap screws and lock washers.

Contact Technical Services Department at factory for ground Do not operate crane until all connecting pins are installed
bearing information. and properly retained.

4-2 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

COLD WEATHER MAST OPERATION Do not attempt to lower the live mast with the mast hoist
during cold weather until the following steps have been
The live mast, live mast cylinders, and live mast arms can be performed:
damaged when attempting to lower the live mast (to rear)
during cold weather. • Temperature of hydraulic oil warmed up to at least 60°F
(16°C).
• Mast cylinders fully extended and retracted twice to fill
cylinders with warm oil.

A1258

22
2

21
23

20
3
16
18 4
17 19
15
5

14 7a

7b
8 (not shown)

13
12 11

4
10 9

Component Identification

Item Description Item Description


1 Boom 12 Rotating Bed Jack (2 at Rear)
2 Drum 1 (Main Hoist) 13 Crane (Upperworks) Counterweight
3 Drum 6 (Luffing Hoist) 14 Live Mast Straps
4 Drum 7 (Rigging Winch) 15 Live Mast
5 Drum 2 (Main Hoist) 16 Fixed Mast Straps
6 Operator’s Cab 17 Drum 5 (Live Mast Hoist)
7a Rotating Bed Adapter Frame 18 Live Mast Assist Arm (1 each side)
7b Carbody 19 Drum 3 (Whip Hoist)
8 Carbody Counterweight (Front and Rear) 20 Mast Stop (both sides)
9 Crawler Assembly 21 Drum 4 (Boom Hoist)
10 Rotating Bed Jack (2 at Front) 22 Fixed Mast
11 Rotating Bed 23 Boom Stop

FIGURE 4-1

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-3


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Table 4-2
Operating Limitations

Crane Configuration Swing Max Capacity Max Radius


• Crane on pedestals (rotating bed, adapter frame
and carbody).
• Live mast raised or lowered (NOTE 1).
NO!
• No assembly block.
• No crawlers.
• No counterweight.
• Crane on pedestals (rotating bed, adapter frame
and carbody).
• Live mast in operating range.

• Assembly block installed (NOTE 2).
• No crawlers installed (handling 1st crawler).
• No counterweight.
120,000 lb (54 431 kg) 26 ft (7.9 m)
• Crane on pedestals (NOTE 3).
• First crawler installed and resting on ground. 180°
• No counterweight.
• Crane on crawlers.
• Counterweight installed or removed. 360°
• Handling loads with live mast.

NOTE 1 Maximum mast angle = 160°.

NOTE 2 Chain sling and 5-part line required.

NOTE 3 Pedestals installed only on side of carbody opposite 1st crawler.

4-4 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

OPERATING CONTROLS Engine


To assemble and disassemble the 18000 with the self- 1. Check for leaks.
erecting system, the engine must be running and the crane
2. Check fuel, oil, and coolant levels.
SETUP REMOTE mode must be selected and confirmed.
See Section 3 of this manual for remote control operating 3. Repair or refill as required.
instructions.
Gear Boxes
NOTE The engine will not start until shorting plug (2,
Figure 4-7, View A) is connected to cable (1). 1. Check for leaks.
The rotating bed jacks, front and rear rotating frame pins, 2. Check levels.
boom and mast hinge pins, mast assist cylinders, and rigging
3. Repair or refill as required.
winch, are controlled by switches on a hand-held radio
remote control (Figure 4-2). The remote control also selects
engine speed.
Hydraulic System
1. Check for leaks.
NOTE When the ALL jacking cylinders switch is used, all
of the rotating bed jacks will extend or retract at the 2. Check level.
same time (depending on which way switch is
moved). The crane’s programmable controller will 3. Repair or refill as required.
automatically adjust the jacks to keep the rotating 4. Make sure hydraulic shut-off valve is open.
bed in the same relative position it starts out in. If
the rotating bed is level, the jacks will adjust to
P1876
keep it level.
The swing/travel alarm will sound if the rotating bed
gets 4-1/2° out of level while jacking. The operator
must then stop jacking and readjust the jacks to
level the rotating bed.

WARNING
Tipping Hazard!
Do not allow rotating bed to go more than 4-1/2° out of
level while jacking.
4
Jacks could buckle allowing rotating bed to tip over.
Remote Control Stored in
Rear of Operator’s Cab
PRE-START CHECKS
Make the following checks before starting the engine upon FIGURE 4-2
arrival at the assembly site. See Section 3 for starting
instructions.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-5


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

CRANE ASSEMBLY 1. Remove nuts (1) from studs on rotating bed (2) 6
places).
Remove Rotating Bed from Trailer 2. Remove wind deflector (3, View B).
Remove Wind Deflectors 3. Attach deflector to studs on counterweight tray (4, View
C) and secure with nuts (2 places).
See Figure 4-3 for following procedure.
4. Store remaining nuts on rotating bed studs.
Wind deflectors will interfere with the installation of the jacks
and other components. Remove them while the rotating bed 5. Repeat preceding steps for deflector on other side.
is on the trailer.

View A

1 (2 places)

1 (6 places)

View C 3 View B
Storage Position Travel Position

Item Description Item Description


1 Stud with Nut 3 Wind Deflector
2 Rotating Bed 4 Counterweight Tray
FIGURE 4-3

4-6 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

THIS PAGE BLANK

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-7


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1258 Stored Stored


Position Position
Shipping
2 1 2 3
Position

4
View A

Working Working
Position Position Operating
Position
2 2
3
5

23 22

View B

2 Working
6 View C 13 9 Position 7 10 10 12
Working
Position

View F
(four places)

11

1 2
Working
Position
P1961
View E P1973 P1974
11 12 8 8
2 Working Storage
Position Position 16
15 17
19

Pin Here to 20
Level Pad

24 19

21
14 18
21
View D
FIGURE 4-4

4-8 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Deploy Rotating Bed Jacks 13. Connect hydraulic hoses to jacks (see Figure 4-7).
See Figure 4-4 for following procedure. Deploy Operator’s Cab
NOTE If rotating bed is shipped with jacks installed, go See Figure 4-4, View D for following procedure.
directly to step 8.
NOTE It may be necessary to extend jacks to raise cab off
1. With assist crane connected to lifting lugs (5, View F), lift trailer.
first jack (2) into position so fixed pin (6, View F) in jack
engages lug in bed and fixed pin (7, View F) in bed 1. Remove pin (16) from cab storage lugs (17).
engages lug in jack. 2. Unpin cab strut (18) from storage lugs (19).
2. Lower jack into position and disconnect assist crane. 3. Rotate cab (3) 90° to operating position (View B).
3. Remove pin (8, View C) holding compression link (9, 4. Pin cab strut (18) to lugs (21) on cab support arm (20)
View C) in stored position. and rotating bed (1).
4. Swing compression link into working position and repin 5. Store pin (16) in lug on support arm.
(View C).
Jack Upperworks Off Trailer
5. Pin strut (10, View C) to lugs (11) to secure jack in
working position. See Figure 4-4 for following procedure.
6. Repeat preceding steps for remaining jacks. 1. Remove tie-downs securing rotating bed to trailer.
7. Go to step 11. 2. Raise rotating bed off trailer as required and install side
catwalks and steps (see procedure later in this section).
If rotating bed is shipped with jacks installed:
3. Pin alignment pendants (22 and 23, View B) to lugs (24,
8. Remove pins (12) from storage links (13, View C)
View D) on rotating bed (four places).
holding jacks (2, View A) in stored position.
4. Using remote control, fully extend jacks to lift
9. Rotate jacks to operating position (View F).
upperworks off trailer (View B). Rotating bed must not
10. Pin struts (10, View C) to lugs (11) to secure jacks in be more than 4-1/2° out of level when jacking off
operating position. trailer.
11. Remove jack pads (14, View E) from storage and fasten 5. Remove trailer. Take extreme care not to hit jacks
to jacks with U-shaped locking pin. with trailer. Provide a signal person to give
instructions to truck driver.
12. Pin pad support rod (15, View E) in retracted position so
jack pad hangs freely (parallel with ground). Damage
will occur if this step is not performed.
4
Legend for Figure 4-4
Item Description Item Description
1 Rotating Bed 13 Storage Link (1 each jack)
2 Rotating Bed Jack (four places) 14 Jack Pad
3 Operator’s Cab 15 Jack Pad Support Rod
4 Trailer 16 Pin with Hair-Pin Cotter
5 Lifting Lug (2 each jack) 17 Lug (2 places)
6 Fixed Pin in Jack 18 Cab Strut
7 Fixed Pin in Rotating Bed 19 Lug (2 places)
8 Pin with Hair-Pin Cotters 20 Cab Support Arm
9 Compression Link 21 Lug (2 places)
10 Jack Strut 22 Front Alignment Pendant (2 places)
1-1/8 in. Dia. x 58 in. Long
11 Lug (2 each jack) 23 Rear Alignment Pendant (2 places)
7/8 in. Dia. x 58 in. Long
12 Pin with Hair-Pin Cotter (2 each jack) 24 Lug (4 places)

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-9


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1258

4
4

1
2
3b 3a

View A

3b 3a P1936a 8 (unlatched)

5 5

View B

3a
Pinned to
3b
Carbody
Lifted from
Trailer
9 6 (disengaged)
View F Alignment
Front pin shown. Bar
View C 1 Rear pins similar.

P1936b
8 (latched)
6

View D

6 (engaged) View G
Lifted from Alignment Bar in Bed
1
Trailer Engaged with Saddle
in Adapter Frame
2

View E FIGURE 4-5

4-10 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Remove Carbody and Adapter Frame from NOTE Rotating bed must not be more than 4-1/2° out
Trailer of level when extending or retracting rotating
bed jacks.
See Figure 4-5 for following procedure.
1. Unlatch front and rear keeper plates (8, View F) and
1. Position trailer carrying carbody and adapter frame (1, disengage front and rear rotating bed pins (6 and 7,
View A) directly under rotating bed (View B). Views D and F) with switches on remote control.
With rotating bed pins disengaged, grease them. See
CAUTION Section 5 of this manual.

Equipment Damage! 2. Slowly retract jacks to lower adapter frame and carbody
back onto trailer (View D).
Use extreme care when backing trailer into position:
• Do not hit jacks with trailer. NOTE Adjust jacks so front of rotating bed is slightly lower
than rear of rotating bed.
• Do not hit swing motors with rotating bed.
3. Continue to lower upperworks with jacks until alignment
Provide a signal person to give instructions to truck driver.
bars on front of rotating bed (View F) are engaged with
saddles on front of adapter frame (View G). Front
2. Position trailer so alignment pendant lugs (5) on carbody
mounting holes should be in line.
are directly under alignment pendants (3a and 3b)
hanging from rotating bed (View B).
3. Retract jacks only enough so alignment pendants can CAUTION
be pinned. Rotating bed must not be more than 4-1/2° Do not lower entire weight of upperworks onto adapter
out of level when retracting jacks. frame. Weight may exceed trailer capacity.
4. Pin front and rear alignment pendants (3a and 3b, View
4. Engage front rotating bed pins (10) with switch on
B) to adapter frame lugs (5) on carbody.
remote control (View G).
5. Remove tie-downs securing adapter frame and carbody
5. Lower rear jacks until rear mounting holes line up.
to trailer.
6. Engage rear rotating bed pins.
6. Slowly extend jacks to lift adapter frame and carbody (1)
just clear of trailer (View C). 7. Secure pins with keeper plates and safety retaining pins
(8, View G).
Alignment pendants will center adapter frame and
carbody under rotating bed. 8. Fully extend jacks to lift upperworks, adapter frame, and

Connect Rotating Bed to Carbody


carbody off trailer (View E). 4
9. Remove trailer. Take extreme care not to hit jacks
See Figure 4-5 for following procedure. with trailer. Provide a signal person to give
instructions to truck driver.
10. Remove and store alignment pendants.

Legend for Figure 4-5


Item Description Item Description
1 Adapter Frame and Carbody 5 Alignment Pendant Lug – Carbody (four places)
2 Rotating Bed 6 Rotating Bed Connecting Pin – Front (two places)
3a Front Alignment Pendant (two places) 7 Rotating Bed Connecting Pin – Rear (two places)
1-1/8 in. Dia. x 58 in. Long
3b Rear Alignment Pendant (two places) 8 Keeper Plate (four places)
7/8 in. Dia. x 58 in. Long
4 Swing Motor (two places) 9 Alignment Pendant Lug – Rotating Bed (four places)

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-11


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1258

1
P1963

1
3

4
View A
Lift Here
with Forks
2

11 View B
Align This Edge with
Front and Rear or Carbody

13
12

14

P1933a
View E

10
P1977
Stored 6
5 6

View D 7

View C
8

FIGURE 4-6

4-12 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Lower Crane onto Carbody Pedestals must run in a straight line between adapter frame and
rotating bed.
See Figure 4-6 for following procedure.
NOTE On current production cranes, hoses and
1. Remove four carbody pedestals (2) from storage. corresponding couplers are tagged with numbers
2. Place pedestals under carbody support pads (3, View B) (see Figure 4-7, View L). Match numbers to ensure
so short sides are parallel to front and rear sides of proper hose connection.
carbody. 3. Connect electric cable (3, Figure 4-7, View B) to cable
3. Retract rotating bed jacks to lower carbody onto four (1, View A).
pedestals (View A).
Install Drum 3 (Whip Line Drum)
4. Adjust pedestal screws (4, View B), as required, to level
carbody. Carbody must be as level as possible for Perform this procedure only if Drum 3 will be used for an
crawler installation. additional load line.

5. Retract rear jacks (5, View D) until pads are See Figure 4-6, View E for following procedure.
approximately 6 in. (152 mm) off ground. 1. Connect legs of chain sling from assist crane to lifting
6. Retract front jacks slightly and remove front jack pads holes (11) in Drum 3 (12).
and store. 2. Lift drum into position over rotating bed. Hydraulic
7. Fully retract both front jacks (6) and store as follows: couplings on drum must face left side of bed.

a. Remove and store strut (7, View C). 3. Engage slots in front of drum with fixed pins (13, View E)
and align rear connecting holes.
b. Swing jack (6) rearward against rotating bed
(View D). 4. Install rear pins (14).

c. Pin link (8, View C) to lugs (9) with pins (10). 5. Connect hydraulic hose couplers from drum (four each)
to hydraulic hose couplers on rotating bed. Hoses can
Connect Hydraulic Hoses and Electric be connected only one way.
Cables 6. Connect three electric cables from rotating bed to drum.
1. Uncouple hydraulic hoses on sides of adapter frame and
rotating bed (Figure 4-7, View C).
2. Connect hydraulic hoses on both sides of adapter frame
and rotating bed (Figure 4-7, Views F and G). Hoses
4

Legend for Figure 4-6


Item Description Item Description
1 Carbody 8 Link
2 Carbody Support Pedestal 9 Lugs
3 Carbody Pedestal Support Pad 10 Pin with Hair-Pin Cotter
4 Pedestal Adjustment Screw 11 Lifting Hole (2 places)
5 Rear Rotating Bed Jack 12 Drum 3 (Whip Line)
6 Front Rotating Bed Jack (stored) 13 Fixed Pin
7 Strut (stored) 14 Pin with Cotter Pins

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-13


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

1
WNE06

P1947d
View J P1954a
2
P1935

8
P1936a
View A

3 4
View I WN12 WNE08
View K
6
P1947a

7 View B P1953

P1947e
View H

P1947f

View C
View G

P1947c P1946

P1947b

View D
View E
View F
FIGURE 4-7

4-14 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Legend for Figure 4-7


View ID Type Purpose Comment
Ends of all disconnected cables and hoses must be covered with closures
or dust caps (or looped together) to protect them from water and dirt.
A 1 Electric Cable From Rot Bed Node 6 Connect to cable (3) when connecting rotating bed
to adapter frame.
2 Electric Shorting Plug Must be plugged to cable (1) until rotating bed is
connected to adapter frame.
B 3 Electric Cable From Adapter Frame Node 7 Connect to cable (1) when connecting rotating bed
to adapter frame.
4 Electric Boom Cable from Adapter Frame Node 7 Connect to cable (WN18) from boom Node 8 when
connecting boom butt to rotating bed.
5 Electric Shorting Plug Must be plugged to cable (4) until boom butt is
connected to rotating bed and all cables are
connected in boom.
C — Hydraulic Adapter Frame to Carbody 4 hoses right side; 6 hoses left side (NOTE 1).
D — Grease Lubricate Crawler 2 lines each crawler (NOTE 2).
E — Hydraulic Rotating Bed Rear Jack 2 hoses each side (NOTE 2).
F, G — Hydraulic Rotating Bed/Adapter Frame 6 hoses left side; 5 hoses right side (NOTE 3).
H 6 Hydraulic Rotating Bed Front Jack 2 hoses each side (NOTE 2).
H 7 Hydraulic Drum 4 (Boom Hoist) in Mast Butt 2 hoses each side (NOTE 4).
I Hydraulic Drum 4 (Boom Hoist) in Mast Butt 2 hoses left side (left side shown); 3 hoses right
side (NOTE 4).
J Hydraulic Drums in Boom Quantity on front of rotating bed varies (NOTE 5).
K 8 Electric Drum 4 (Boom Hoist) in Mast Butt 2 Receptacles.
NOTE 1 Loop together for shipping.
P1947h
NOTE 2 Loop together for shipping. Can be connected
one way only (see NOTE 6).
NOTE 3 Loop together for shipping. Hoses must run in a
straight line between rotating bed and adapter

NOTE 4
frame (see NOTE 6).
Loop hoses in mast together for shipping. Can
4
be connected one way only.
NOTE 5 Hoses run in a straight line between boom butt
and rotating bed (see NOTE 6)
NOTE 6 On current production cranes, hydraulic hoses
and corresponding couplers have numbered
tags (see View L). Match numbers to ensure
proper hose connection.

View L
Match numbers to ensure
proper hose connection.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-15


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1258
A05003

11° Mast Angle


1

2
3

6 4
4
5
Stored

View A

Component Identification

5 7 Item Description
Working 1 Live Mast
With MAX-ER 2 Mast Assist Arms with Cylinders
4 Configuration 3 Drum 3 (Whip Line)
View D 4 Live Mast Straps (2 places)
6 5 Locking Pin with Cotter Pins (2 each)
6 Pin with Cotter Pins (2 each)
Standard Pin
7 Load Pin With Keeper Plate (right side only)
View B Configuration

114°

An assist crane must be


used to lower mast to
angles greater than 160°.
160°

180°

View C

FIGURE 4-8

4-16 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Raise Live Mast To Operating Position 6. MAST DOWN with mast hoist control (Drum 5) to begin
raising live mast to operating position.
See Figure 4-8 for following procedure.
Mast will rise as mast assist arm cylinders (2, View A)
The following controls are used to raise the mast. See extend automatically.
Operating Controls in Section 3 for identification and
operation of these controls. NOTE Do not use BOOM HOIST control (Drum 4) to raise
mast. Mast assist cylinders will not extend. Boom
• CRANE MODE SELECTOR (in operator’s cab) to select hoist wire rope will pay out.
setup mode.
- Live mast controls will not operate until setup mode
CAUTION
is selected and confirmed. Mast Damage!
Unpin mast straps from rotating bed before raising mast
- Live mast operating limits remain off until setup
past 11°.
mode is selected and confirmed.
• MAST HOIST CONTROL (Drum 5 handle in operator’s 7. STOP raising mast just as mast straps (4) start to go into
cab) to raise and lower mast while using mast as a tension (mast angle approximately 11°) (View A).
boom.
• MAST SWITCH on remote control to raise and lower WARNING
mast assist arms.
Swinging Straps Hazard!
• DIGITAL DISPLAY (in operator’s cab) to monitor mast Mast straps will swing to rear when unpinned from rotating
angles and operating limits. See Digital Display bed. Stand to side when unpinning links.
Readings in Section 3 for identification of mast operating
limits. 8. Support straps (4), remove pins (6, View B) to unpin
straps from rotating bed, and lower straps to vertical.
Store pins (6) with collar in strap holes. If a MAX-ER
WARNING attachment is used, a load pin with keeper plate (7, View
Falling Mast Hazard! D) is right side pin.
Prevent mast from falling over backwards or forward: 9. Install locking pins (5, View B) in working position.
• Read and thoroughly understand mast raising 10. MAST DOWN to continue raising mast.
instructions.
Mast assist arms will stop rising automatically when
• Select and confirm SETUP MODE before raising
mast assist cylinders are fully extended (approximately
mast and using it as a boom. Mast operating limits
remain off until this step is performed.
114°) as shown in View C. 4
11. Proceed to use mast as a boom with mast hoist control
CAUTION for remainder of self-erect assembly procedure.
Mast Damage!
Use mast as a boom within 114-160° operating range
Make sure mast angle indicator is properly installed and (View C).
calibrated prior to raising gantry and mast.
NOTE Mast will stop lowering and operating limit alert will
Mast can be damaged if angle indicator is not properly
come on, and MAST TOO FAR FWD will appear on
installed.
the digital display if the mast is lowered to 160°.

1. Remove locking pins (5) from stored position in mast


straps (4, View B). WARNING
2. Select and confirm SETUP MODE. Falling Mast Hazard!
3. Scroll to MAST ANGLE on digital display to monitor Prevent mast from falling:
mast angles during raising procedure. • Do not use limit bypass to lower mast below 160°.
4. Increase engine speed to desired rpm. Mast will fall suddenly. Connect an assist crane to
end of live mast when it is necessary to lower it
5. Using mast switch on remote control, raise mast assist below 160°.
arms until cylinders stall and stop.
• Do not lower mast assist arms until live mast is
Operating limit alert comes on and MAST BELOW 2 connected to fixed mast rigging. Mast will fall over
DEGREES appears on digital display if you try to raise backwards if raised to vertical when arms are down.
mast with mast hoist control before you perform step 5.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-17


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1258

2 1
1 From
Drum 3

5 6

6 5
View A
View B

Component Identification
Item Description
1 Live Mast 5
2 Owner-Furnished Nylon Slings
3 Assist Crane Load Block
4 Mast Straps
5 100 USt Load Block (91 t)
7
6 Socket and Wedge
7 4-Leg Chain Sling

View C

MAXIMUM CAPACITY
120,000 lb (54 430 kg) at 26 ft (7.9 m) Radius

5° Max
Swing

Centerline
While Handling First Crawler
of Crane

5° Max
Swing
View D
FIGURE 4-9

4-18 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Install Assembly Block 8. Raise mast to at least 160° with assist crane. As mast is
raised:
See Figure 4-9 for following procedure.
• Pay out wire rope from Drum 3.
• Haul in wire rope on Drum 5.
9. Haul in wire rope on Drum 3 to lift assembly block off
WARNING trailer.
Falling Mast Hazard!
10. Position mast in operating range (114°–160° mast
Prevent mast from falling: angle) (View C).
• Do not use limit bypass to lower mast below 160° until
mast is supported with slings from assist crane. Install Crawlers
The crane must be in the following configuration to install
1. Position trailer as shown in View A. crawlers:
2. MAST DOWN to lower mast (1) to approximately 160°. • Mast arms fully raised.
3. Attach nylon lifting slings (2, View A) from assist crane • Crane setup mode selected and confirmed.
(3) to top end of mast.
• Swing limited to 5° when handling first crawler
4. Lower mast to 180° with assist crane. Do not side load (Figure 4-9, View D).
mast.
• Mast operated between 114° (mast arms fully extended)
Use limit bypass switch to bypass mast limit and pay out and approximately 150° (26 ft [7.9 m] radius) while lifting
wire rope from Drum 5 as mast is lowered with assist first crawler.
crane.
• Maximum capacity limited to 120,000 lb (54 430 kg).

CAUTION
Equipment Damage!
To prevent damage, guide mast straps (4) clear of trailer
WARNING
as required. Tipping Hazard!
• Do not exceed 120,000 lb (54 430 kg) capacity at 26 ft
5. Reeve wire rope from Drum 3 through sheaves in mast (7.9 m) radius when handling crawlers with mast.
point and sheaves in assembly block (5, View B). Crane will tip forward.
6. Anchor wire rope to socket and wedge (6, View B) on • Make sure crane is level. Adjust pedestals as 4
load block (see Wire Rope Installation and Maintenance, required.
in this section).
7. Connect 4-leg chain sling (7, View C) to assembly block. CAUTION
Parts Damage!
Avoid hitting carbody pedestals with crawlers.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-19


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

P1932
1 MAXIMUM CAPACITY
View H 120,000 lb (54 431 kg) at 26' (7.9 m) Radius

1
View J
P1931 7
1 1

8
4 5

View A
7 9

P1927a
View G
Front of Carbody 8
2
P1966 P1965

3
Stored View B P1964

Working View F View E


3 10
P1972

11

View C
View D FIGURE 4-10

4-20 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Install First Crawler 3. If not done, remove collars (3, View F) and retract
crawler connecting pins (2) with crawler pins control (4
See Figure 4-10 for following procedure.
or 5, View G).
NOTE To prevent crawler pads from sagging too much
With crawler pins disengaged, grease them. See
when crawler is lifted, chains are installed between
Section 5.
the crawler frames and pads (see Figure 4-11,
View F). Some sag must be allowed to prevent 4. Attach hooks from chain sling (7, View B) to shackles on
interference between carbody and crawler pads. four crawler lifting lugs (9) — two legs with grab hooks to
rear.
1. Position trailer carrying crawler along desired side of
crane (View A). 5. Position chains between crawler pads.
NOTE Make sure crawler drive shaft is positioned at rear 6. Slowly hoist crawler clear of trailer. If necessary adjust
of carbody — end opposite crawler pins control length of rear chains so crawler lifts level.
(View G).
Crawler should be lifted as level as possible — both
2. Thoroughly clean and grease all machined surfaces (1, front to rear and side to side. If crawler is not level,
Views H and J) on carbody and crawler. mating surfaces between crawler and carbody will not
mate properly and installation will be difficult.
NOTE Failure to clean and grease machined surfaces
may result in loud banging sounds when 7. Remove trailer.
attempting to turn crane. Though not harmful,
8. Slowly lower crawler, mast up, and swing to engage
operators may find sounds disturbing.
crawler hooks (10, View D) with carbody pins (11).
NOTE Crawler connecting pins (2, View F) are shipped
9. Stop lowering and masting down when crawler hooks
from Manitowoc in retracted position. This is
are fully engaged with carbody pins and connecting
required to meet shipping width requirements.
holes are aligned (handling chains slack).
Collars (3, View E) are stored on the carbody.
10. Using control handle (4 or 5, View G), engage crawler
connecting pins (2, View F).
11. Install collars (3, View F), retaining pins, and hair-pin
cotters.

Legend for Figure 4-10 (quantities are for one crawler)


Item Description Item Description
1 Machined Surface 7 Chain Sling
2 Connecting Pin (2 places) 8 Crawler Assembly
3 Collar with Retaining Pin and Hair-Pin Cotter (2 places) 9 Lifting Lug with Shackle (4 places)
4 Right Crawler Pins Control 10 Crawler Hook (2 places)
5 Left Crawler Pins Control 11 Carbody Pin (2 places)
6 Assembly Block

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-21


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

View C
6 P1941d
P1932a View B

8 4
5

7
4 (stored)
10
9

11
P1941a
View D

11
View A
14 14 15
(Removed) Pin Here to
Tilt Pad
View G 13
(4 places each crawler)
12
3

P1962
View E

11

16

P1966

2
View F
15
Tip of Hook Must Pass Through 14
Holes in Pad as Shown FIGURE 4-11

4-22 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Install First Crawler (continued) 20. Fully retract rear jacks and swing 180° (View A).
See Figure 4-11 for following procedure. Swing slowly while watching rear jack pads as they
approach crawler pads. If crawler pads are tight, it
12. Unhook chain sling from lugs on crawler frame.
may be necessary to remove jack pads so they don’t
13. Remove chains (1, View G) from between crawler pads hit crawler pads.
(2) and crawler lugs (3) (four places). Store for future
21. Extend rear rotating bed jacks (9, View E) until edge of
use.
tilted jack pad (12) just contacts ground.
22. Pin pad support rods (13, View E) in retracted position
so jack pad hangs freely (parallel with ground). Damage
WARNING will occur if this step is not performed.
Rotating Drive Shaft Hazard! 23. Extend rear jacks (11) to lift crane off carbody pedestals
Crawler drive shaft rotates at high speed. next to first crawler (15, View A).

• Make sure crawler drive shaft is securely attached at 24. Remove pedestals (14) from next to first crawler.
both ends. 25. Retract rear jacks (11) to lower crawler (15) to ground
• Make sure guards are in place and securely attached (View F).
at both ends during operation.
Install Second Crawler
• Do not attempt to service drive shaft until crane has
been parked and engine stopped. 1. Repeat Install First Crawler steps 1 through 19 for
second crawler.
14. Lift crawler drive shaft (4, View B) off storage bracket (5), 2. Fully retract rear jacks and swing 180° so jacks are next
extend shaft, and align holes in drive shaft flanges (6 to second crawler (16).
and 7, View C).
3. Extend rear rotating bed jacks (11, View E) until edge of
15. Insert flange bolts (8, View C) and locknuts. Torque to 35 tilted jack pad (12) just contacts ground.
ft-lb (48 Nm).
4. Pin pad support rod (13, View G) in retracted position so
16. Slide drive shaft guard (9) over drive shaft and pin to jack pad hangs freely (parallel with ground). Damage
carbody (View D). will occur if this step is not performed.
17. Connect grease lines between carbody and crawler 5. Extend rear jacks to lift crane off pedestals (14) next to
(Figure 4-7, View D). second crawler (16).
18. Retract rear jacks (11) until jack pads (12, View E) are
about 2 ft (610 mm) off ground.
6. Remove pedestals and store. 4
7. Retract jacks to lower crawler to ground.
19. Pin pad support rods (13, View E) in extended position to
tilt jack pads at an angle. 8. Remove jack pads from rear jacks and store.
9. Fully retract rear jacks and rotate to stored position
(Figure 4-6, View C).
CAUTION
Rear jack pads will strike crawler pads while swinging if
step 19 is not performed.

Legend for Figure 4-11


Description Item Description
1 Chain with Hook 9 Drive Shaft Guard
2 Crawler Pad 10 Snap Pin
3 Crawler Lug 11 Rear Rotating Bed Jack
4 Crawler Drive Shaft 12 Jack Pad
5 Storage Bracket 13 Jack Pad Support Rod
6 Drive Shaft Flange (Carbody) 14 Carbody Pedestal
7 Drive Shaft Flange (Crawler) 15 Crawler Assembly (first installed)
8 Flange Bolt (8 each) with Locknut 16 Crawler Assembly (second installed)

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-23


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A05740

14

View A
A04325-4 2 (2 places)
1
View E
(4 places Luffing Jib Prepared Only) Maximum Counterweight Arrangement Shown
See Counterweight Assembly Drawings at End
of this Section for Optional Arrangements

13
6

P1967 10
View B

8
12

A04325-3

7 View D 11
(2 places)
6
P1968
7 View C

Component Identification
Item Description Item Description
1 Lifting Lug (4 places each tray and box) 8 Rotating Bed
2 Carbody Tray 9 Hook
3 Carbody 10 Fixed Pin – Rotating Bed (2 places each side)
4 Hooked Connector (not visible) 11 Notched Pin – Rotating Bed (2 places each side)
5 Carbody Box (3 each end) 12 Retaining Pin with Snap Pins
6 Lifting Lug (4 each tray and box) 13 Upperworks Box
7 Upperworks Tray (1 each side) 14 Links (stored for Luffing Jib only) FIGURE 4-12

4-24 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Install Counterweight 7. Position remaining two boxes (5), one at a time, on top
of first box.
Refer to the Counterweight Assembly Drawings at the end of
this section for the total number carbody and upperworks Lifting lugs and side lugs will align boxes as they are
boxes required for each counterweight arrangement. installed.
8. Repeat steps 1–7 for carbody counterweight on
opposite end.

WARNING Install Crane Counterweight


Tipping Hazard! The crane (upperworks) counterweight must be installed with
To prevent crane from tipping: an assist crane.

• Install carbody counterweight before installing crane See Figure 4-12, Views B, C, and D for following procedure.
counterweight. 1. Attach chain sling to lifting lugs (6, View D) on
• Remove crane counterweight before removing counterweight tray (7).
carbody counterweight. NOTE Inboard side of tray is cut out to prevent
interference with rotating bed jack.
NOTE No counterweight — carbody or crane — is
required to raise the fixed mast. 2. Boom, swing, and hoist as necessary to position tray at
desired side of rotating bed (8).
Install Carbody Counterweight
3. Guide tray so top hooks (9, View B) engage fixed pins
See Figure 4-12, View A for following procedure. (10) in rotating bed.
The carbody counterweight can be installed with the live 4. Lower tray so tray engages notches in pins (11, View C)
mast. The 18000 must be in the following configuration to at bottom of tray and pin holes are aligned.
install the carbody counterweight:
5. Install retaining pins (12, View C).
• Mast arms fully raised. Mast will be at approximately
107° (mast arms supporting mast) when attaching 6. Remove chain sling.
carbody counterweights. 7. Repeat steps 1–6 for tray on opposite side.
• Crane setup mode selected and confirmed. 8. Attach chain sling to lifting lugs (6, View D) on
• 360° swing permitted while handling counterweight. counterweight box (13). Lift one box at a time.
NOTE For luffing jib prepared cranes, counterweight
• Live mast operated at radius no greater than 26 ft
(approximate 150°) while installing counterweight. boxes with links (14, View E) must be installed on
top of stack. These boxes are used for raising and
4
• Capacity at maximum allowable radius limited to lowering luffing jib struts.
120,000 (54 430 kg).
9. Lower first box onto tray so it is centered between
1. Attach legs of chain sling to lifting lugs (1, View A) on alignment lugs.
counterweight tray (2).
Lifting lugs must face to front and rear of tray.
2. Mast, swing, and hoist as necessary to position tray at
desired end of carbody. 10. Remove chain sling.

3. Guide tray so hooked connectors (4) on tray engage 11. Repeat steps 8–10 for first counterweight box on
lugs on carbody. opposite side.

4. Lower tray so that bottom of tray rests against carbody. 12. Continue to install counterweight boxes, one at a time,
alternating from side to side until required number of
5. Attach legs of chain sling to lifting lugs (1) on boxes is installed.
counterweight box (5).
Lifting lugs and side lugs will align boxes as they are
6. Lower first box onto tray so it is centered between installed.
alignment lugs. Lift only one box at a time.
Lifting lugs must face to front and rear of tray.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-25


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

12 11 14
P1955a

8
5
15

6
13
View C P1955b 7
View A

1 9 10

1 View B
View C 3
P1955c
View B

View B 1 2a View A

View A 2a

Component Identification
Item Description
1 Steps
2a Side Catwalk (2 places)
2b Rear Catwalk
2b View A
3 Cab Rear Catwalk
4 Operator’s Cab
5 Fixed Pin (2 each catwalk)
6 Quick-Release Pin (2 each catwalk)
7 Leveling Bolt (2 each catwalk)
8 Support (2 each catwalk)
9 Sleeve (2 each step)
FIGURE 4-13
10 Quick-Release Pin (2 each step)
11 Hook (2 places)
12 Fixed Pin (2 places)
13 Quick-Release Pin (2 places, if equipped)
14 Support (2 places)
15 Leveling Bolt (2 places)

4-26 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Install Catwalks and Steps 3. Install quick-release pins (10) to lock steps in place.
4. Repeat preceding steps for steps on other side.
Side and Rear Catwalks
See Figure 4-13, View A for following procedure. Cab Rear Catwalk
1. Using chain slings from assist crane connected to four See Figure 4-13, View C for following procedure.
lifting holes in catwalk, lift catwalk (2a or 2b) into position 1. Using nylon slings from assist crane, lift catwalk (3) into
so fixed pins (5) in catwalk fully engage hooks on side or position so hooks (11) in catwalk fully engage fixed pins
rear of rotating bed. (12) on rear of cab.
2. Install quick-release pins (6) to lock catwalk in place. 2. Install quick-release pins (13) to lock catwalk in place.
3. Repeat preceding steps for each catwalk. NOTE The catwalk is equipped with two leveling bolts
NOTE Each catwalk is equipped with two leveling bolts (15). Level the catwalk as required after
(7). Level catwalk as required after installation. installation.

Steps Remove Assembly Block


See Figure 4-13, View B for following procedure. Reverse the installation steps to remove the assembly block.
1. Using nylon slings from assist crane, lift steps (1) into
position alongside either catwalk.
2. Slide tubes at top of steps through sleeves (9) on
underside of catwalk.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-27


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

P2100
Grab
Rear Legs Hook
1 Shortened
3
5 13 Links

9
10

P1969

Saddle View B
2 2 places View C
5 6
1 Saddle
P1934

3
5 4

View A 4
2 2 places

6
View D A1258

5
P1970 Item Description
1 Keeper Plate with Snap Pins
2 Rotating Bed
3 Chain Sling, 4-Leg with Grab Hooks *
4 Lifting Lugs (4 each section)
5 Mast Butt
8 7 6 Mast Top
7 7 Mast Support
(stored)
(erecting) 8 Pin with Snap Pins
P1971
View E 9 Alignment Pin with Snap Pin
2 9
2 places 10 Mast Connecting Pin
(stored) * Same sling provided by Manitowoc for
crawler handling.
8

View F
9 (stored)
2 places

FIGURE 4-14

4-28 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Assemble Fixed Mast 7. Lower mast butt and top so alignment pins (9) rest in
saddles in rotating bed (View B).
An assist crane is required to assemble and install the fixed
mast. 8. Raise or lower mast sections to align connecting holes in
mast butt with holes in rotating bed.
Install Mast Butt and Top
9. Using setup remote control, engage mast connecting
See Figure 4-14 for following procedure. pins (10, View B).
The mast butt, mast top, and boom hoist equalizer are 10. Engage keepers (1) with grooves in connecting pins and
shipped assembled as shown in View D. install snap pins.
1. Unpin keeper plates (1, View A) and rotate them out of 11. Remove alignment pins (9, View B) and store them on
way (View B). mast supports (View F).
2. Using setup remote control, disengage mast connecting Do not support entire weight of mast butt and top on
pins (10, View B). With pins disengaged grease them. alignment pins. Damage may result.
See Section 5 of this manual.
12. Lower mast butt and top until mast supports (7, View F)
3. Attach chain sling (3, View C and D) from assist crane to engage rotating bed and lifting slings slacken.
lifting lugs (4) on mast butt (5) and mast top (6).
13. Disconnect slings.
Grab hooks must be toward mast butt (View C).
14. Uncouple hydraulic hoses for Drum 4 in mast butt and
Shorten rear legs of sling by 13 links to provide
connect to couplers on rotating bed (Figure 4-7, Views H
proper lifting balance.
and I).
4. Secure mast supports (7, View E) so they cannot drop,
The quick couplers are arranged so the hoses can be
remove pins (8) and lower supports to erecting position.
connected only one way.
Store pins (8) in mast supports.
NOTE On current production cranes, hoses and
5. Remove alignment pins (9, View E) from storage and corresponding couplers are tagged with numbers
install them in mast butt (View B). (see Figure 4-7, View L). Match numbers to ensure
proper hose connection.
6. Lift mast butt and top into position over saddles in
rotating bed (View A). 15. Connect electric cables from Drum 4 to receptacles on
rotating bed (Figure 4-7, View K).

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-29


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

P1241a

6
P1241
11

View G
11
2 places
(stored)
12

6 View H
5 3
4 2 places
4

View J 16
See See 6
View L View M 17

70 ft (21.3 m) for 100 ft (30.5 m) Mast


OR
P1958a
110 ft (33.5 m) for 140 ft (42.7 m) Mast

Inboard Side
P1958
Item Description
3 Chain Sling, 4-Leg with Grab Hooks *
16 4 Lifting Lugs (4 each section)
5 Mast Butt
6 Mast Top
View K 11 Retaining Pin with Snap Pin
13 12 Equalizer Fork
2 places 13
Stored 13 Pin with Safety Pin
View L 14 Fixed Pin
17 15 Hooked Connector
2 places
16 Mast Insert – 20 ft (6.1 m)
17 Mast Insert – 40 ft (12.2 m)
15 1 Required for 100 ft (30.5 m) Mast
2 Required for 140 ft (42.7 m) Mast
* Same sling provided by Manitowoc for
crawler handling.

16 17

14

View M
2 places

FIGURE 4-14 continued

4-30 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

See Figure 4-14 for following procedures. 1. Place insert (16) on blocking in front of mast butt.
16. Check that retaining pins (11, View H) are installed in Blocking must be at least 8 in (203 mm) high.
equalizer forks (12) so boom hoist equalizer cannot fall
2. Attach insert (17, View J) to insert (16):
off forks when step 20 is performed.
a. Lift insert (17) into position so fixed pins (14, View
17. Attach lifting slings (3, View J) from assist crane to lifting
M) in insert (17) engage hooked connectors (15) in
lugs (4) on mast top (6). Hoist so slings are just taut.
insert (16).
18. Remove pins (13, View L) and lift mast top clear of mast
b. Lower insert (17) to align bottom connecting holes
butt.
and insert pins (13, View L).
19. Pay out wire rope from Drum 4 in mast butt while
NOTE On current production cranes, pins (13) are stored
performing step 20.
in tubes on insert (View K).
20. Lift mast top away from mast butt and place mast top on
c. Block under top end of insert (17).
blocking in front of mast butt. Allow adequate space for
assembling mast inserts as shown in View J. d. For 140 ft (42.7 m) mast, repeat steps 2a–2c to
install second insert (17).
Assemble Mast Inserts
Four lifting lugs are located on top chords of both inserts (16
and 17). Use chain sling (3) to lift inserts.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-31


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

19 See
(stored) View D 18

16 17

View A
5
3 ft
(0.9 m)
19
(working)
20

22 19
(stored) 18

21
5
16

View G
2 places
View B
2 places

Inboard
Side
P1958
View C

15
23
P1957
(stored) B
24
13 A
View F
2 places 5
25

14

View D
16
2 places
25
View E
24
23 A B
(working) FIGURE 4-15

4-32 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

6. Attach nylon lifting slings (18, View B) to top chords at


end of mast butt (5).
Legend for Figure 4-15
7. Lift mast butt and inserts to align bottom holes.
Item Description
5 Mast Butt 8. Insert pins (13, View F).
6 Mast Top
9. Slacken and disconnect lifting slings.
13 Pin with Safety Pin
14 Fixed Pin Raise Mast Stops
15 Hooked Connector
16 Mast Insert – 20 ft (6.1 m) See Figure 4-15, View G for following procedure.
17 Mast Insert – 40 ft (12.2 m) Perform following steps on both sides of mast butt.
1 Required for 100 ft (30.5 m) Mast
2 Required for 140 ft (42.7 m) Mast 1. Attach nylon lifting slings from assist crane to mast stop
18 Nylon Lifting Slings (Owner Supplied) (19).
19 Mast Stop
2. Remove pin (20) securing mast stop to storage bracket
20 Pin with Cotter Pins
(21).
21 Shipping Bracket
22 Strut 3. Raise mast stop to operating position.
23 Wire Rope Guide
24 Pin with Snap Pin
4. Raise strut (22) to operating position and pin to mast
25 Link
stop with pin (20).

Lower Wire Rope Guide


See Figure 4-15, View E for following procedure.

Connect Mast Inserts to Mast Butt Perform this procedure only if Drum 3 will be used for an
additional load line.
See Figure 4-15 for following procedure.
1. Support wire rope guide (23) with nylon lifting slings
1. Attach nylon lifting slings (18, View A) from assist crane attached to assist crane.
to top chords of mast inserts (16 and 17).
2. Remove pins (24) holding links (25) and wire rope guide
Lift against chords only — never lift against lacings. in stored position (holes A).
Adjust slings so inserts lift level. 3. Lower wire rope guide (23) and links (25) to working
2. Lift inserts into position so fixed pins (14, View D) in position.
insert (16) engage hooked connectors (15) in mast butt
(5).
4. Pin links (25) to holes (B) in wire rope guide (23). 4
5. Run whip line from Drum 3 under guide sheave in butt
Do not install bottom pins. and over guide in insert (see Load Line Reeving in this
3. Place 3 ft (0.9 m) of blocking under top end of insert (17, section).
View A). Pull an additional 50 ft (15.2 m) whip line through wire
4. Lower insert onto blocking and slacken lifting slings. rope guide and allow whip line to lie on ground off to
side.
5. Disconnect lifting slings.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-33


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

26
26 27
31 For Mast Straps, Pin Collars Face OUT
For MAX-ER Straps, Pin Collars Face IN
30

30

29
26
28

View B MAX-ER Straps View C


(shipping) (if equipped) (working)

16
17
6

View D 6

View A
Inboard
15
P1958 Side P1957

34

13 View H View E
14
Pin Collars Face IN
33 for Bottom Two
Long Pins in Mast Straps
End
33
Short
30 End

32
30
31
View F1 View F2
100 ft (30.5 m) Mast 140 ft (42.7 m) Mast

View G FIGURE 4-16

4-34 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Connect Mast Straps

Legend for Figure 4-15 See Figure 4-16 for following procedure.
Item Description Mast straps and links are shipped in the stored position on
3 Chain Sling the fixed mast top and inserts as shown in View B. Connect
6 Mast Top – 30 ft (9.1 m) straps, as follows:
13 Pin with Safety Pin
14 Fixed Pin
1. Remove all shipping pins (26, View B) and store them in
15 Hooked Connector
tubes (27, View C) or brackets (28).
16 Mast Insert – 40 ft (12.2 m) 2. Attach links (29, View B) to straps (30, View C), with pins
17 Mast Insert – 20 ft (6.1 m) (31).
26 Shipping Pin
27 Shipping Pin Storage Tube NOTE If your crane is prepared for a MAX-ER
28 Shipping Pin Storage Bracket Attachment, the MAX-ER counterweight straps are
29 Links stored in the outboard strap brackets on the mast
30 Mast Strap top and inserts.
31 Pin with Collar, Retaining Pin, The counterweight straps do not have to be
and Cotter Pins removed from the mast sections when operating
32 Live Mast without a MAX-ER attachment. Counterweight
33 Adjustable Link straps must, however, be unpinned from strap
34 Pin with Cotter Pins brackets and pinned together in working
position before raising mast (like mast straps in
View C).
Attach Mast Top to Inserts
To prevent counterweight straps from flopping
See Figure 4-16 for following procedure. around during operation, securely attach them to
the mast straps
1. Using chain slings (3) attached to lifting lugs on mast top
(6, View D), lift mast top into position at insert (17, View Connect Live Mast Straps to Fixed Mast Straps
A).
See Figure 4-16 for following procedure.
2. Engage fixed pins (14, View E) in mast top with hooked
connectors (15) in insert. 1. Lower live mast (32, View G) until adjustable links (33,
View F1 or F2) are just above ends of straps (30) on
3. Lower mast top to align bottom connecting holes insert.
between mast top and insert.
4. Install pins (13, View H).
2. For 100 ft (30.5 m) mast, remove retaining pins (34,
View F1) and rotate adjustable links (33) so long end is
4
down. Store retaining pins in links (33).
For 140 ft (42.7 m) mast, leave long end of adjustable
links (33) pinned to mast straps (View F2).
3. Lower live mast as required to align connecting holes
and pin adjustable links (33) to straps (30) with pins (31).

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-35


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

THIS PAGE BLANK

4-36 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Perform Mast Pre-Raising Checks • Drum 5 (mast hoist) on right console.

Perform following pre-raising checks and correct any defects • Drum park switches.
before raising mast. A qualified operator is required to raise the mast. The
❏ Crane on firm, level surface. operator must be experienced with the 18000 and thoroughly
familiar with its operation.
❏ Rotating bed jacks fully retracted and pinned in stored
position. A qualified signal person is required to give signals to the
operator(s).
❏ Rotating bed jack pads properly stored.
A holdback is required to raise the fixed mast. Either the
❏ Carbody pedestals properly stored. assembled 18000 boom or an assist crane can be used.
❏ Mast hinge pins fully engaged. USING ASSEMBLED 18000 BOOM AS HOLDBACK
❏ Mast inserts installed in proper sequence. If the 18000 boom is used as the holdback, the following
❏ Mast straps pinned in working position. boom length is required:

❏ If equipped, MAX-ER counterweight straps pinned in Table 4-3


working position. Mast Holdback Requirements when Using 18000 Boom
❏ All insert connector pins installed and properly retained. Mast Length Minimum Boom Length
❏ Setup mode selected and confirmed. 100 ft (30.5 m) 120 ft (36.6 m)
❏ Live mast arms fully lowered. 140 ft (42.7 m) 140 ft (42.7 m)
❏ All blocking, tools, and other items removed from mast. USING ASSIST CRANE AS HOLDBACK
❏ Mast and boom hoist wire rope spooled tightly onto If an assist crane is used as the holdback, the assist crane
drums and engaged with proper sheaves. must provide the holdback forces given in Table 4-4. The
❏ Equalizer securely attached to proper size assist crane. letters in the table correspond to the letters in View A,
and positioned at proper distance from end of mast. Figure 4-17.

❏ Wind within allowable limits for operation. Table 4-4


Holdback Requirements when an Using Assist Crane
Raise Fixed Mast
A
NOTE No counterweight — carbody or crane — is B C
required to raise the fixed mast. The counterweight
can be installed, however.
Mast Length From End
of Crawler
Horizontal Vertical 4
100 ft (30.5 m) 110 ft
35,000 lbf 27,000 lbf
General (33.5 m)
140 ft (42.7 m) (156 kN) (120 kN)
(see Note)
To raise the mast, the SETUP mode must be selected to
enable simultaneous operation of Drum 4 (boom hoist) and NOTE For 140 ft (42.7 m) mast, assist crane and
Drum 5 (mast hoist). The following controls are used to raise equalizer must be traveled to dimension A once
the mast: mast is out of the way.
• Drum 4 (boom hoist) on left console.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-37


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

10

P1241

C 3

7 8
5

2
View A A 6 View B
Edge of Crawler P1241a

1 B
Center of
In Cab
Load Block 4

Circled numbers match steps


in raising procedure.

View C
65°
11c 2a

2b

11a

11b
P1959
View D
11d

View E
11e

Rope View G
Guard

11g
11f

View F
FIGURE 4-17

4-38 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Raise Mast 8. Verify that all mast strap shipping pins are removed and
stored (Figure 4-16, View C).
Circled numbers in Figure 4-17 match following steps.
1. Start crane engine and select/confirm SETUP mode.
CAUTION
2. Attach assist crane to boom hoist equalizer (View D):
Mast Damage!
a. Attach 4-leg chain sling to lifting holes in equalizer. Avoid mast or equalizer damage. Do not proceed to raise
b. Securely attach wire rope slings between equalizer mast until fixed mast straps are unpinned from strap
and rotating bed or carbody of assist crane. brackets.

9. Perform Mast Pre-Raising Steps before proceeding.


CAUTION 10. Slowly haul in mast hoist wire rope to raise mast until
Wire Rope Damage! straps are taut.
Boom hoist equalizer will tip if it is not properly supported,
11. If boom will be used as a holdback, proceed as follows.
possibly resulting in damage to wire rope. Support boom
Otherwise, go to step 12.
hoist equalizer properly during mast raising.
a. Haul in mast hoist wire rope and pay out boom hoist
3. Remove boom hoist equalizer retaining pins (View B) wire rope to raise mast.
from mast top forks.
b. Keep boom hoist rope as slack as possible to
4. Store equalizer retaining pins (View C) in mast top lugs prevent boom hoist wire rope from bearing
(View C). against rope guard in mast top (View G).
5. Lift boom hoist equalizer and pull equalizer off forks on c. Do not raise mast any higher than 65°.
end of mast. Pay out boom hoist wire rope as required. When fixed mast is at 65°, live mast will be at
6. Park assist crane so equalizer is at Dimension A from approximately 53°. The live mast angle can be
end of crawlers (see View A, and Table 4-4). Equalizer monitored on the display in the cab.
must be centered with relation to mast to prevent d. Turn on drum park for Drums 4 and 5.
side loading mast.
e. Place boom hoist equalizer on ground to side of
Assist crane must provide specified holdback boom assembly area and disconnect assist crane.
forces (B and C, View A and Table 4-4).
Take every precaution to protect wire rope from
7. Using remote control, fully lower live mast arms. damage.
Do not allow wire rope to jump off sheaves (in
mast and equalizer) or otherwise become
4
fouled.
WARNING
Mast Damage! f. Refer to Boom Installation in this manual and
completely install desired length of boom and jib, if
Lower live mast arms before raising fixed mast. Mast can
equipped.
collapse if arms are up when live mast is lowered.
g. Turn off drum park for Drums 4 and 5 and go to step
12.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-39


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

13
14

12

View H

A04342 View J
Shims

Mast Stop
Guide
19
Engagement with pin should Mast stop guides should
take place 1/3 to 1/2 of way bottom out against pins
down rear side of saddle in within 1/8 in (3.2 mm) of
both mast stop guides. each other.

17
Note that Locking
Pins are Installed
in Live Mast Straps
Mast Stop
15 Strut

18
19
16

View L

View K

FIGURE 4-17 continued

4-40 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

12. Continue to raise live mast while paying out boom hoist Check Mast Stop Pressure
wire rope.
If your crane is prepared for a MAX-ER attachment, each
Keep boom hoist rope as slack as possible to prevent mast stop has a hydraulic pressure gauge (see Figure 4-18).
boom hoist wire rope from bearing against rope
Check both gauges WEEKLY. The gauges should read 200-
guard in mast top (View G).
2 8 0 p s i ( 1 3 . 8 - 1 9 . 3 b a r ) d e p e n d i n g o n o u ts i d e a i r
NOTE Operator must match rate of speed at which mast temperature. If the proper reading is not indicated at either
hoist wire rope is hauled in with rate of speed at gauge, determine cause of faulty pressure and take
which boom hoist wire rope is payed out. Boom corrective action.winch
hoist wire rope must remain slack until mast nears
vertical.
13. As mast nears vertical, tighten boom hoist wire rope as
required so mast moves smoothly past vertical to rear. WARNING
Explosion Hazard!
14. Continue to slowly haul in mast hoist wire rope and pay
out boom hoist wire rope to lower mast to rear. Mast stop cylinders are equipped with nitrogen pre-
charged accumulators.
15. As mast lowers, guide live mast straps into position at Do not tamper with accumulators unless authorized and
rear of rotating bed (View L). Do not allow links to trained to do so.
contact hand rails on rear of crane.
16. Stop lowering mast when holes in live mast straps line
up with holes in rear of rotating bed. Connect straps to
rotating bed with pins and keeper plates provided (View
L).
17. Pay out mast hoist wire rope until it starts to go slack.
Mast hoist wire rope must not go into tension during
crane operation.
18. Pay out boom hoist wire rope until mast stop guides
bottom out against mast stop pins (View J).
If necessary, adjust guides as follows (see View J):
Hydraulic Pressure Gauge
a. Adjust slotted rod ends on mast stop struts so at Base of Both Mast Stops FIGURE 4-18
engagement with pins takes place 1/3 to 1/2 of way
down rear side of saddle in both boom stop guides.
Assemble and Install Boom and Jib
4
b. Adjust shims so boom stop guides bottom out
against pins within 1/8 in (3.2 mm) of each other. If not already done, assemble and install the desired boom
and jib combination. See Boom and Jib Rigging instructions
19. If not already done, install boom and jib. in this section and Boom and Jib Rigging drawings at the end
of this section.
If a luffing jib will be installed, see separate instructions in
Luffing Jib Operator’s Manual.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-41


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

THIS PAGE BLANK

4-42 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

CRANE DISASSEMBLY To o p e r a t e t h e s e t u p r e m o t e c o n t r o l d u r i n g c ra n e
disassembly, the SETUP REMOTE must be selected and
Lower Fixed Mast confirmed.

NOTE No counterweight — carbody or crane — is A qualified operator is required to raise the mast. The
required to raise the fixed mast. The counterweight operator must be experienced with the 18000 and thoroughly
can be installed, however. familiar with its operation.
A qualified signal person is required to give signals to the
General
operator(s).
To raise the mast, the SETUP mode must be selected to
A holdback is required to raise the fixed mast. Either the
enable simultaneous operation of Drum 4 (boom hoist) and
assembled 18000 boom or an assist crane can be used.
Drum 5 (mast hoist). The following controls are used to raise
the mast: Using Assembled 18000 Boom as Holdback
• Drum 4 (boom hoist) on left console. If the 18000 boom is used as the holdback, see Table 4-3 for
• Drum 5 (mast hoist) on right console. boom length requirements.

• Drum park switches. Using Assist Crane as Holdback

To operate Drums 4 and 5 simultaneously during crane If an assist crane is used as the holdback, the assist crane
disassembly, the SETUP mode must be selected and must provide the holdback forces given in Table 4-4. The
confirmed. letters in the table correspond to the letters in View C,
Figure 4-19.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-43


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Circled numbers match steps


in lowering procedure.

6a

6b

5
P1959
View B

View A
1 2 65° Rope
10 11 Guard
7 9 12

13

View H

8
6c
View C Edge of A Center of
View G
Crawler B Block
14

P1241

17

P1241a

16
View E

18
View D

View F
15 FIGURE 4-19

4-44 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Lower Mast 10. As mast nears vertical, tighten mast hoist wire rope as
required so mast moves smoothly forward past vertical.
Circled numbers in Figure 4-19 match following steps.
11. Continue to lower live mast by slowly paying out mast
1. Position crane on a firm, level surface.
hoist wire rope and hauling in boom hoist wire rope.
2. Start crane engine and select/confirm SETUP mode.
Keep boom hoist rope as slack as possible to prevent
3. Make sure mast hoist and boom hoist wire rope is boom hoist wire rope from bearing against rope
spooled properly onto drums. guard in mast top (View H).
4. Lower boom to ground. 12. If boom is being used as the holdback, proceed as
follows:
5. If an assist crane will be used as the holdback, remove
boom from crane. a. Stop lowering mast when it is at 65°.
6. If an assist crane will be used as the holdback, attach When fixed mast is at 65°, live mast will be at
assist crane to boom hoist equalizer (View B): approximately 53°. The live mast angle can be
monitored on the display in the cab.
a. Attach 4-leg chain sling to lifting holes in equalizer.
b. Turn on drum park for Drums 4 and 5.
b. Securely attach wire rope slings between equalizer
and rotating bed or carbody of assist crane. c. Place boom hoist equalizer on ground to side of
boom assembly area and disconnect assist crane.
Take every precaution to protect wire rope from
CAUTION
damage.
Wire Rope Damage!
Do not allow wire rope to jump off sheaves (in
Boom hoist equalizer will tip if it is not properly supported,
mast and equalizer) or otherwise become
possibly resulting in damage to wire rope. Support boom
fouled.
hoist equalizer properly while lowering mast.
d. Completely remove jib and boom.
c. Park assist crane so equalizer is at Dimension A
e. Perform steps 6a through 6c
from end of crawlers (see View C, and Table 4-4).
Equalizer must be centered with relation to mast 13. Continue to lower live mast by slowly paying out mast
to prevent side loading mast. hoist wire rope and hauling in boom hoist wire rope.
Assist crane must provide specified holdback NOTE Operator must match rate of speed at which boom
forces (B and C, View C and Table 4-4). hoist wire rope is hauled in with rate of speed at
7. Select SETUP mode and confirm. which mast hoist wire rope is payed out.
14. Stop lowering mast when bottom connectors between
4
40 ft (12.2 m) mast insert and mast top are
approximately 3-1/2 ft (1.1 m) off ground.
WARNING
15. Install blocking under top end of 40 ft (12.2 m) insert
Moving Equipment!
(View F). Lower mast onto blocking.
Mast straps will swing away from rotating bed when
unpinned. Stand to side when removing pins. Do not allow 16. Remove boom hoist equalizer retaining pins from mast
links to contact hand rails on rear of crane. top lugs (View D).
17. Using assist crane, lift boom hoist equalizer into position
8. Unpin live mast straps from rear of rotating bed (View on forks at end of mast top (View E) and install retaining
G). If necessary, boom up slightly to remove loading on pins.
pins. Store pins and keeper plates with straps.
18. Disconnect assist crane from equalizer.
9. Slowly haul in boom hoist wire rope and pay out mast
hoist wire rope to raise mast toward vertical.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-45


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

3
5 4

8 6

7 4

5
6 3
3
10
(working) 2
View C
MAX-ER Straps
View B (if equipped)
1

12

11

View A
16 9 15 14 13

16
P1970

P1958

20 19
(stored) 18

View E 17 View D
2 places
19 16
15
(erecting)
P1971
21

20
2
10 View G
(lowered)
(stored) 2 places

View F 13
2 places

View H
9 14 10'
(stored) (3.0 m)

FIGURE 4-20

4-46 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

6. Unpin adjustable links (7, View B) from fixed mast straps


(3).
Legend for Figure 4-20
Item Description 7. If long end of adjustable links (7) is down, remove pins
1 Mast Assist Arm (8), rotate adjustable links 180°, and reinstall pins (8).
2 Live Mast
Long end of adjustable links must be attached to live
3 Fixed Mast Strap
mast straps for storage as shown in View B.
4 Strap Bracket
5 Shipping Pin 8. Position live mast (2) so it is out of the way during
6 Pin with Collar, Retaining Pin, remaining steps.
and Cotter Pins
7 Adjustable Link Store Wire Rope Guide
8 Pin with Cotter Pins
9 Wire Rope Guide (Drum 3)
To store wire rope guide if equipped with Drum 3, reverse
10 Mast Stop
assembly steps under Lower Wire Rope Guide topic
11 Boom Hoist Equalizer
(page 4-33).
12 Chain Sling
13 Mast Top
Store Mast Stops
14 Mast Insert – 20 ft (6.1 m) To store mast stops, reverse assembly steps under Raise
15 Mast Insert – 40 ft (12.2 m) Mast Stops topic (page 4-33).
16 Mast Butt
17 Pin with Safety Pin Remove Mast Inserts
18 Nylon Lifting Slings (Owner Supplied)
19 Mast Support 1. If not already done, lift boom hoist equalizer (11, View A)
20 Pin with Snap Pins into position on forks at end of mast top (13) with assist
21 Rotating Bed crane and install retaining pins (Figure 4-19, View E).
2. Attach slings (12) from assist crane to lifting lugs on
mast top (13, View A).
Disconnect Live Mast Straps 3. Slowly hoist against mast top until slings are just taut.
See Figure 4-20 for following procedure. 4. Remove pins (17, View D) between mast top (13) and
insert (14).
1. Using setup remote control, fully raise mast assist arms
(1, View A). Store pins in tubes on end of insert.
5. Lift mast top (13) clear of insert (14) and place mast top
on ground approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) in front of insert
4
(View H).
WARNING
Falling Mast Hazard! Pay out wire rope from Drum 4 while performing this
step.
Mast assist arms must remain raised after live mast is
disconnected from fixed mast rigging. Live mast will fall 6. Disconnect chain slings (12).
over backwards if raised to vertical when arms are down. 7. Secure mast supports (19, View E) so they cannot drop,
remove pins (20), and lower mast supports.
2. Lower live mast (2, View A) until fixed mast straps (3,
View C) are resting in strap brackets (4). Store pins (20) in mast supports.

3. Remove shipping pins (5, View C) from storage and 8. Attach nylon lifting slings (18, View G) from assist crane
install in strap brackets (4). to top chords at end of mast butt (16).

4. Remove pins (6, View C) from top end of links and place 9. Slowly hoist against mast butt until slings are just taut.
pins to side until mast sections are disassembled. 10. Remove pins (17, View D) between mast butt (16) and
Once mast sections are disassembled, install pins (6) in insert (15).
butt end of mast straps. 11. Slowly lower mast butt until mast supports (19) engage
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for MAX-ER straps, if equipped. rotating bed (21) and lifting slings slacken.
12. Disconnect lifting slings (18) from mast butt.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-47


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

15
15
14

View J

16
4
12

613

View K

Item Description
12 Chain Sling
12 13 Mast Top
16
14 Mast Insert – 20 ft (6.1 m)
15 Mast Insert – 40 ft (12.2 m)
13 16 Mast Butt
17 Pin with Safety Pin
18 Nylon Lifting Slings (Owner Supplied)
19 Mast Support
20 Pin with Snap Pins
View L 21 Rotating Bed
22 Fixed Pin
Inboard 23 Hooked Connector
23 Side
P1957 P1958

22

17
View N
View M 2 places
2 places
FIGURE 4-20 continued

4-48 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

13. Attach nylon lifting slings (18) from assist crane to top 7. Place mast top and butt on transport vehicle and
chords of mast inserts (14 and 15, View J). disconnect lifting slings.
Lift against chords only — never lift against lacings. 8. Using setup remote control, engage mast connecting
pins for storage in rotating bed and engage keeper
Adjust slings so insert lifts level.
plates (1, View A).
14. Lift inserts (14 and 15) clear of mast butt and place
inserts on blocking at least 8 in (203 mm) high. Remove Rear Catwalks
15. Disassemble inserts if required. To remove rear catwalks, reverse assembly steps under
Install Catwalks and Steps topic (page 4-27).
16. Attach chain slings (12, View K) from assist crane to
lifting lugs on mast top (13). Remove Crane Counterweight
17. Lift mast top into position next to mast butt.
The crane (upperworks) counterweight must be removed
Haul in wire rope on Drum 4 while performing this step. with an assist crane.
18. Engage fixed pins (22, View M) in mast top with hooked Do not remove carbody counterweight until crane
connectors (23) in mast butt. counterweight is removed.
19. Lower mast top until bottom connector holes line up. See Figure 4-12, Views B, C, and D for following procedure.
20. Install pins (17, View N). 1. Attach chain sling from assist crane to lifting lugs (6,
View D) on counterweight box (13). Lift one box at a
21. Disconnect chain slings (12). time.
Remove Mast Butt and Top 2. Boom, swing, and hoist as necessary to lift box off
counterweight tray and lower to ground or transport
The mast butt, mast top, and boom hoist equalizer are vehicle.
shipped assembled.
3. Disconnect chain sling.
See Figure 4-14 for following procedure.
4. Repeat steps 1–3 for remaining counterweight boxes.
1. Attach chain sling (3, View C and D) from assist crane to Alternate from side to side when removing boxes.
lifting lugs on mast butt and mast top.
5. Attach chain sling to lifting lugs (6, View D) on
Grab hooks (View A2) must be toward mast butt. counterweight tray (7).
Shorten rear legs of sling by 13 links to provide
proper lifting balance. 6. Hoist against counterweight tray so sling is taut and
2. Unpin keeper plates (1, View B) and rotate them out of
7.
retaining pins (12, View C) are loose.
Remove retaining pins (12) from notched pins (11).
4
way.
NOTE Alignment pins (9) are not installed during mast 8. Hoist counterweight tray so top hooks (9, View B)
removal. disengage fixed pins (10) in rotating bed.
3. Slowly hoist against mast top until mast supports (7, 9. Boom, swing, and hoist as required with assist crane to
View F) disengage rotating bed. guide counterweight tray away from rear rotating frame.
4. Remove mast support pins (8) from storage, raise mast 10. Place counterweight tray on transport vehicle.
supports (7), and pin supports in stored position (View
11. Disconnect chain sling.
E).
12. Repeat steps for tray on opposite side.
5. Using remote control, disengage mast connecting pins.
6. Lift mast butt and top way from crane. Install Assembly Block
The assembly block must be installed to use the live mast for
disassembly. See Install Assembly Block topic on page 4-19.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-49


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

3 4 4
View A P1961

6
Pin Here to
Level Pad
1 5

P1973 P1974 9
6 5 7 7 2
View B Level
Jacking Position
Working Storage Working
Position Position Position

P1962
2

Pin Here to
Item Description Tilt Pad
1 Rotating Bed
2 Rotating Bed Jack (4 places) 8
3 Storage Link (1 each jack)
4 Jack Strut
5 Pin with Hairpin Cotter (2 each jack)
9
6 Lug (2 each jack) Tilted
View C
7 Pin with Hairpin Cotters
Swinging Position
8 Jack Pad Support Rod
9 Jack Pad

FIGURE 4-21

4-50 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Remove Carbody Counterweight Deploy Rear Rotating Bed Jacks


Carbody counterweights may be removed with the live mast. See Figure 4-21 for following procedure.
Reverse procedures under Install Carbody Counterweight
NOTE Front rotating bed jacks remain stored. Do not
topic on page 4-25.
deploy them at this time.
Mast can be used as a boom with mast hoist control for
1. Remove pins (5, View A) from storage links (3) holding
disassembly. Use mast as a boom within 114°–160°
jacks (2) in stored position.
operating range.
2. Rotate jacks to operating position.
NOTE The mast will stop lowering, the operating limit alert
will come on, and MAST TOO FAR FWD will 3. Pin struts (4, View A) to lugs (6) to secure jacks in
appear on the digital display if the mast is lowered operating position.
to 160°.
4. Remove jack pads (9, View B) from storage and fasten
to jacks with U-shaped locking pin.
5. BEFORE JACKING: pin jack pad support rod (8, View B)
WARNING in retracted position so jack pad is level.
Falling Mast Hazard! 6. BEFORE SWINGING: pin jack pad support rod (8, View
Prevent mast from falling: C) in extended position so jack pad is tilted. Damage
will occur if this step is not performed. Jack pad will
• Do not use limit bypass to lower mast below 160°. strike crawlers while swinging crane.
Mast will fall suddenly. Connect an assist crane to
end of live mast when it is necessary to lower it
below 160°.
• Mast assist arms must remain raised while using live
mast as a boom. Mast will fall over backwards if
raised to vertical when arms are down.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-51


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

2 6
P1941d P1932a

1
3 7
4

P1941a
View A 5 View B 4 View C
(stored)

11
View D

View F
12 (4 places each crawler)

10

P1932 View E
13
Item Description
1 Guard 12 8
2 Snap Pin
3 Bolt with Locknut (8 each)
4 Drive Shaft 11
5 Drive Shaft Flange
6 Carbody Flange
7 Support
8 Chain
9
9 Crawler Pad
10 Lug
11 Retaining Pin
12 Collar P1966

13 Crawler Connecting Pin Tip of Hook Must Pass Through


Holes in Pad as Shown
FIGURE 4-22

4-52 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Remove Crawlers Then travel both crawlers in required direction to


slacken top crawler pads at drive shaft end of both
Mast should be operated between 114° (mast arms fully crawlers.
extended) and approximately 150° — 26 ft (7.9 m) radius —
while lifting crawlers. Maximum capacity is limited to 120,000 b. Unpin drive shaft guard (1, View A) from carbody
lb (54 430 kg). and slide guard back only enough to access bolts
(3, View B).
Remove First Crawler
c. Remove bottom bolts first. Remove top outermost
Unless otherwise specified, see Figure 4-22 for following bolt last (easiest bolt to access).
procedure.
With one bolt remaining, have assistants support
1. Disconnect grease lines between carbody and crawler, drive shaft with guard. Do not support it by holding
(Figure 4-7, View D). flange or shaft with hands. Drive shaft may spin
when last bolt is removed.
NOTE Loop grease lines together for shipping.
Remove last bolt carefully using a long extension
between bolt and ratchet or impact wrench.
Do not use your fingers to remove last bolt. KEEP
WARNING HANDS CLEAR of drive shaft flange.
Rotating Shaft Hazard! d. Retract crawler drive shaft (4, View C) and place on
Rotating drive shaft can cut or crush: storage bracket (7).

• Drive shaft can spin unexpectedly during 3. Attach chains (8, View F) to crawler pads (9) and lugs
disassembly. To prevent serious injury to hands or (10) on crawler frame (four places). Chains must be
fingers, perform following steps when disconnecting snug so crawler pads do not sag when crawler is lifted.
drive shafts. 4. Remove retaining pin (11, View F) and collar (12), from
both crawler connecting pins (13).
2. Disconnect crawler drive shaft as follows:
5. Store collars as shown in View E.
a. Travel both crawlers straight forward several feet
(meters).

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-53


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

View H
Center of Crawler P2494

Do Not Block 14
Between Pads Directly Under
Center Pad
P2493

View G
17 16

19 18
P2495

19

Do Not Block Here View J


at Either End Both Ends of Crawler
14
Directly Under a Pad As
Close as Possible to Both
P1927a
View M 20 Ends of Crawler Frame
Front of Carbody View K
(2 places)
P1963

22 Item Description
14 Blocking — 15 in (381) Wide by Same
23 Width as Crawler Pads
15 Left Crawler Pins Control
16 Right Crawler Pins Control
17 Crawler Alignment Lug
18 Carbody Frame
19 Crawler Hook
20 Carbody Pin
21 Carbody Pedestal
View L
21 22 Support Pad
(2 places)
Align Narrow Edge with 23 Adjusting Screw
Front and Rear or Carbody

FIGURE 4-22 continued

4-54 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

6. Position jack pads as shown in Figure 4-21, View C. 12. Extend jacks until crawler is approximately 18 in (457
mm) off ground.
7. Swing upperworks so rotating bed is perpendicular to
carbody and rear jacks are next to crawler to be 13. Place hardwood blocking under crawler pads as shown
removed (View G). in Views H and J.
Swing slowly while watching rear jack pads as they 14. Retract jacks just enough to break connection between
approach crawler pads. If crawler pads are tight, it crawler alignment lugs and carbody frame as shown in
may be necessary to remove jack pads so they don’t View K.
hit crawler pads.
Do not disengage crawler hook (19, View K) from
8. Extend rear jacks until jack pads are approximately 2 ft carbody pin (20).
(0.6 m) off ground.
15. Adjust jacks so carbody is level front to rear.
9. Position jack pads as shown in Figure 4-21, View B so
16. Place carbody pedestals (21, View L) under carbody
they hang freely (parallel with ground). Damage will
support pads (22). The pedestals can be lifted with a
occur if this step is not performed.
fork-lift truck.
10. Extend jacks until they are snug against ground.
17. Adjust pedestal screws (23, View L) so they are snug
11. Disengage crawler connecting pins (13, View F) using against support pads (22).
controls on front of carbody (View M).
18. Retract rotating bed jacks to lower carbody onto
pedestals.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-55


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

P1964

24

25

26

View P

19
P1972

View N
20

View Q
(2 places)

Item Description
19 Hook
20 Pin
24 Assembly Block
25 4-Leg Chain Sling
26 Shackle
View R

FIGURE 4-22 continued

4-56 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

19. Fully retract rear jacks.


20. Position jack pads as shown in Figure 4-21, View C.
21. Swing 180° so mast is over crawler to be removed (View WARNING
N).
Tipping Hazard
Swing slowly while watching rear jack pads as they To prevent tipping after second crawler is removed:
approach crawler pads. If crawler pads are tight, it
may be necessary to remove jack pads so they don’t • Swing only enough to align rotating bed with carbody.
hit crawler pads. • Engage swing lock.
22. Extend rear jacks until jack pads are approximately 2 ft Do not attempt to swing anymore than 5° to either side of
(0.6 m) off ground. center during remainder of disassembly procedure.

23. Position jack pads as shown in Figure 4-21, View B so


Remove Assembly Block
they hang freely (parallel with ground). Damage will
occur if this step is not performed. Reverse assembly steps under Install Assembly Block topic
(page 4-19) to remove assembly block.
24. Extend jacks until they are 2-3 in (51-76 mm) from
contacting ground.
Store Live Mast
25. Raise mast so assembly block (24, View P) is centered
See Figure 4-8 for following procedure.
over crawler.
Mast assist arms must be raised when lowering live mast.
26. Attach hooks from chain sling (25, View P) to shackles
(26) on crawler — two legs with grab hooks to rear. 1. Scroll to MAST ANGLE on digital display to monitor
mast angles during lowering procedure.
27. Position chains between crawler pads as shown in View
P. 2. MAST UP to lower mast to approximately 11° mast
angle (View A).
28. Hoist and mast up or down as needed so crawler hooks
(19, View Q) disengage carbody pins (20). Mast assist arms will automatically retract and support
mast as mast is lowered.
If necessary, adjust length of rear chains so crawler lifts
level. 3. Remove locking pins (5, View B) from live mast straps
(4).
Crawler should be lifted as level as possible — both
front to rear and side to side. 4. Remove pins (6, View B) stored on rotating bed and pin
live mast straps to rotating bed.
29. Slowly hoist crawler clear of carbody.
5. Fully lower mast (0° mast angle).
4
30. Place crawler assembly on trailer (View R).
6. Store locking pins (5, View B) in live mast straps.
Disconnect chain sling from crawler assembly.
NOTE The crawler connecting pins are shipped in the Remove Drum 3 (Whip Line Drum)
retracted position to meet shipping width
Reverse assembly steps under Install Drum 3 topic
requirements.
(page 4-13) to remove Drum 3.
Remove Second Crawler
Deploy Front Rotating Bed Jacks
Swing is limited to 5° when handling second crawler
after first crawler is removed (see Figure 4-9, View D). See Figure 4-21 for following procedure.

Repeat steps under Remove First Crawler topic to remove 1. Remove pins (5, View A) from storage links (3) holding
second crawler. front jacks (2) in stored position.

After second crawler is removed, swing only enough to align 2. Rotate jacks to operating position.
rotating bed with carbody and ENGAGE SWING LOCK. 3. Pin struts (4, View A) to lugs (6) to secure jacks in
operating position.
4. Extend front jacks until jack pads are approximately 2 ft
(0.6 m) off ground.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-57


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

5. Pin jack pad support rods (8, View B) in retracted 11. Tie down carbody and adapter frame to trailer. Remove
position so jack pads hang freely (parallel with ground). trailer (Figure 4-5, View A).
Damage will occur if this step is not performed.
12. Using remote control, engage adapter frame pins for
Separate Rotating Bed From Carbody storage. Secure pins with keeper plates and safety
retaining pins.
1. Disconnect hydraulic hoses on sides of adapter frame
and rotating bed (Figure 4-7). Place Rotating Bed on Trailer
NOTE Do not disconnect hydraulic hoses to rotating bed 1. If necessary, fully extend rotating bed jacks (Figure 4-4,
jacks. View B).
2. Loop hydraulic lines together for shipping (see 2. Position trailer under rotating bed. Take extreme care
Figure 4-7) or install dust caps. not to hit jacks with trailer. Provide a signal person
to give instructions to truck driver.
3. Disconnect electric cables and store (Figure 4-7, Views
A and B). 3. Lower rotating bed onto trailer.
4. Using remote control, fully extend rotating bed jacks to 4. Fully retract jacks.
lift upperworks and carbody off carbody pedestals
5. Remove steps and store all catwalks.
(Figure 4-5, View E). Keep crane level while
extending jacks. Perform the following procedures before tying down rotating
bed to trailer.
5. Remove and store carbody pedestals.
6. Position trailer under carbody. Take extreme care not Store Operator’s Cab
to hit jacks with trailer. Provide a signal person to
Reverse procedure under Deploy Operator’s Cab topic
give instructions to truck driver.
(page 4-9).
7. Slowly retract jacks until carbody rests on trailer
(Figure 4-5, View D). Do not allow full weight of Remove Rotating Bed Jacks
carbody, adapter frame, and rotating bed to rest on
If required for shipping, remove rotating bed jacks. Reverse
trailer. Weight may exceed trailer capacity.
p r o ce d ur e u n d er D e p lo y R o ta t in g B e d J a cks to p ic
8. Remove safety pins from connecting pin latches (8, (page 4-9).
Figure 4-5, View F) and rotate latches out of way.
Install Wind Deflectors
9. Using remote control, disengage front and rear adapter
frame connecting pins (10, Figure 4-5, View F). Reverse procedure under Remove Wind Deflectors topic
(page 4-6).
10. Slowly extend jacks to separate rotating bed from
carbody and adapter frame.

4-58 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

THIS PAGE BLANK

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-59


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

BOOM LADDER ASSEMBLY 1. Lower boom onto blocking at ground level. Boom
sections must be horizontal.
See Figure 4-23 for this topic.
2. Unhook rubber latches (View B).
3. Lift ladder up and out of hooks (View C).
4. Guide ladder through lacings to outside of boom butt.
WARNING
To Prevent Serious Injury or Death: Installing Ladders on Boom Inserts
• Limit load on ladder to 300 lb (136 kg). Lift ladder to desired outside location on insert so that upper
• Avoid improper use. Ladder is intended for use only pads are securely hooked over backside of upper chord and
on Manitowoc #79A and #55 boom inserts. Any other lower pads rest firmly against lower chord (View D).
use is prohibited. Ladder must hang vertically against boom insert when
• Use ladder for boom assembly/disassembly and in use.
maintenance only when boom is horizontal.
Storing Ladders in Boom Butt
• Make sure ladder is properly secured to insert.
It is recommended that two people store ladder in boom butt:
• Keep hands free of any objects while climbing ladder.
one person outside of butt to help guide ladder into butt, and
Objects which cannot be carried in pockets or tool
another person inside butt to lift ladder and latch it in
belts shall be lifted into place onto ladder platform
position. Use the following procedure:
prior to climbing ladder.
• Stand only on platform. Do not stand on cross braces.

General WARNING
Two ladders are installed inside the boom butt, one on either Falling Load Hazard!
side as shown in View A. The ladders are designed for use in Ladders must be properly stored to prevent them from
assembly/disassembly and maintenance of #79A and #55 falling out of butt when boom is raised.
boom sections and components. Each ladder weighs
approximately 35 lb (16 kg). 1. Hang ladder rails over hooks inside butt (View C).
Removing Ladders from Boom Butt 2. Pull rubber latches tightly over lower rail and latch in
keepers (View B).
It is recommended that two people remove ladder from boom
butt: one person inside butt to unlatch and lift ladder and 3. Ensure ladder cannot move once latched in place.
another person outside of butt to help guide ladder out of
butt. Use the following procedure:

4-60 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

A1258

View A
Keeper Ladders
Stored
Rubber Latch
(2 places)
Ladder

View B
(4 places)

Hook
(2 places)

Boom
Ladder Butt

View C Ladder Hooked


(4 places) Over Top Chord

View D
Ladder
Working

Pad Firm Against


Bottom Chord

FIGURE 4-23

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-61


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

BOOM AND JIB RIGGING Medium Inserts


Assist Crane Requirements Medium inserts have lighter weight chords and lacing than
regular inserts as indicated in the following table. The
An assist crane capable of handling the boom and jib diameter of the lacings is the most visible difference.
sections and lifting one-half the weight of the boom (or jib) is
required. See Crane Weights in Section 1 for the weights of Medium Insert Regular Insert
boom and jib sections. Outside Wall Outside Wall
Diameter Thickness Diameter Thickness
Blocked Crawler
4 in 0.25 in 4.25 in 11/32 in
Lacings
To prevent the crane from tipping, some boom and jib (101.6 mm) (6.4 mm) (108.0 mm) (8.7 mm)
lengths must be raised and lowered over the end of blocked
8-47/64 in 35/64 in 8-47/64 in 3/4 in
cr a w l e r s . S e e c a pa ci t y ch a rts f o r b l o c ke d c r a w le r Chords
(221.7 mm) (14.0 mm) (221.7 mm) (19.1 mm)
requirements and Crawler Blocking Diagram in Capacity
Charts Manual for instructions.
Medium inserts are required as follows:
Do not attempt to raise or lower boom from or to ground until
• Cranes equipped with a 140 ft (42.7 m) mast and boom
crawlers are blocked, if required.
320 ft (97.5 m) or longer.
• Cranes equipped with a 100 ft (42.7 m) mast and boom
320 ft (97.5 m) long.
WARNING The medium insert(s) must be installed as shown in the
Tipping Hazard Boom Rigging Assembly Drawings.
Block ends of crawlers, if required, before you attempt to
raise or lower boom from or to ground.
DANGER
Handling Components Collapsing Boom Hazard!
Handle boom and jib sections with care to avoid damaging Boom will collapse if medium inserts are installed in
lacings and chords. The boom and jib sections have lifting incorrect assembly sequence. Follow the assembly
lugs designed to provide a balanced load and to prevent sequence indicated in the Boom Rigging Assembly
damage during lifting. Drawings.

Identifying Boom and Jib Sections and


Straps
WARNING
Boom and jib sections are marked for proper identification as
Falling Load Hazard!
shown in Figure 4-24, View A.
Lifting lugs on a particular boom or jib section are
designed for lifting that section only. Do not attempt to lift Straps and links are marked for proper identification as
two or more boom or jib sections with lifting lugs only on shown in Figure 4-24, View B.
one section. Lifting lugs may break allowing boom or jib
A524
sections to fall. Manitowoc
Part Number Manufacturing
When lifting lugs are not used: Code
Boom
• Lift against chords only, never against lacings. Number XXXXXX

#YY Z-ZZ-ZZ

• Use nylon lifting slings. If wire rope or chain slings are


used, install protective covering (such as sections of Typical Each
rubber tire) between slings and chords. Boom Chord
Part Number
(both ends) View A
Rigging Assembly Drawings
Boom and jib sections (top, inserts, straps) must be XXXXXX

assembled in proper sequence according to applicable View B


Edge of Strap
Boom and Jib Rigging drawings at the end of this section.
or Link
FIGURE 4-24

4-62 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Boom Installation Jib stops (2) are shipped in the assembled position on boom
butt (1) as shown in View A.
Before installing the boom butt, inspect both jib stops for
WARNING proper operation, as follows:
Crushing Injury Hazard! 1. Fully raise and lower boom stop (2) by hand.
Never work under or inside boom sections that are not 2. While performing step 1, strut (3) should extend and
securely blocked. retract fully without binding.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 several times to make sure strut
WARNING (3) operates freely without binding.
Falling Load Hazard! 4. OPERATOR, observe jib stops during operation:
Jib backstay straps can be stored on boom sections for
When the boom is raised to approximately 77°, boom
shipping.
stop pins (4) should bottom out in saddles (5).
If jib will not be used, remove all jib backstay straps, links,
and pins stored on boom sections. Stop operating immediately if boom stop pins do not
engage saddles as boom is raised. Lower boom to
Inspect Boom Stops ground and take corrective action.

See Figure 4-25 for following procedure.

P2496

3 4
P2497

View A
1
View A
4
5

Item Description
1 Boom Butt
2 Jib Stop
3 Strut
A1263-1a
4 Pin
5 Saddle FIGURE 4-25

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-63


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1263
13 View B
Lift with Lug on Ends
of Sheave Shaft 2 Lug B
6

12
P1221

Lug A

12
11

SHIPPING POSITION View A OPERATING POSITION

View C

3, 4, or 5
1 See Boom Rigging Drawing
at End of this Section

View F Blocking 14
2 (working)
14
10 Lugs C (stored)
(stored) Lift

15
(working)

10 5
15
View E (stored; not visible) View D A1258

Item Description Item Description Item Description


1 20 ft (6.1 m) #55 Boom Butt 6 Chain Sling 11 Drum Bracket
2 10 ft (3.0 m) #55 Insert 7 Lifting Lugs (4 places each insert) 12 Pin with Cotter Pin
3 20 ft (6.1 m) #55 Insert 8 Fixed Pin with Safety Pin (typical) 13 Drum 1 Wire Rope Guide
4 40 ft (12.2 m) #55 Insert 9 Hooked Connector (typical) 14 Drum 6 Wire Rope Guide
5 40 ft (12.2 m) #55 Insert with Drum 6 10 Connecting Pin with Safety Pin (typical) 15 Pin with Snap Pins
Sheaves
FIGURE 4-26

4-64 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Assemble Boom Butt and First Insert cotter pins.


See Figure 4-26 for following procedure. 6. Remove slings.
1. Place boom butt (1) on blocking in front of 18000 as Install Second Insert
shown in View F. Centerline of butt must be parallel to
See Boom Rigging Drawings at the end of this section to
ground.
determine the proper insert to install.
Lift with chain slings (6, View B) attached to four lifting
1. Remove jib backstay straps if stored on boom insert
lugs (7) on insert.
for shipping.
2. Remove bottom connecting pins (10, View E) from
2. Remove bottom connecting pins (10, View E) from
stored position in bottom connectors on 10 ft (3.0 m)
stored position in bottom connectors on insert.
insert (2).
3. Lift required insert (3, 4 or 5, View F) into position at front
3. Lift insert (2) into position at front of boom butt (1).
of 10 ft (3.0 m) insert (2).
Lift with chain sling (6, View B) attached to four lifting
Lift with chain slings (6, View B) attached to four lifting
lugs (7) on insert.
lugs (7) on insert.
4. Engage fixed horizontal pins (8, View C) in insert with
4. Engage fixed horizontal pins (8, View C) in insert with
hooked connectors (9) in butt.
hooked connectors (9) in adjacent insert.
5. Lower insert until bottom connecting holes line up.
5. Lower insert until bottom connecting holes line up.
6. Install bottom connecting pins (10, View E) and secure
6. Block under top end of insert.
with safety pins.
7. Install bottom connecting pins and secure with safety
NOTE On current production cranes, pins (10) are stored pins (10, View E).
in tubes on the butt end of the insert.
8. Remove chain slings.
7. Block under top end of insert.
Raise Drum 6 Sheaves
8. Remove chain slings.
NOTE Perform this procedure only if crane will be
Raise Drum 1 to Operating Position equipped with luffing jib.
See Figure 4-26, View A for following procedure. See Figure 4-26, View D for following procedure.
Raise Drum 1 in 10 ft (3.0 m) insert as follows: 1. Attach sling from assist crane to sheave assembly (14).
1. Attach slings from assist crane to lug on each end of 2. Hoist until sling is just taut.

2.
sheave shaft.
Hoist until slings are just taut.
3. Remove pin (15) from stored position. 4
4. Hoist to rotate sheave assembly (14) to operating
3. Remove pins (12) from stored position. position (holes in Lugs C and sheave assembly frame
4. Hoist to rotate Drum 1 bracket (11) and guide sheaves aligned).
(13) to operating position (holes in Lugs A and B 5. Insert pin (15) through hole in lug and frame and secure
aligned). with snap pin.
5. Install pins (12) through holes in lugs and secure with 6. Remove sling.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-65


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Inside Each Boom Butt Leg


P1956a P1956f

A1263
2
1

View B 4 View C
(engaged)
View D View E

P1956b P1956c
4 4
(disengaged) (engaged)

View A
P1947g
7 P1947d

6b

6a

View F1 View F2
3c
3a 3b

3a
5 P1956g
View G1
View G2 P1956e

View I
P2021
8
P2020

View H2 9
View H1 FIGURE 4-27

4-66 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Install Boom Butt and Assembled Inserts 13. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (3a, View G2) from couplers
(3b) on rotating bed.
See Figure 4-27 for following procedure.
14. Connect hydraulic hoses (3a, View G1) to couplers (3c)
1. Attach nylon lifting slings from assist crane to top chords
on boom butt. This step must be performed to relieve
of assembled butt and inserts as shown in View A.
trapped pressure from boom hinge pin cylinders.
Adjust position of slings so butt and inserts are
15. Remove storage bar (7, View F1) from boom butt.
horizontal when lifted.
16. Remove dust covers from hydraulic hoses on rotating
2. Lift butt and inserts into position at connecting holes in
bed and boom butt.
front of rotating bed (View A).
Thoroughly clean couplers to prevent dirt from
3. Unpin snap pins (1, View C) from keeper plates (2) and
entering hydraulic system.
rotate keeper plates out of way (View B).
17. Connect hydraulic hoses (6a, View F1) on butt to
4. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (3a, View G1) from couplers
couplers (6b, View F2) on rotating bed.
(3c) on boom butt.
NOTE These are straight line connections. No hoses will
Thoroughly clean couplers to prevent dirt from
cross when hoses are correctly connected.
entering hydraulic system.
On current production cranes, hoses and
5. Connect two hydraulic hoses (3a, View G1) from boom
corresponding couplers are tagged with numbers
butt to couplers (3b) on left front side of rotating bed.
(see Figure 4-7, View L). Match numbers to ensure
Thoroughly clean couplers to prevent dirt from proper hose connection.
entering hydraulic system.
Coupler-assist tool (9, View H2) will be required to
6. Select and confirm SETUP REMOTE mode. connect the large couplers.
See Remote Controls in Section 3 for operating 18. Securely attach storage bar (7, View F1) to boom butt.
instructions.
19. Remove dust covers on hydraulic hoses between butt
7. Using setup remote control, disengage boom hinge pins and 10 ft (3.0 m) insert.
(4, View D).
Thoroughly clean couplers to prevent dirt from
8. Position assembled inserts so connecting holes in butt entering hydraulic system.
line up with connecting holes in rotating bed.
20. Connect hydraulic hoses (8, View H1) between butt and
9. Using setup remote control, engage boom hinge pins (4, 10 ft (3.0 m) insert.
View E).
10. Engage keeper plates (2, View C) with groove in boom
NOTE The quick-couplers are arranged so the hoses can
only be connected one way.
4
hinge pins (5) and install snap pins (1).
On current production cranes, hoses and
11. Lower assembled inserts onto blocking approximately corresponding couplers are tagged with numbers
17 in. (432 mm) high. (see Figure 4-7, View L). Match numbers to ensure
proper hose connection.
12. Disconnect slings.
Coupler-assist tool (9, View H2) will be required to
connect the large couplers.

Legend for Figure 4-27


Item Description Item Description
1 Snap Pin 5 17 in (432 mm) Blocking
2 Keeper Plate (boom hinge pin) 6a Hydraulic Hoses (boom butt)
3a Hydraulic Hoses (boom butt) 6b Hydraulic Couplers (rotating bed)
3b Hydraulic Couplers (rotating bed) 7 Storage Bar
3c Hydraulic Couplers (boom butt) 8 Hydraulic Hoses (between boom butt and insert)
4 Boom Hinge Pin 9 Coupler-Assist Tool

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-67


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1263

4
(stored)
3

View B 4

1a View C

View A
#55 Boom #79A Boom (if equipped)
1b
see Boom Rigging Assembly Drawing
View D
NOTE If equipped with grease lines for Drum 6 Storage Lift Here
guide sheave in 40 ft (12.2 m) insert, Hole
connect grease lines to couplers at these
locations.

7b 6 (operating)

7a

From Assist
Crane 7c

Operating
6
Hole

Blocking
View F
View E
8

Item Description 5
1a 40 ft (12.2 m) #79A Transition Insert (if required)
1b Boom Inserts
2 Fixed Horizontal Pin
3 Hooked Connector
4 Bottom Connecting Pin with Safety Pin 10
5 30 ft (9.1 m) Boom Top
9
6 Wire Rope Guide
7a Pin with Snap Pins (two places)
7b Link and Pins and Snap Pins (two places) 9
7c Link and Pins and Snap Pins (stored)
8 Pin with Cotter Pins
9 Pin with Cotter Pins (stored)
View F
10 Lower Boom Point Assembly

FIGURE 4-28

4-68 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Assemble Remaining Boom Sections e. Align lugs near bottom of boom point with lugs on
boom top.
See Figure 4-28 for following procedure.
f. Pin to boom top with pins (9). Install cotter pins.
Boom inserts, including medium insert if applicable,
must be assembled in proper sequence . See Boom 10. Join bottom connectors between inserts that are not
Rigging Assembly drawings at the end of this section for connected (View E):
assembly sequence.
a. Place blocking under lower boom point sheaves.
1. Jib backstay straps:
b. Attach nylon lifting slings from assist crane to chords
If backstay straps for luffing jib or fixed jib are stored on at top end of insert nearest butt. Crane must have
boom sections, the backstay straps must be removed capacity to lift 1/2 the weight of assembled boom.
if a jib will not be installed.
c. Lift insert until bottom connecting holes line up.
2. Lift insert into position in front of adjacent insert.
d. Install both bottom connecting pins (4, View C) and
Lift with chain sling attached to four lifting lugs on insert. safety pin.
3. Engage fixed horizontal pins (2, View B) in insert with e. Remove slings.
hooked connectors (3) in adjacent insert.
Raise Boom Top Wire Rope Guide
4. Lower insert to horizontal and block under top end of
insert. See Figure 4-28, View D for following procedure.

5. Remove chain slings. Wire rope guide (6, View D) on the boom top may be shipped
in the stored position as shown in Figure 4-28. If the wire
6. Repeat steps 2 – 5 for next insert. rope guide is stored, proceed as follows:
7. Install both bottom connecting pins (4, View C). 1. Attach lifting slings from assist crane to wire rope guide.
NOTE On current production cranes, pins (4) are stored in 2. For operation without a luffing jib, remove links and pins
tubes on the butt end of the insert. from storage (7c, View D).
8. Repeat steps 2 – 7 for remaining inserts and for boom 3. Support wire rope guide so it cannot fall and remove
top. pins (7a) from lugs.
9. If removed, install lower boom point as follows (View F): 4. Raise wire rope guide (6) to operating position (View D).
a. Remove pins (8 and 9) from storage position in 5. Install links and pins (7b, View D).
lower boom point or boom top.
b. Attach slings from assist crane to lower boom point
Links (7b) must be installed for operation without a
luffing jib. Otherwise wire rope will rub on boom top. 4
(10).
Do not install links (7b) if a luffing jib will be installed.
c. Lift lower boom point into position in front of boom
top. 6. Pin wire rope guide to boom top with pins (7a).

d. Pin to boom top with pins (8). Install cotter pins. 7. Disconnect lifting slings.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-69


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

View B
A1263 SHIPPING
2 1 2
3
1 Collar

1
NOTE Collars must face
View C inside of boom.
4
WORKING
A1152
View D
(typical) Retaining
Pin

3 2
2

View A
View E 8 (stored)
A1258
Equalizer
Rails

A07390
6
7 (stored
Rear Strap 3
and Link Pin
6
1 10
11 (stored)

To 4
12 (stored)
Equalizer Jib Backstay
Straps Must be
Head Removed
24 21a, 21b, 22, 23
Inward Store Pins (6)
See Figure 4-35
Here
20 View G
(right side) 9
A (stored)
17
B 19 View F

5
18 8
7 9
17 16 1

16

View H
(left side viewed from right side)
Equalizer 10
Rail (working)
15
14 13
FIGURE 4-29

4-70 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Connect Boom Straps — #55-79A Boom Pins (8) are stored on equalizer rails (View E).
See Figure 4-29 for following procedure. e. Pin links (7, View F) to straps (1) on adjacent insert
with pins (9). Pins (9) are stored in tubes on insert
Boom straps and links are shipped in the stored position on
lacings (View E).
the boom sections as shown in View B.
f. Unpin equalizer from rails.
1. Connect straps (1, View B) at top end of each insert, as
follows: Install Intermediate Suspension — #55-79A Boom
a. Remove storage pins (2, View B) from shipping See Figures 4-29 and 4-35 for following procedure.
position.
NOTE Intermediate suspension is required at locations
b. Store pins (2, View C). specified in Boom Rigging Assembly Drawing.
c. Remove retaining pin (4, View D) from end of each 1. Remove standard connecting pin (4, View D) from rear
strap (1). holes in links (3) and strap (1).
d. Rotate links (3, View B) forward and pin to adjacent 2. Using pin (11) — stored in lug on intermediate
strap (View C) with connecting pin (4, View D). suspension link (12) — attach strap links (3) and links
(12) to strap (1).
2. Connect straps to boom hoist equalizer as follows:
3. Store standard connecting pin (4) in lug on link (12)
a. Remove storage pins (6, View E) securing links (7)
(View H).
to equalizer. Place links to side and store pins (6).
4. Remove and store standard removable connecting pin
b. Using assist crane, lift boom hoist equalizer (5) onto
from bottom insert connector (Figure 4-38, View C).
equalizer rails (View A).
5. Using pin (13, View G), install link (14) and reconnect
CAUTION inserts.
Equipment Damage! 6. Using pin (15), attach pendant (16) to insert link (14)
Equalizer rails are provided only to support equalizer (View G).
during assembly and disassembly. 7. Using pin (17), attach pendant (16) to connecting link
To prevent structural damage, remove stop pins from (18) and adjustable link (19), if used (View H).
equalizer before lifting boom with boom hoist.
8. Using pins stored with pendants, pin required pendants
to adjustable link (19) or connecting link (18).
c. Attach equalizer to holes in equalizer rails with stop
pins (10, View F). Stop pins are stored in tubes on
equalizer rails (View E).
If adjustable link is required, pin pendant to proper
holes in link as specified in Figure 4-43. 4
Stop pins must be installed to prevent equalizer 9. Repeat steps 1 – 8 on other side of insert.
from accidentally sliding back on rails during
link assembly. When boom is raised, boom straps will lift intermediate
suspension into position and support inserts.
d. Pin links (7, View F) to equalizer (5) with pins (8).

Legend for Figure 4-29


Item Description Item Description Item Description
1 Strap (typical) 10 Stop Pin with Snap Pins 18 Connecting Link
2 Storage Pin with Cotter Pins 11 Strap Pin, 2-1/4 x 5-13/32 in (57 x 137 19 Adjustable Link
3 Link (typical) mm) with Collar, Retaining Pin, and Cotter 20 Pin, 2-1/4 x 8-3/8 in (57 x 213 mm)
with Snap Pins
4 #79A Pin, 2-1/4 x 4-1/2 in (57 x 114 mm) 12 Intermediate Suspension Link 21a Pendant, 12 ft, 2-3/4 in (3.7 m)
with Collar, Retaining Pin, and Cotter
5 Boom Hoist Equalizer 13 Pin, 3 x 10 in (76 X 254 mm) 21b Pendant, 10 ft, 9-1/4 in (3.3 m)
with Safety Pin
6 Storage Pin with Cotter Pins 14 Link 22 Pin, Pendant with Cotter pin
7 Equalizer Links 15 Pin, Pendant with Cotter pin 23 Pendant, 6 ft (1.8 m)
8 Pin, 4-1/2 x 6-21/32 in (114 x 169 mm) 16 Pendant, 4 ft, 8 in (1.4 m) 24 Pin, 2-1/4 x 5-3/4 in (57 x 146 mm)
with Collar, Retaining Pin, and Cotter with Cotter Pin
9 Pin, 2-1/4 x 6-21/32 in (57 x 169 mm) 17 Pin, 2-1/4 x 7-3/4 in (57 x 197 mm)
with Collar, Retaining Pin, and Cotter with Snap Pins

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-71


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1263
A1152
View B
SHIPPING
2 1 2
3
1 Collar

1
NOTE Collars must face
View C inside of boom.
WORKING 4
View D
(typical) Retaining
Pin

3 2
2

5
5

View A
View E 8 (stored)
A1258
Equalizer
Rear Strap and 3 Rails
Link Pin

1 6
7 (stored)
11

4 6
To 12
Equalizer (stored) 10
(stored)
Head 19-23
24
Inward See Figure 4-36
Jib Backstay
18 Straps Must be
Removed
Store Pins (6)
17 Here

9
(stored)
16 View F

5
8 7 9 1

A07457 Equalizer 10
Rail (working)
15 13 14

View G
(left inboard side)
FIGURE 4-30

4-72 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Connect Boom Straps — #55 or #55A Boom Stop pins must be installed to prevent equalizer
from accidentally sliding back on rails during
See Figure 4-30 for following procedure.
link assembly.
Boom straps and links are shipped in the stored position on
d. Pin links (7, View F) to equalizer (5) with pins (8).
the boom sections as shown in View B.
Pins (8) are stored on equalizer rails (View E).
1. Connect straps (1, View B) at top end of each insert, as
e. Pin links (7, View F) to straps (1) on adjacent insert
follows:
with pins (9). Pins (9) are stored in tubes on insert
a. Remove storage pins (2, View B) from shipping lacings (View E).
position.
f. Unpin equalizer from rails.
b. Store pins (2, View C).
Install Intermediate Suspension — #55 OR #55A
c. Remove retaining pin (4, View D) from end of each Boom
strap (1).
See Figure 4-30 and Figure 4-36 for following procedure.
d. Rotate links (3, View B) forward and pin to adjacent
NOTE Intermediate suspension is required at locations
strap (View C) with connecting pin (4, View D).
specified in Boom Rigging Assembly Drawing.
2. Connect straps to boom hoist equalizer as follows:
1. Remove standard connecting pin (4, View D) from rear
a. Remove storage pins (6, View E) securing links (7) holes in links (3) and strap (1).
to equalizer. Place links to side and store pins (6). 2. Using pin (11) – stored in lug on intermediate suspen-
b. Using assist crane, lift boom hoist equalizer (5) onto sion link (12) – attach strap links (3) and links (12) to
equalizer rails (View A). strap (1, View G).
3. Store standard connecting pin (4) in lug on link (12)
CAUTION (View G).
Equipment Damage! 4. Remove and store standard removable connecting pin
Equalizer rails are provided only to support equalizer from bottom insert connector (Figure 4-38, View C).
during assembly and disassembly. 5. Using pin (13, View G), install link (14) and reconnect
To prevent structural damage, remove stop pins from inserts.
equalizer before lifting boom with boom hoist.
6. Using pin (15), attach pendant (16) to insert link (14)
(View G).
c. Attach equalizer to holes in equalizer rails with stop
pins (10, View F). Stop pins are stored in tubes on
equalizer rails (View E). 4

Legend for Figure 4-30


Item Description Item Description Item Description
1 Strap (typical) 11 Strap Pin, 3 x 8-1/8 in (76 x 206 mm) 17 Pin, 2-1/2 x 7-5/8 in (64 x 194 mm)
with Collar, Retaining Pin, and Cotter with Cotter Pins
2 Storage Pin with Cotter Pins Pins 18 Connecting Link
3 Link (typical) 12 Intermediate Suspension Links 19 Link
4 Pin, 3 x 6-1/2 in (76 x 165 mm) 13 Pin, 3-3/4 x 11-3/8 in (95 X 289 mm) 20 Pin with Cotter Pin
with Collar, Retaining Pin, and Cotter with Safety Pin (supplied with pendant)
5 Boom Hoist Equalizer 21 Pendant, 10 ft, 11 in (3.3 m)
6 Storage Pin with Cotter Pins 14 Link 22 Pin with Cotter Pin
(supplied with pendant)
7 Equalizer Link 15 Pin with Cotter Pin 23 Pendant, 7 ft, 3 in (2.2 m)
8 Pin, 4-1/2 x 6-21/32 in (114 x 169 mm) (supplied with pendant) 24 Pin, 2-1/2 x 7-5/8 in (64 x 194 mm)
with Collar, Retaining Pin, and Cotter with Collar, Retaining Pin, and
Cotter Pins
9 Pin, 3 x7 in (76 x 178 mm) with 16 Pendant, 7 ft, 3 in (2.2 m)
Collar, Retaining Pin, and Cotter Pins
10 Stop Pin with Snap Pins

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-73


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

25
27
Holes A
26

25
Item Description
25 Lower Boom Point
26 Upper Boom Point
27 Pin with Snap Pins Holes A Holes B

Holes B

FIGURE 4-31

W14 W18
To Cable Reel From Adapter Frame

W18
To Junction Box P2025
P2023

W86
From Drum 1
in Insert
W66
From Drum 2
in Butt

P2024
View A View C View B
Right Front Adapter Frame Right Front Rotating Bed Boom Butt

FIGURE 4-32

4-74 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

See Figure 4-30 for remaining steps. e. Swing lower boom point away from boom top and
store.
7. Using pin (17), attach pendant (16) to connecting link
(18) and to link (19) or pendant (21, View G) (also see f. Store pins (4 and 5) in lower boom point holes.
Figure 4-36).
g. Lower boom top onto blocking at least 12 in (305
8. If used, pin pendant (23) to pendant (21). mm) high.
9. Pin pendant (21 or 23) to links (12). A15946-5

10. Repeat steps 1 - 8 on other side of insert.


When boom is raised, boom straps will lift intermediate 5
suspension into position and support inserts.

Install Standard Upper Boom Point


See Figure 4-31, View C for following procedure.
Upper boom point cannot be installed if crane will be
equipped with a jib (fixed or luffing).
1. Using nylon lifting slings, lift upper boom point (26) into
1
position at lower boom point (25).
2. Remove pins (27) from connecting holes in upper boom
point. 2

3. Align upper connection holes (A) and install pin (27).


4. Rest upper boom point on ground.
5. Remove slings.
6. Install pin (27) in holes (B) as boom is raised.

Install Extended Upper Boom Point


See Extended Upper Boom Point Assembly Drawing at end
of this section. 3

1. Remove lower boom point, as follows:


See Figure 4-33 for following procedure.
1
2
4
a. Lower boom until sheaves in lower boom point (2)
are just clear of ground.
Item Description
b. Attach hooks from assist crane to lifting holes (3) in
1 Boom Top
lower boom point (2).
2 Lower Boom Point 4
c. Remove lower pins (4). 3 Lifting Holes
4 Lower Pin with Cotter Pins
d. Hoist against lower boom point with assist crane
5 Upper Pin with Cotter Pins
until upper pins (5) are loose and remove upper FIGURE 4-33
pins.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-75


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A15946-2,3,4

3 Item Description
1 Boom Top
3
2 Lower Boom Point
2
5 3 Lifting Lug
4 Pin with Cotter Pins
4 5 Link
Stored
6 Pin with Cotter Pins
7 Roller

View A

5
4 2
Installed

View B 1

2
7

View C
6
FIGURE 4-34

See Figure 4-34 for following procedure. 7. Lower extended upper boom point until bottom holes are
aligned.
2. Remove pins (4, View A) to disconnect links (5) from
storage position. 8. Install bottom pins (6, View C).
3. Allow links to hang down. 9. Lower upper boom point until rollers (7, View C) are on
ground and disconnect assist crane.
4. Attach equal length slings from assist crane to four lifting
lugs (3, View A) on extended upper boom point (2). 10. As boom is raised, extended upper boom point rollers
(7) will roll along ground until links unfold. Upper point
5. Lift extended upper boom point (2) off trailer and into
will then lift off ground as boom is raised.
position at boom top (1, View B).
Make sure roller path is clear of obstructions.
6. Align connecting holes in links (5, View B) with boom top
(1) and install pins (4).

4-76 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

• Boom point limit switches.


• Automatic boom stop limit switch.

WARNING • Block-up limit switches.


Crushing Injury Hazard! • Block-level indicator, if equipped.
Prior to raising boom, warn personnel to stand clear of See Boom Wiring and Limits Drawing at the end of this
extended upper boom point rollers. section.

Install Rated Capacity Indicator/Limiter Boom Pre-Raising Checks


See Boom Limits and Wiring Drawing (at end of this section) Perform following pre-raising checks and correct any defects
for RCL installation. See separate Rated Capacity Indicator/ before raising boom.
Limiter Operation manual for RCL adjustment and calibration
❏ Crane on firm, level surface.
instructions.
❏ Crawlers blocked if required per Capacity Chart.
Install Block-Up Limit Control
❏ All connecting pins installed and properly retained.
See Boom Limits and Wiring Drawing (at end of this section)
❏ Boom inserts installed in proper sequence.
for block-up limit control installation. See Section 5 of the
Service Manual for adjustment instructions. ❏ Boom straps installed in proper sequence.

Install Load Line ❏ All jib backstay straps, links, and pins removed from
boom sections (if jib will not be used).
See Load Block Reeving instructions in this section for
proper routing and reeving of load lines. ❏ All insert and strap connecting pins installed and
properly retained.
Connect Electric Cables ❏ Lower boom point removed if required per Capacity
See Figure 4-32 for following procedure. Chart.

1. If running, STOP ENGINE before connecting or ❏ Load lines spooled tightly onto drums and engaged with
disconnecting electric cables. proper sheaves. Load lines securely anchored to
sockets at boom points or at load block and weight ball.
2. Connect electric cable W18 from junction box to crane
connection (View A). ❏ All blocking, tools, and other items removed from boom.
❏ Electronic boom angle indicator properly installed and
3. Connect the following cables to junction box on boom
adjusted.
butt (View B):
• W18 from adapter frame.
❏ Block-up limit control properly installed and operational . 4
❏ Rated Capacity Indicator/Limiter properly installed and
• W86 from Drum 1.
operational.
• W14 to cable reel.
❏ Automatic boom stop properly installed. Must be
4. Connect W66 from Drum 2 to junction box on right front adjusted after boom is raised.
of rotating bed (View C).
❏ Physical boom stop operating properly.
5. Connect the following electric cables to the appropriate ❏ Crane and attachment properly lubricated.
receptacles or junction box:
❏ Wind within allowable limits for operation.
• Boom angle indicator.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-77


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

24 #55-79A Boom Intermediate Suspension A07390


for 100 ft (30.5 M) mast
24
23

22 24
23

22
21a
21a 21a

20 20
Pin to Pin to Components are identical on
TOP TOP both sides of boom sections.
Holes Holes

19 19

See Figure 4-29


360 ft (109.7 m) 380 ft (115.8 m) 400 ft (121.9 m)
Boom Boom Boom

24
#55-79A Boom Intermediate Suspension
for 140 ft (42.7 M) Mast
24
23
24
23 22
24
22
21b 21b

20 20
21b Pin to 21a Pin to
TOP BOTTOM
Holes See Holes
Figure 4-29
19 19

340 ft (103.6 m) &


380 ft (115.8 m) 400 ft (121.9 m) 420 ft (128.0 m)
360 ft (109.7 m)
Boom Boom Boom
Boom

Item Description Item Description


19 Adjustable Link 22 Pin, Pendant with Cotter pin
20 Pin, 2-1/4 x 8-3/8 in (57 x 213 mm) 23 Pendant, 6 ft (1.8 m)
with Snap Pins
21a Pendant, 12 ft, 2-3/4 in (3.7 m) 24 Pin, 2-3/4 x 5-3/4 in (70 x 146 mm)
with Cotter Pin
21b Pendant, 10 ft, 9-1/4 in (3.3 m)
FIGURE 4-35

4-78 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

#55 or 55A Boom Intermediate Suspension A07457


24
for 140 ft (42.7 m) Mast
Not Required for 100 ft (30.5 m) Mast
23
24

24 22
21

21 21

Components are identical on


20 Store Item 20 here Store Item 20 here both sides of boom sections.
when not in use. when not in use.
19

See Figure 4-30


380 ft (115.8 m) & 400 ft (121.9 m) 420 ft (128.0 m)
440 ft (134.1 m) Boom Boom
Boom

Item Description Item Description


19 Link 22 Pin with Cotter Pin
(supplied with pendant)
20 Pin with Cotter Pin 23 Pendant, 7 ft, 3 in (2.2 m)
(supplied with pendant)
21 Pendant, 10 ft, 11 in (3.3 m) 24 Pin, 2-1/2 x 7-5/8 in (64 x 194 mm) with
Collar, Retaining Pin, and Cotter Pins
Figure 4-36

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-79


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Boom Removal
Boom removal is the reverse of installation. CAUTION
Pendant Damage!
Use extreme care while lowering boom equipped with
intermediate suspension. Boom straps can land on and
WARNING crush intermediate suspension pendants.
Tipping Hazard!
Prevent crane from tipping. Block ends of crawlers, if 4. Continue to lower boom onto blocking until boom straps
required per capacity chart, before raising or lowering are resting in brackets on boom inserts.
boom from or to ground.
Push intermediate suspension pendants to inner
side of boom as boom is lowered.
5. Remove and store intermediate suspension pendants,
links and pins. Block under inserts before removing
WARNING lower connecting pins.
Crushing Injury Hazard! 6. Store insert straps and links.
Boom inserts can collapse when connecting pins are NOTE It is not necessary to remove the boom straps. The
removed. Block both ends of each boom insert before straps can be left on the inserts for shipping.
removing connecting pins.
a. Rotate links at front end of inserts rearward for
Do not stand on, inside, or under boom inserts during
storage (Figure 4-29 or 4-30, View B).
disassembly. Always stand outside boom inserts when
removing connecting pins. b. Install storage pins (2, Figure 4-29 or 4-30, View B)
Never work under or inside boom inserts that are not to secure links and straps.
securely blocked. c. Store boom hoist equalizer links on the equalizer
rails (Figure 4-29 or 4-30, View E).
1. Prepare crane and boom as follows:
7. Disconnect load lines from load block and weight ball
a. Position crane in disassembly area. and spool load lines onto load drums.
b. If required per capacity chart, travel front crawler 8. Remove fixed jib or luffing jib if installed (reverse
rollers onto blocking (at boom end of crane). assembly steps). The fixed jib or luffing jib backstay
See Crawler Blocking Diagram in Capacity Chart straps can be shipped in stored position on boom
Manual for blocking requirements. sections.

2. Lower boom to ground as follows: 9. Remove extended upper boom point if installed (reverse
installation steps).
• If equipped with a fixed or luffing jib, see Jib
Rigging Guide for procedure. 10. Store boom top wire rope guide (Figure 4-28, View D).
• If equipped with an standard upper boom point, 11. Store Drum 1 in 10 ft (3.0 m) insert (Figure 4-26, View
remove it before upper point contacts ground. A.)
Upper point cannot support weight of boom.
12. Disassemble boom inserts. Reverse installation steps.
• If equipped with an extended upper boom point,
13. Before removing 10 ft (3.0 m) insert:
make sure ground is clear of obstruction so upper
point rollers can roll freely as boom is lowered. a. Disconnect hydraulic hoses at connections between
insert and boom butt (Figure 4-27, View H1).
3. Remove standard upper boom point before it contacts
ground (Figure 4-31, View C). Upper point cannot b. If equipped, disconnect grease lines between boom
support weight of boom. sections. Connect grease lines to storage nipples
on inserts.
14. Disconnect hydraulic hoses at connections between butt
and rotating bed. Do not disconnect hoses for operating
boom hinge pins (Figure 4-27, View G).
15. Disconnect boom butt from rotating bed.

4-80 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

16. To operate boom hinge pins: connect hydraulic hoses (3a) to couplers (3c,
Figure 4-27, View G1) on boom butt. This step
a. Disconnected hydraulic hoses (3a, Figure 4-27,
must be performed to relieve trapped pressure
View G1) from couplers (3c) on boom butt.
from boom hinge pin cylinders.
b. Connect hydraulic hoses (3a) to couplers (3b,
17. Thoroughly clean dust caps and install them over
Figure 4-27, View G2) on rotating bed.
couplers on ends of all hoses.
c. After boom butt is removed, disconnect hydraulic
hoses (3a) from couplers (3b) on rotating bed and

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-81


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1286 13
12

10 16
8

7 17

6 14
11

9
15

5
14

18 Item Description
1 Model 18000 Crane
2 MAX-ER Attachment (if equipped)
3 3 Mast
4 Boom Hoist Equalizer
5 Backstay Straps
6 Jib Strut
7 Jib Strut Straps and Links
8 Jib Strap Equalizer
9 Jib Stop
10 Jib Top and Insert Straps
11 #79A Fixed Jib
12 Wire Rope Guide – Jib Top
13 Upper Jib Point
14 Load Lines
15 Wire Rope Guide – Boom Top
16 Hook and Weight Ball
17 Load Block
2 18 #55 or 55A Boom
1

FIGURE 4-37

4-82 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Fixed Jib Installation 3. If installed, remove standard upper boom point.


4. Lower boom point assembly can remain installed on
General
boom top.
The following instructions apply to the #79A fixed jib
5. Connect unused block-up limit electric cords to shorting
mounted on a #55 or #55A boom (Figure 4-37). For the
plugs on boom point junction boxes.
remainder of this section, fixed jib is referred to as jib or
attachment. Install Boom Backstay Straps
As shown on the Fixed Jib Rigging drawing (at end of this See Figure 4-38 for following procedure.
section), a 20 ft (6.1 m) butt, 20 ft (6.1 m) and 40 ft (12.2 m)
inserts, and a 30 ft (9.1 m) top from a #79A boom can be Starting at butt end of boom, install backstay straps in proper
used to make up the desired jib length. sequence on boom sections according to Fixed Jib Rigging
Assembly Drawing. This step is required only if straps are not
Operation with the fixed jib attachment requires the stored on boom sections.
following:
NOTE Backstay straps must be removed from boom
• #55 or #55A boom. sections if jib attachment is not used.
• 100 ft (30.5 m) mast or 140 ft (42.7 m) mast with To prevent interference between pins, heads of boom strap
wheeled counterweight. pins must face outboard sides of boom; heads of backstay
• Drum 4 (boom hoist). strap pins must face inboard.

• Drum 2 (load drum for lower jib point). Connect backstay straps as follows:

• Drum 3 (load drum for optional upper jib point). 1. Remove storage pins from top hole (1A, View A) in
brackets (2).
This following instructions assume that the crane is properly
assembled with mast and the desired length boom. 2. Store pins in bottom holes (1B, View B) in brackets (2).

A minimum boom length of 140 ft (42.7 m) is required for the 3. Rotate links (3) forward and pin to adjacent straps (4,
jib attachment (see Liftcrane Fixed Jib Capacity charts for View B).
boom and jib length limitations). 4. Retain connecting pins (5, View B) with collars (6, View
C) and retaining pins (7).
Prepare Crane, Boom, and Mast
1. Lower boom to ground level onto blocking approximately
4 ft (1.2 m) high.
2. Remove load block. 4
Item Description 3
4 2 1A 1A 4
1A Storage Pin (strap stored) 2
1B Storage Pin (operation)
2 Strap Bracket (typical)
3 Link (typical)
4 Strap (typical)
5 Connecting Pin with Collar and 3 5 5 5 1B
1B
Retaining Pins
View A View B
Storage Operation

A1258
A1281
FIGURE 4-38

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-83


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1286 8 7
A1211 2 9 7

9
7
7
1 8 2 3 4
View B 1 View A
3 Behind End
Plate (5)
2

7 (shipping
position)

16 14
P2140 P2186
5 6
4 18
15
8
17
14 13
7
18
12 9

P2112
View D
View C1 13 View C2
1 (outside of boom) (inside boom)

Item Description View E


1 #55 or 55A Boom Top
2 #79 or 79A Jib Butt
3 Jib Hinge Pin
4 Keeper Plate 11
5 End Plate
10
6 Cap Screws (4 places)
7 Strap Support Bracket
8 Pin
9 Connecting Pin w/Cotter Pin
10 Upper JIb Point Assembly View F
11 Connecting Pin w/Cotter Pins (2 places)
12 Jib Strap (outside)
13 Strap Shipping Pin
14 Jib Strap (inside)
15 Jib Butt Cross Tube
16 Equalizer Lifting Lug
17 Equalizer
18 Connecting Pin w/Cotter Pin
19 Upper Jib Point FIGURE 4-39

4-84 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Assemble Jib Install Upper Jib Point


See Figure 4-39 for following procedure. 1. Lift upper jib point (10, View F) into position at end of jib
top.
NOTE Jib assembly is identical to boom assembly. In
these instructions, it is assumed that assembly 2. Pin upper point to jib top with pins (11). Pin only top
personnel already know how to assemble the holes at this time. Install retainers.
boom (jib) sections. If in doubt, see Boom Rigging
3. Lower upper jib point to ground.
in this section.
See Fixed Jib Assembly drawing for proper Connect Remaining Jib Straps
positioning of jib sections. NOTE This procedure applies only to jibs 70 ft (21.3 m)
and longer.
Install Jib Butt
See Figure 4-38, Views A–C for following procedure.
1. If necessary, raise boom and block under top
approximately 48 in. (1.2 m) off ground. 1. Remove shipping pins (1A, View A) from strap brackets
2. Lift jib butt (2) into position at end of boom top (View B). (2) and store as shown (1B, View B).

Pin jib butt (2) to lugs on boom top (1) with hinge pins (3, 2. Rotate links (3) forward and pin to adjacent straps (4).
View B). Install washers as pins are inserted to limit jib Install collars (6), retaining pins (7), and cotter pins.
butt side play to 1/8 in. (3 mm).
Connect Jib Straps to Equalizers
3. Securely fasten keeper plates (4, View D) to pins (3).
See Figure 4-39, View C for following procedure.
4. Attach end plates (5, View D) over ends of pins.
1. At butt end of top or insert adjacent to jib butt, remove
5. Apply Loctite to keeper plate cap screws (6, View D). shipping pin (13) for outside strap (12) from strap
Securely tighten keeper plate screws. Torque to 100 ft-lb bracket.
(136 Nm).
2. Lift outside strap out of bracket approximately 24 in. (0.6
6. Lower jib butt onto blocking approximately 6 in. m).
(152 mm) high.
3. Reinstall shipping pin (13) in strap bracket and lower
Install Jib Strap Support Brackets strap (12) onto pin (View C1).
1. Remove pin (8) securing strap support bracket (7) to jib 4. Remove shipping pin for inside strap (14) from inside
butt (2) in shipping position (View A1). strap bracket.
2. Remove connecting pin (9) and rotate strap support
bracket (7) horizontally 180° (View A2).
5. Lift inside strap (14) approximately 3 ft (0.9 m) out of
strap bracket.
4
3. Repin bracket (7) to jib butt with connecting pin (9) (View 6. Rotate strap support brackets (7) forward until they rest
A3). on the jib top or insert.
4. Insert pin (8) in top hole of strap support bracket (7, View 7. Pin strap support bracket (7) to inside strap bracket with
A3). inside strap shipping pin (13, View C2).
5. Temporarily lay strap support bracket (7) back onto jib 8. Lower inside strap (14) onto pin (8).
butt (2) while assembling rest of jib (View A4).
9. Attach sling from assist crane to equalizer lug (16) and
6. Repeat preceding steps for opposite strap support lift equalizer (17) into position (View C1).
bracket.
10. Pin equalizer (17) to inside strap (14) and outside strap
Install Jib Inserts and Top (12) with pins (18).
1. Determine jib length required for lift to be made.
2. Assemble jib inserts in proper sequence — shortest
inserts nearest butt — until all inserts and jib top have
been installed.
See Fixed Jib Rigging Assembly drawing for sequence
and inserts required.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-85


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1286 2 (shipping position)


1

3
View A

View B
Longer sling
attached to
strut top 10 (folded)
7 11

8 5

15

9
6
14
13 (stored)

4 View C

16
View F

Pin pendants
(14) here for
P2184
storage View D
10 (unfolded)
12
17

13 View E

Item Description Item Description Item Description


1 Jib Stop 9 Jib Straps and Links (as shipped) 17 Boom Top
2 Stop Pin 10 Jib Straps and Links (assembled) 18 Adjustable Link Strap
3 Pin w/Snap Pin 11 Lifting Lug 19 Strap Retaining Pin
4 Jib Strut Butt 12 Connecting Pin w/Cotter Pins 20 Backstay Strap (#55 Boom)
5 Jib Strut Top 13 Strut Support 21 Strap Connecting Link
6 Adjustable Link 14 3 ft, 3 in (0.99 m) Pendant 22 Connecting Pin w/Collar and
7 Sling from Assist Crane 15 Pin w/2 Snap Pins Retaining Pins
8 Pin w/2 Snap Pins 16 Pin w/2 Snap Pins 23 Strap Shipping Pin

FIGURE 4-40

4-86 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Attach Jib Stop to Boom Top support struts (13, View D) to rest on jib butt cross tubes.
See Figure 4-40 for following procedure. 4. Lift strut assembly into position at boom top (17, View E)
and align connecting holes in strut butt (4) with holes in
1. Support jib stop with assist crane.
boom top.
2. Remove shipping pin (3, View A).
5. Using pins (12, View E), connect strut butt to boom top.
3. Lift jib stop into position and align holes in clevis end with
Install cotter pins.
holes in boom top lugs.
6. Remove shipping pins (16, View D) from strut supports
Pin clevis end of jib stop to boom top (View E).
(13).
4. Check that stop pin (2) is in shipping position (View A).
7. Lower strut assembly so it rests on strut supports (13).
Install Jib Strut Guide strut supports so they rest on cross tubes in jib
butt.
8. Disconnect slings from strut and remove assist crane.
WARNING 9. Remove pins (15, View F) from shipping pendants (14).
Collapsing Strut Hazard!
Store pendants on jib butt as shown in View E.
To prevent death or serious injury, do not stand on, inside,
or under jib strut during assembly. Always stand outside 10. Unfold overlapped links (10, View E) from top of strut.
strut when installing connecting pins. Allow links to hang down outside of jib.

NOTE Adjustable link (6) and jib straps and links (9) are Connect Adjustable Links
shipped at shortest possible length (View C). See Figure 4-40, View G for following procedure.
See Figure 4-40 for following procedure. 1. Remove retaining pins (19) from adjustable link strap
1. Assemble the jib straps and links in the configuration brackets.
required for the jib length and offset. See Fixed Jib Store pins in storage tubes as shown in View G
Rigging Assembly Drawing.
2. Rotate links (21) on boom backstay straps (20) forward.
2. Fold links or straps (10) hanging over end of strut top (5)
back over top of links and secure in place (View C). 3. Pin links (21) to straps (18) in adjustable link (6), with
pins (22), heads facing out. Retain with collars, pins and
3. Connect shackles and slings (7) from assist crane to jib cotter pins.
top pins (8) and lifting lugs (11) as shown in View C.
Butt end of strut butt must be lower than top end to
Do not remove strap shipping pin (23). 4
enable connecting jib butt to boom top and to allow jib

21 18
19 (shipping position)
22 19 (stored position)
23
6
20

1
View G
FIGURE 4-40 continued

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-87


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1286
Circled numbers match steps
Boom Length Pin Position 2 1
in raising procedure. P2179
140–180 ft (42.7–54.9 m) A Hole B
200–240 ft (60.9–73.2 m) B
260–300 ft (79.2–91.4 m) C 4
8 23
A B C

View A 3
5 2 3
4 5
6 2
Hole A
23 View B
4
7 1

8
7
10 View C

10
8

P2184
9 12 View D
12
(stored) View H 6
(stored)
11 11

12 12
P2192 View G

11

P2191
P2193 View E 11 8
View F 10

Item Description Item Description


1 Jib Strut Top 7 Pin w/Snap Pin, 3/8 in (10 mm)
2 Sling from Assist Crane 8 Jib Strut Butt
3 Pin w/Snap Pins, 2 in (51 mm) 9 Backstay Strap Bracket
4 Adjustable Link 10 Boom Top
5 Pin w/Cotter Pin, 3 in (76 mm) 11 Pendant, 27 ft, 9-3/8 in (8.47 m)
6 Strut Support 12 Pin w/Cotter Pin
FIGURE 4-41

4-88 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Raise Jib Strut 8. Continue raising strut top until strut supports are clear of
jib butt.
See Figure 4-41 for following procedure. Circled numbers in
figure match following steps. 9. Rotate strut supports (6) to stored position on strut butt
(8) and secure with pins (7) (View D).
NOTE Lifting force required for raising jib strut is
approximately 17,000 lb (7 710 kg). 10. Loosen tie-down bolts on strap brackets (9, View H) at
boom top (10).
1. Check that strap retaining pin (23) is not stored
(Figure 4-40, View G). Rotate brackets to stored position as shown in View H.
2. If necessary, insert pin (3) in Hole A of strut top (1) (View
B). CAUTION
3. Attach sling (2) from assist crane to pin (3) in strut top Strut/Bracket Damage!
(View B).
Strut butt (8) will strike strap brackets (9) when strut is fully
4. Slowly begin raising strut. raised. Store strap brackets to prevent damage.
5. Observe holes in adjustable links (4) as strut is raised.
11. Continue raising strut until support pendants (11) can be
6. When holes in adjustable links (4) are aligned for pinned to lugs on boom top and jib butt (View E).
appropriate pin position, insert pin (5).
12. Pin pendants (11) to lugs on jib butt (8) and boom top
NOTE Pin position is based on boom length. See table in (10) (Views F and G).
Figure 4-41 for appropriate pinning location.
(continued on page 4-91)
7. Remove and store strap retaining pin (23, Figure 4-40,
View G).

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-89


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

14 13 Circled numbers match steps


8
16
P2187
19 in raising procedure.

7 2
5 P2188

6
7

15

View B 8
5 15

13
17
View C
11 11
6
5
7

10

View A 16

9
11

P2185
View D

1
20 P2190

19
25 3
15 13 14

21
12

1 2
24 View E
2 21

P2195a
View G

View F
FIGURE 4-42

4-90 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Raise Jib Strut (continued) 23. Remove pin (3) from Hole A and insert in Hole B
(Figure 4-43, View B).
See Figure 4-42 for following procedure. Circled numbers in
figure match steps in procedure. 24. Check that support pendants (13) are inside strap
brackets (14).
13. Lower jib strut until jib straps and links (5, View A) are
directly above equalizer brackets (6) or until support 25. Stow pendants for operation by inserting strap shipping
pendants are taut. pin (15) into strap bracket (14) as shown in View G.
14. Connect sling (8, View B) from assist crane or other Install Jib Load Line
lifting equipment to lifting lug on jib strap equalizer (13).
The Drum 2 load line is used for the lower jib point. This line
15. Raise equalizers (7, View C) until straps and links (5) has multi-part reeving. The Drum 3 load line is used for the
can be connected to equalizer links (9, View D). upper jib point, if equipped.
16. Pin straps and links (5) to equalizer link (9) using pin
See Wire Rope Specifications to determine parts of line
(10). Retain pins with collars, pins, and cotter pins (View
required for your job and size load block accordingly. See the
D).
Fixed Jib Capacity Charts for capacity limitations.
17. Disconnect lifting sling (8) from equalizer (View A).
Route load lines through proper guide sheaves on boom
18. Repeat steps 14–17 for other equalizer. butt, mast, boom top, and jib top. See Load Line Reeving in
this section for proper routing and reeving of the load lines.
19. Continue to raise strut slowly (View F) until connection
holes in strut insert and strut butt are aligned. Connect Electric Cords
20. Lower assist crane slightly to close strut joint. Connect electric cords to respective junction boxes and
21. Connect strut top (1) to butt (8) using pins (12, View E). switches in boom and jib (see Boom Wiring and Limits
Retain pins with snap pins. Drawing at end of this section).

22. Disconnect sling (2) from assist crane from strut top. Connect all unused electric cords to proper shorting plugs on
junction boxes. Boom will not lower and drums will not hoist if
electric cords are not shorted out.

Legend for Figure 4-42


Item Description Item Description
1 Jib Strut Top 9 Equalizer Link
2 Jib Strut Butt and/or Strut Insert 10 Connecting Pin w/Collar and Retaining Pins
3 Sling from Assist Crane 11 Jib Straps
4 Adjustable Link 12 Pin w/Snap Pin, 2-1/2 in (64 mm)
5 Jib Straps and Links 13 Support Pendant
6 Strap Support Bracket 14 Strap Bracket
7 Jib Strap Equalizer 15 Pin w/Cotter Pin
8 Lifting Sling 16 Lifting Lug

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-91


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1286

Pick Straps Midway


Between These Two 8
Points, if Necessary
View A

View C View B 6

(shipping)
4 5

3 3

P2180 P2181

Hole A Hole B

Item Description Item Description


1 #55 Boom Top 5 Jib Stop Locking Pin
2 #49 Jib 6 Jib Stop Lifting Location
3 Jib Stop 7 Upper Jib Point
4 Adjusting Rod 8 Connecting Pin w/Cotter Pins (2 places)

FIGURE 4-43

Boom and Jib Pre-Raising Checks ❏ Load lines anchored properly to drums, spooled tightly
onto drums, and engaged with proper sheaves. Make
Make the following checks and correct any defects before sure rope guard pins, bars, or rollers are installed to
raising boom and jib. retain wire rope on sheaves.
❏ Boom and jib inserts installed in proper sequence. ❏ All blocking, tools, and other items removed from boom
❏ Boom, jib, and backstay straps installed in proper and jib.
sequence and unpinned from storage positions. ❏ All safety devices installed, electric cords connected,
❏ All connecting pins installed and properly retained. and limits adjusted.

❏ Crawlers blocked, if required. See Crawler Blocking ❏ Proper amount of crane counterweight and, if required,
Diagram in Ca pacity C hart Manua l f or b lo cking MAX-ER counterweight installed.
procedure. ❏ Wind within allowable limits for raising boom and jib.
❏ Jib strut raised and strut stops pinned in operating ❏ All lubrication points greased.
position.

4-92 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Raising Boom and Jib 3. Remove lower pins (8, View A).

See Figure 4-43 for following procedure. 4. Continue lowering boom until jib is almost on blocking.

1. Read and adhere to raising and lowering limitations NOTE For long boom-short jib combinations, weight of
given in Liftcrane Fixed Jib Capacities Chart. backstay straps may prevent the jib from rotating
down to its proper operating position when boom is
2. Raise boom until lower jib point is just clear of blocking. lowered. If this happens, jib stop locking pins will be
NOTE For long boom-short jib combinations, weight of tight and difficult to remove in step 5. Take following
backstay straps may prevent the jib from rotating corrective action:
down to its proper operating position when boom is - Attach slings from assist crane to straps
raised. If this happens, you will not be able to pin jib midway between points shown in Figure 4-43.
stop locking pin s in st ep 3. Take follow ing
corrective action: - Hoist with assist crane until jib rotates down to
its proper operating position.
- Attach slings from assist crane to straps
midway between points shown in Figure 4-43. 5. Remove jib stop locking pins (5, View B) from Holes A or
B and store in shipping position as shown in View B.
- Hoist with assist crane until jib rotates down to
its proper operating position. 6. Lower boom and jib onto blocking.

3. Adjust jib stops: 7. If necessary, disconnect assist crane from backstay


straps.
a. Remove jib stop locking pin (5, View B).
b. Turn each adjusting rod (4, View C) until appropriate Removing Jib
holes for desired jib offset are aligned (View B).
Disconnect Electric Cords
- Hole A for 5° offset.
Disconnect remaining electric cords from respective junction
- Hole B for 20° offset. boxes and switches. Install shorting plugs on junction boxes.
If it is difficult to turn adjusting rod (4), lift strut stop at Remove Jib Load Lines
location (6) shown in View B
1. Remove load blocks and weight balls.
c. Insert jib stop locking pins (5) in appropriate hole for
jib offset. 2. Remove block-up limit weights and chains.

d. If necessary, disconnect assist crane from backstay 3. Spool load lines onto Drums 2 and 3.

4.
straps.
Pin upper jib point to jib top:
Lower Jib Strut 4
1. Connect sling from assist crane to jib top as shown in
a. Slowly continue to boom up until lower connecting Figure 4-42, View F. Pin (3, Figure 4-41, View B) must
holes in jib top and upper point (7) are aligned (View be in Hole B for lowering strut.
A).
2. Remove strap shipping pins (15, Figure 4-42, View G)
b. Insert pins (8). Retain with cotter pins. from strap brackets (14).
5. Continue to raise boom and jib to desired operating 3. Remove front connecting pins (12, Figure 4-42, View E).
position.
4. Slowly hoist with assist crane until front joint between
Lowering Boom And Jib strut top and strut butt opens.
5. Slowly pay out assist crane load line to lower strut.
See Figure 4-43 for following procedure.
6. Stop when support pendants (13, Figure 4-42, View A)
1. Swing boom and jib slightly to either side of center and
are taut.
lower load block or weight ball onto ground. Then swing
boom and jib to desired position with relation to crawlers Jib strap equalizers (7, Figure 4-42, View C) will be
and apply swing brake. a b o v e s t r a p s u p p o r t b r a c k e ts ( 6 ) a s s h o w n i n
Figure 4-42, View A.
Read and adhere to raising and lowering limitations
given in Liftcrane Fixed Jib Capacities Chart. 7. Connect sling (8, Figure 4-42, View C) from assist crane
or other lifting device to jib strap equalizer (7).
2. Lower boom and jib until upper point (7, View A), if
equipped, just contacts ground. 8. Remove pin (10, Figure 4-42, View D) from link (9).

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-93


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

9. Lower equalizer (13) until it rests on support bracket (12) 20. Remove pendants (14) from stored position on jib butt
as shown in Figure 4-41, View H. (Figure 4-40, View E).
10. Disconnect lifting sling (8) from equalizer (13). 21. Attach pendants (14) to strut top as shown in
Figure 4-40, View F.
11. Repeats steps 7–10 for other equalizer.
22. Remove pins (19, Figure 4-40, View G) from stored
12. Disconnect and store support pendants (11, Figure 4-41,
position and insert into adjustable link supports to secure
Views F and G)
straps.
13. Continue lowering strut until strut butt is approximately 2
23. Remove and store jib straps and links (10, Figure 4-40,
ft (610 mm) above jib butt.
View E).
Guide jib straps and links (11) outside of jib as strut is
NOTE It is not necessary to fold straps and links (10) over
lowered as shown in Figure 4-41, View C.
top of strut top as shown in Figure 4-40, View C.
14. Remove pins (7, Figure 4-41, View D) and allow strut
24. Pin jib links and straps shipped with strut top (10,
supports (6) to hang down from jib butt.
Figure 4-40, View C) in shortest possible length for
Return pins to lugs on jib butt for storage. shipping.
15. Loosen tie-down bolts on boom top backstay strap Disconnect Jib Straps
brackets (9, Figure 4-41, View H) and rotate brackets up
to working position. Reverse steps under Connect Jib Straps topic (page 4-85).

Tighten tie-down bolts. NOTE Disconnecting jib straps is not necessary if jib is not
being prepared for shipping.
16. Continue to slowly lower strut.
Remove Jib Inserts and Top
Guide boom backstay straps into boom backstay strap
brackets while lowering strut. Reverse steps under Install Jib Inserts and Top topic
(page 4-85).
Stop when straps are resting in strap brackets as shown
in Figure 4-40, View G. Store Jib Strap Support Brackets
17. Remove pin (5, Figure 4-41, View A) from adjustable Reverse steps under Install Jib Strap Support Brackets topic
links (4). (page 4-85).
18. Continue lowering strut to compress adjustable links (4, NOTE Storing support brackets is not necessary if jib is
Figure 4-41, View A). not being prepared for shipping. Lay brackets (7)
Stop when pins (5) can be inserted in holes (Position C). back onto jib butt as shown in Figure 4-39, View A4
and tie down before removing jib butt.
19. While continuing to slowly lower strut, guide strut
supports (6) to rest on jib butt cross tubes. Remove Jib Butt
Reverse steps under Install Jib Butt topic (page 4-85).

4-94 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

THIS PAGE BLANK

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-95


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

WIRE ROPE INSTALLATION


NOTE Wire rope manufacturer’s recommendations take
precedence over information in this section.
Reel
Wire Rope Storage
Drum
Store wire rope in coils or on reels off the ground or floor in a
Brake
clean and dry indoor location. If outdoor storage is
necessary, the wire rope must be covered with a protective
wrapper. Keep the wire rope away from acids, fumes, and
other corrosives. Keep the wire rope away from heat that can Top to Top
OR
dry out the lubricant. If the storage period will be long,
Bottom to
lubricate the wire rope and perform periodic inspection given
in this section at least monthly. Reel

Removing Wire Rope from Shipping Reel


Brake Drum

CAUTION!
Wire Rope Damage! A925
FIGURE 4-45
Shipping reel must rotate when wire rope is unwound.
Attempting to remove wire rope from a stationary reel can 3. Avoid a reverse bend when winding wire rope onto
result in a “kinked” wire rope, and wire rope will be ruined. drum: wind from top of reel to top of drum or from bottom
of reel to bottom of drum as shown in Figure 4-45.
1. Mount wire rope shipping reel on a shaft supported at
both ends by jacks or blocks as shown in Figure 4-44. 4. Avoid dragging wire rope in dirt or around objects that
can scrape, nick, cut, or crush wire rope.
Shipping
Reel
Seizing and Cutting Wire Rope
Drum
Apply tight seizings of annealed wire to the ends of all wire
Shaft rope. If not done, the rope wires and strands may slacken.
This action will result in overloading of some strands and
underloading of others. Bird caging and breakage of the wire
Jack or rope can occur.
Blocks
Before cutting wire rope, apply seizings on both sides of the
point where the cut will be made. Then cut the wire rope with
a torch, rope cutter, or abrasive cut-off wheel.
A925

FIGURE 4-44 See Figure 4-46 for:


• Number of seizings to be applied to the ends of wire
2. Provide a brake at shipping reel (see Figure 4-45) so rope and to both sides of the point where a cut will be
wire rope can be wound tightly onto drum. made.
• Proper application method. Each seizing should be one
rope diameter long.

4-96 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Seizings
Wire Rope Type WARNING!
Required
Preformed 1 Falling Load Hazard!
Non-preformed
2 Wire rope can be pulled out of drum if following steps are
7/8 in (22 mm) Diameter or Smaller
Non-preformed not taken.
3
1 in (26 mm) Diameter or Larger
• Install straight wedge so corrugated side is against
wire rope.
Place free end of seizing wire in valley between two stands. • Install wedge so end of wire rope extends past end of
Then wind seizing wire over free end as shown. Finally, twist wedge, but not out of drum socket.
and pull two ends of seizing wire together until seizing is tight.
• Make sure seizing is not under wedge. Remove
seizing if it interferes with assembly.

Straight Wedge
View A Rope Diameter 1 in (26 mm) and Larger Outside Drum
Seizing
Wire
Rope

Wind seizing wire around wire rope as shown. Then twist two ends
of seizing wire together at center of seizing. Alternately twist and pull
ends until seizing is tight. Hole in Don’t Allow End of
Drum Flange Wire Rope to Extend
Out of Socket Opening

Seizing
View B Rope Diameter Smaller than 1 in (26 mm)

Straight Wedge
A925 FIGURE 4-46 Inside Drum

Anchoring Wire Rope to Drum


4
Wire
See Figure 4-47 for following procedure. Rope

Use the correct wedge part number for the size of wire rope
being used; see parts drawing for the boom hoist drums or
for the load drum shaft to obtain the correct part number. FIGURE 4-47
1. Assemble wire rope and wedge to drum socket.
Winding Wire Rope onto Drum
2. Tighten wedge, rapping back of wedge with a brass drift
pin and hammer. See Drum and Lagging Chart in Capacity Chart Manual for
correct size of drum laggings, if used.
See Wire Rope Specifications Chart in Capacity Chart
Manual for correct type, size, and amount of wire rope to be
installed on load drums.
See Boom Rigging Drawing at end of this section for correct
type, size, and amount of wire rope to be installed on boom
hoist drums.
1. Carefully inspect drums and all rope guides, rollers, and
sheaves for defects that can cause wire rope to wear or
be cut. If defects cannot be fixed, replace faulty parts.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-97


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

2. Apply tension to wire rope as it is wound slowly onto Anchoring Wire Rope to Wedge Socket
drum.
First wrap must be tight against drum flange for
approximately three-fourths of drum diameter (see
Figure 4-48). WARNING
Falling Load Hazard!
3. Tap adjacent wraps against each other with a soft metal
or wooden mallet. • Inspect all parts prior to use. Do not use parts that are
cracked or otherwise defective.
Use extreme care not to put twists or turns in wire rope;
allow rope to assume its natural lay. • Remove minor nicks, burrs, or rough edges from
socket, wedge, or pin by lightly grinding. Do not
Wraps of First Layer Tight Against reduce original dimensions by more than 10%.
Drum and Against Each Other. Wedge
• Do not reinstall shipping material (bolt, plastic strap or
P448
wire) in hole of wedge or socket after assembling.
Discard these materials because they can prevent
wedge from tightening in socket.
• Only use a wedge and socket which are correct size
for wire rope being used. Do not mix and match parts
from one assembly with parts from another assembly.
Terminator™ wedge has “go” and “no-go” holes to
check for proper rope size.
• Attach wire rope clip to dead end of wire rope after
assembling wire rope to wedge and socket.

View A
• If dead end of wire rope is welded, seize end of wire
First Wrap Tight Against rope and cut off weld before assembling to wedge
Flange for 3/4 of Diameter. and socket. Weld will not allow strands of wire rope to
Voids and Loose Wraps in First Layer adjust around bend of wedge, resulting in high
Cause Severe Wear of Wire Rope. strands and wavy rope. This condition can seriously
P449
weaken attachment.

See Figure 4-49 for following procedure.


1. Assemble wire rope and wedge to socket so live end of
wire rope is in a straight line with socket pin hole. Do not
assemble WRONG as shown.

2. Allow dead end of wire rope to extend past end of socket


amount shown.
3. Allow wire rope to assume its natural lay.
View B 4. Pull against wedge and live end of wire rope enough to
FIGURE 4-48 tighten wedge in socket.
Use a brass hammer to seat wedge and wire rope as
deep into socket as possible.
CAUTION!
Wire Rope Damage! 5. Attach a wire rope clip to dead end of wire rope using
one of the RIGHT methods shown. Rope clip will aid in
Voids or spaced wraps in first layer (see Figure 4-48, View
preventing wire rope from being pulled out of socket.
B) will permit movement and a wedging action with
subsequent layers. Wedging action will cause crushing NOTE Use Right Method A only if wire rope clip is small
and abrasion of wire rope. enough to be securely tightened to dead end. Right
Never allow wire rope to “cross wind” on drums. Method C is only for a Terminator wedge socket.
6. After socket is pinned in place, hoist load slowly so
wedge seats tight. Do not shock load socket and wedge.

4-98 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

WARNING
Falling Load Hazard!
Wire rope can break if following precaution is not
observed:
• Do not attach dead end of wire rope to live end of wire
rope with wire rope clip. Wire rope clip will transfer
load from live side of wire rope to dead end, seriously
weakening attachment.

Seizing
6 to 9 Rope Diameters
Dead End for Conventional Rope
OR Rope
Rope Clip Clip Rope
20 Rope Diameters for Terminator
Clip
Rotation Resistant Rope Wedge
Live End in
Straight Line Short Piece
with Socket of Wire Rope
Right!
Method A
Socket

Wedge

Right! Right!
Do not reinstall any shipping material Method B Method C
(bolt, plastic strap, or wire) in hole of
wedge or socket after assembling.

ALL ARE DANGEROUS AND PROHIBITED!


4

WRONG WRONG WRONG WRONG WRONG


Rope Backward Rope Backward Dead End Clipped Dead End Clipped Wedge Backward
to Live End to Live End
FIGURE 4-49
A925

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-99


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Anchoring Wire Rope to Button Socket and periodically throughout the wire rope’s life from release
of the load.
See Figure 4-50 for following procedure.
When slackness is noted, tightly wind the dead wraps of wire
1. Remove pin from socket. rope onto the drum. If left uncorrected, a wedging action with
2. Install button end of load line in socket. subsequent layers will occur, and the resultant abrasion may
cause broken wires in the dead wraps.
3. Pin socket to anchor point.
4. Securely tighten locking screw. PAD EYE USAGE FOR WIRE ROPE
REEVING
A1263
See Figure 4-51 for following procedure.
Pin
General
Button
Some rotation-resistant wire rope supplied by Manitowoc is
equipped with a No. 1.5 pad eye welded to the leading end of
the wire rope or to the button on the end of the wire rope.
A rigging line can be attached to the pad eye to make it
easier to reeve the load block.

Safety
Load Locking
Button 1. For No. 1.5 pad eye, do not exceed 1,000 lb (4.45 kN)
Line Screw
Socket single line pull.
(behind)
Button Socket Assembly 2. Make sure rigging line and attaching hardware (clips and
rope connectors) are rated for at least 1,000 lb (4.45 kN)
line pull.
FIGURE 4-50
3. Inspect pad eye prior to each use. Replace it if:
• Any original dimensions have changed.
Breaking in Wire Rope
• Cracks or breaks exist in metal or weld.
After installing a new wire rope, break it in by operating it
several times under light load and at reduced speed. This
practice allows the wire rope to form its natural lay and the
strands to seat properly.
WARNING
NOTE Wire rope will stretch during the break-in period, Flying Part Hazard!
reducing the wire rope’s diameter as the strands
compact around the core. Pad eye on end of wire rope has been provided for
reeving purposes only. Any other use is neither
The dead wraps of wire rope on the drum can become slack intended nor approved.
during operation, even if the utmost care is used during Pad eye can break and fly apart with considerable force if
installation of the wire rope. This slackening is caused by the it is overloaded, not used properly, or not maintained
normal stretch that occurs in a new wire rope under tension properly.

4-100 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

A1189
A09310

Rope
Pull Rigging Line
Clips
with Winch or
Fork-Lift Truck
Rigging Pad
Line Wire Rope Eye
Wire from Drum
Rope P1519

Pad
Eye Boom Point
Sheaves

Wire Rope Load Block Sheaves


OR
without Button EXAMPLE

Pad
Eye
E
Wire Rope A
No. 1.5 Pad Eye Item Inch mm
with Button
B A 0.63 16.00
B 0.25 6.35
C 1.00 25.40
D 0.44 11.18
G
Rope End E 1.13 28.70
Rigging Connector F 0.16 4.06
D G 1.31 33.27
Rope
C
F
FIGURE 4-51
4

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-101


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

RIGGING WINCH OPERATION


5
If your crane is equipped with the optional rigging winch P2314a

(Drum 7), see the Rigging Winch Assembly drawing at the


end of this section for wire rope routing.

Selecting Rigging Mode 4

NOTE See Section 3 in this manual for operation of the


crane mode selector.
3
TO TURN RIGGING WINCH MODE ON —
1. Press bottom of confirm/select switch until RIG WINCH Disengage
appears in display. 1
Free-Wheel
2. Press top of confirm/select switch to CONFIRM Rig 2
ON
WINCH mode.
*W will appear next main mode as shown in Figure 4-52.
The boom hoist handle on left console will now operate Item Description
the rigging winch. 1 Rigging Winch (Drum 7)
2 Locking Pin
Rigging Winch ON 3 Knob
4 Rope End Connector (see NOTE)
5 Wire Rope: 5/16 in (8 mm) Diameter
Crane Mode – STANDARD ON *W
NOTE Rope end connector can be
connected to pad eye on end of
rope from drum as shown in
Figure 4-51.

FIGURE 4-53
Main
Mode
FIGURE 4-52 3. Route rigging rope through guide sheaves in boom butt.
See Rigging Winch Assembly drawing at end of this
TO TURN RIGGING WINCH MODE OFF — section.
1. Turn confirm/select key switch to SELECT position until 4. Route rigging rope through load block and boom point
RIG WINCH appears in display. sheaves, through guide sheaves on boom, and connect
2. Turn confirm/select key switch to CONFIRM position. *W rigging rope to end of rope on desired drum (1, 2, 3, or
will disappear from display indicating rigging winch 6). See Rigging Winch Assembly drawing at end of this
mode is OFF. section.

The rigging mode will automatically turn OFF when 5. If on, turn off winch free-wheel feature:
power to the control system is turned off. a. Pull locking pin (2, Figure 4-53) out and hold.

Operating Rigging Winch b. Push knob (3) in.

1. Select and confirm rigging winch mode. c. Release locking pin (2).

2. Pay out rigging rope either by pushing boom hoist 6. Remove slack from rigging rope (pull boom hoist handle
handle forward or by turning on winch free-wheel back) prior to paying out rope from drum.
feature, as follows: NOTE The stall line pull of the rigging winch is regulated
a. Pull locking pin (2, Figure 4-53) out and hold. with a proportional relief valve controlled by the
crane’s programmable controller.
b. Pull knob (3) out.
If engine speed is set too low when attempting to
c. Release locking pin (2). haul in rigging rope, the rope may go slack. If this
d. Rope can now be pulled of winch drum manually. happens, slowly increase engine speed until the
rope tightens.

4-102 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

7. Move boom hoist control handle to off and push


corresponding drum control handle forward to pay out
rope from drum. Rigging winch will haul in rope
WARNING
automatically.
Flying Object Hazard!
NOTE In the rigging winch mode, the drum control handle
Do not attempt to disconnect rigging rope from drum rope
farthest to the right controls Drums 3 and 6.
until rope is slack.
• To operate drum 3, drum 6 park switch must be Rope could fly apart with explosive force and strike
on and drum 3 park switch must be off. personnel.
• To operate drum 6, drum 3 park switch must be
on and drum 6 park switch must be off. 8. Once drum rope is reeved through load block and boom
point:
a. Move drum control handle to off.
CAUTION!
Avoid Rigging Winch or Wire Rope Damage! b. Push boom hoist handle forward to slacken rope.
Rigging winch will not automatically pay out rope if c. Disconnect rigging rope from drum rope.
selected drum control handle is pulled back to hoist
d. Pull boom hoist control handle back haul in rigging
position.
rope for storage on rigging winch.
Structural damage to winch or rigging line will occur!
e. Connect drum rope to dead-end socket. See
If it is necessary to haul in rope on drum when drum rope
instructions in this section.
is connected to rigging rope, proceed as follows:
• Pay out rope with boom hoist control handle while
hauling in rope with drum control handle.
• Keep rope from rigging winch slacker than rope from
load drum.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-103


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

LOAD BLOCK REEVING


Load Block Identification
WARNING
See the Boom Assembly Drawings at the end of this section Falling Load Hazard!
for a complete list of load blocks and weight balls available
Limit load to be handled with shackle to capacity of load
for this crane.
block or shackle, whichever is less.
Load block or shackle can fail if overloaded, allowing load
to fall.
WARNING
Falling Load Hazard! A802

Use only a load block with a capacity equal to or greater Duplex


than load to be handled. Hook
Avoid overloading load block sheave bearings. Attach
load to duplex hook so load hangs straight.
Load block can fail if overloaded, allowing load to fall.
0-30° 0-30°

Load Block Handling


Each load block as two lifting lugs as shown in Figure 4-55,
View A. Shackle
Load (optional)
The load blocks can be stood up for reeving as shown in
Figure 4-55, View B.
FIGURE 4-54
Wire Rope Specifications
Guide Sheaves and Drums
See Wire Rope Specifications chart in Capacity Chart
Manual for the following load block reeving information: See Figure 4-58 for identification of the load drums and
guide sheaves.
• Parts of line required to handle desired load.
Once wire rope is routed through the guide sheaves, be sure
• Wire rope length required for various boom lengths and to install rope guard pins, bars, and rollers to retain the wire
parts of line. rope on the sheaves. Wire rope and sheaves can be
• Maximum spooling capacity of load hoists. damaged if rope is not properly retained on sheaves.

Wire Rope Installation and Maintenance Load Block Reeving


See Wire Rope Installation this section for instructions: See Figure 4-56 and Figure 4-57 for dead-end locations and
components in the lower and standard upper boom points.
• Installing wire rope on drums.
See Extended Upper Boom Point Assembly Drawing at the
• Anchoring wire rope to drums. end of this section for dead-end locations and components in
the extended upper boom point.
Duplex Hook
See Figure 4-59, Figure 4-60, and Figure 4-61 for load block
Attach the load so it is balanced equally on the hook. Lifting reeving. Reeving the load block in any manner other than
slings must be within angles given in Figure 4-54 to achieve shown can result in excessive block twist.
maximum hook capacity. The duplex hook has a hole to
which an optional shackle can be attached as shown in
Figure 4-54. CAUTION
Wire Rope Damage!
Do not hoist load block closer to boom point than shown
on Range Diagram in Capacity Chart Manual. Improper
fleet angle or contact with other parts can damage wire
rope.

4-104 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

A1268

Lifting Lugs

View B
Reeving Position

Shackle
(optional)
WARNING
View A
Avoid Death or Serious injury!
• Exercise care when block is standing in vertical
position, as the potential for tipping exists.
Potential causes of tipping are unstable work area,


boom movement and the reeving process.
If work area is unstable, lay block flat on side plate.
4

FIGURE 4-55

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-105


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A06074
A07735

One Drum Two Drum


1-1/8 in (28 mm) Rope 1-1/8 in (28 mm) Rope
1 1 1

2 2 2
1 1 1

3 3 3

4 4 4

Dead End Dead Ends


One Drum Two Drum
1-1/4 in (32 mm) Rope 1 1-1/4 in (32 mm) Rope 1
1
2 2
2
5 5
5
6 6 See
6 Figure 4-50

Dead End Dead Ends

Two Drum – 55A Top


1-1/4 in (32 mm) Rope
Capacities Greater Than 661 USt (600 t)

Item Description
1 Pin with Cotter Pin
2 Load Cell - 70,000 lb (31 751 kg)
3 Link
1 1 4 Wedge Socket – 1-1/8 in (29 mm)
2 2 with Pin and Cotter Pin
5 Bushing – 3 in OD x 2-9/32 in ID
5 5 (76 mm OD x 56 mm ID)
6 Button Socket – 1-1/4 in (32 mm)
6 6
with Pin and Cotter Pin

Dead End

FIGURE 4-56
LOWER BOOM POINT

4-106 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

A08516
170419
STANDARD UPPER BOOM POINT A08516

1 1
2 2
3 3
2-Part 4 2-Part 4
1-1/4 in (32 mm) 1-1/8 in (28 mm)
Wire Rope Wire Rope
5 5
6
6

7 7

8 9

STANDARD UPPER BOOM (JIB) POINT 170419

1 1
2 2
3 1-Part 9
4 3 4 1-1/8 in (28 mm)
Wire Rope
10
4
8 10

9 11
4

2
1
2-Part 2-Part
1-1/4 in (32 mm) 1-1/8 in (28 mm)
Wire Rope 12
Wire Rope

Item Description Item Description


1 Pin with Cotter Pin 7 Swivel (25 USt)
2 Link 8 Button Socket – 1-1/8 in (28 mm) or 1-1/4 in (32 mm)
Wire Rope with Pin
3 Pin with Cotter Pin 9 Wedge Socket – 1-1/8 in (28 mm)
4 Load Cell - 70,000 lb (31 751 kg) 10 Link
5 Link 11 Pin with Cotter Pin
6 Pin with Cotter Pin 12 Swivel Weight Ball
FIGURE 4-57

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-107


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A08237
11 13

10

15
6
12
12 14
Extended Upper Point
#79A Fixed Jib on #55-79A Boom
9

Reeve Lower Point (14) from Left


4 to Right when Drum 1 is Used
5 (Standard Arrangement)

Reeve Lower Point (14) from Right


to Left when Drum 2 is Used
(Optional Arrangement)

4
1 5

6 1

2
8
#55, #55A, or
#55-79A Boom 7
9 3
7

Item Description
1 Drum 1 – Hoist (in boom insert)
2 Drum 2 – Hoist (in boom butt)
3 Drum 3 – Whip (in crane)
4 Guide Sheaves in Boom
5 Guide Sheaves in Mast
4 6 Boom Top Wire Rope Guide
5
7 To Lower Boom Point
8 Standard Upper Boom Point
9 For Luffing Hoist Only
10 Guide Sheaves in Strut (luffing jib only)
11 Jib Top Wire Rope Guide
1 12 To Lower Jib Point
13 Upper Jib Point
2 14 Extended Upper Boom Point — Lower Point
15 Extended Upper Boom Point — Upper Point

3
FIGURE 4-58

4-108 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

THIS PAGE BLANK

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-109


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1268a1 SINGLE HOIST DRUM REEVING


#55, #55A, and #79A Tops

Lower Boom
Point

Boom Top Wire


Rope Guide

See NOTE See NOTE

2 Part 4 Part
9 Sheave Block 9 Sheave Block

See NOTE See NOTE

6 Part 8 Part
9 Sheave Block 9 Sheave Block

NOTE Dead end wire rope at upper


boom point dead-end lug.

Dead-End Socket
10 Part
Two-Block Weight
9 Sheave Block
FIGURE 4-59

4-110 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

A1268a2
SINGLE HOIST DRUM REEVING
#55, #55A, and #79A Tops

Boom Top Wire


Rope Guide

Lower Boom
Point
12 Part 14 Part
9 Sheave Block 9 Sheave Block

16 Part
9 Sheave Block
18 Part
9 Sheave Block 4

20 Part 22 Part
13 Sheave Block 13 Sheave Block

FIGURE 4-59 continued

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-111


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1268a3
SINGLE HOIST DRUM REEVING
#55, #55A, and #79A Tops

Lower Boom
Point

Boom Top Wire


Rope Guide

24 Part 26 Part
13 Sheave Block 13 Sheave Block

28 Part 30 Part
15 Sheave Block 15 Sheave Block

FIGURE 4-59 continued

4-112 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

A1268a4 TANDEM HOIST DRUM REEVING


#55, #55A, and #79A Tops

Boom Top Wire


Rope Guide

Lower Boom
Point

8 Part 12 Part
9 Sheave Block 9 Sheave Block

16 Part
9 Sheave Block
20 Part
13 Sheave Block
4

24 Part 28 Part
13 Sheave Block 15 Sheave Block

FIGURE 4-60

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-113


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

A1268a5
TANDEM HOIST DRUM REEVING
#55A Top

Boom Top Wire


Rope Guide

Lower Boom
Point

32 Part
17 Sheave Block
1-1/4 in (32 mm) Rope
Capacities Greater Than 661 USt (600 t) FIGURE 4-60 continued

A15946-7
SINGLE HOIST DRUM REEVING
Extended Upper Boom Point on #79A Top

From Drum 1
Standard Arrangement —
From Drum 2
Reeve Lower Point from Left to
Boom Top Wire Right when Drum 1 is Used
Rope Guide
Optional Arrangement —
Reeve Lower Point from Right to
Left when Drum 2 is Used

4 Part 6 Part
3 Sheave Lower Point 3 Sheave Lower Point
1-1/4 in (32 mm) Wire Rope 1-1/4 in (32 mm) Wire Rope

From Drum 1
From Drum 2

Boom Top Wire


Rope Guide

6 Part 8 Part
4 Sheave Lower Point 4 Sheave Lower Point
1-1/8 in (28 mm) Wire Rope 1-1/8 in (28 mm) Wire Rope
FIGURE 4-61

4-114 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

BLOCK LEVEL SENSOR ADJUSTMENT The sensors were adjusted at the factory and need to be
readjusted only when a new sensor is installed or the
General position of a sensor is changed.

The block level sensors (Figure 4-62) ensure that the load Sensor Adjustment
block remains level when two load lines — Drums 1 and 2 —
are routed to the load block. 1. If necessary, attach mounting bracket to guide sheave
frame with cap screws.
NOTE This block level is only on cranes without wireless
communication. On cranes with wireless 2. Loosen jam nut securing sensor to bracket.
communication the controller adjust the block level 3. Turn sensor in or out to obtain specified dimension
automatically (see Crane Diagnostics, Block Level between end of sensor and wall of sheave.
Sensor topic in Section 3 of this manual).
4. Tighten jam nut.
The sensors monitor guide sheave rotation speed. The
cranes’s programmable controller uses signals from the 5. Check for proper operation without load. Drums should
sensors to equalize the rotation speed of the drums so the operate at same speed and load block should remain
load block remains level. level.
Readjust sensor if required.

A06189

Sensor #2 Sensor
#79A #1
Boom

Sheave 0.39 in (9.906 mm)


Sensor #2
MAXIMUM
#55 & 55A
Boom Mounting
Bracket
Sheave
Sheave for for Drum 1
Drum 2

Sheave for
Drum 6
Sensor 4
Sheave for
Drum 3

Jam
Nut

Front View
of Boom Top Guide Sheaves

FIGURE 4-62

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 4-115


SET-UP AND INSTALLATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

LIVE MAST REEVING Wire Rope Specification


General Manitowoc recommends the following wire rope for the live
mast:
The live mast wire rope must be reeved between Drum 5 and
MCC #A01178 —
the mast hoist sheaves as shown in Figure 4-63.
1,230 ft (375 m) of 22 mm Bridon Dyform 6 Max
Manitowoc provides a 7/8 in. (22 mm) Terminator wedge
Right Hand Regular Lay
socket (MCC #646245) for anchoring the wire rope to the
Minimum Breaking Strength 110,400 lb (491 kN)
mast hoist sheave cluster on the rotating bed.

Sheave Cluster at
End of Live Mast

Drum 5
(Live Mast Hoist)

Sheave Cluster at Rear


of Rotating Bed

Terminator
Wedge Socket

Dead-End
Link
P2207

FIGURE 4-63

4-116 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


OPERATOR’S MANUAL SECTION 4 INSERTS
18000 Liftcrane − Serial Number 18001023

SETUP AND INSTALLATION

Mast Rigging Assemblies −


Drawing A04342 02/02/2006 Mast Assembly, 100’ #56 Mast
Drawing A05378 02/02/2006 Mast, #56 For Max−Er (140’)

Boom Rigging Assemblies −


Drawing A05377 02/22/2006 Boom Rigging, #55A Boom w/140’ Mast
Drawing A04341 02/22/2006 Boom Rigging (#55 Boom w/100’ Mast)

Electrical Assembly −
Drawing A05580 12/20/2005 Control Wiring, Boom & Limits
Drawing 184433 01/31/1997 Load Block Conversion

OEM Wire Rope Data −


TBRR−192 08/01/1996 Bridon Tech Bull − Rotation Resist Ropes
P/N2010170 05/01/2002 Crosby Terminator Wedge Socket Warning and Application Instructions

07−06−2006
Eng Rev
12-20-05
F

C
F
Upper Fixed
Jib Point

#44 Luffing Lower Fixed


Jib Jib Point
MANITOWOC CRANES, INC.

Upper Luffing
Jib Point #79A Fixed Jib Upper Luffing
Lower Luffing Jib Point
Jib Point Lower Luffing
Jib Point

A B D E E
Upper Boom Upper Boom #79A Luffing
Point Point Jib

Lower Lower Lower Lower Lower


Boom Boom Boom Boom Boom
Point Point Point Point Point

#79A Boom Top #55 Boom Top

ASSEMBLY

A05580
C
REVISION
Group F

1 of 12
CONTROL WIRING, BOOM & LIMITS
57
58

2 of 12
Far 62
Side 52 50 Near 51 51
Far Side Side

ASSEMBLY
37 38

A05580
Far Side 63 Upper Boom 50
Typ. 60 61 Point 52
Wireless Load Cell 59
Receiver Node

C
Controller 55 55

REVISION
46 41 9' Lg. 9' Lg.
or
Load
46A G Link
30
Far Side

G 42
Lower 59 59
43 9' Lg.
Boom 9' Lg. 55
MANITOWOC CRANES, INC.

Point 49 Single Part


55 Line
59
6 59 Upper Boom Point
49
48 Single Part (170419 Ref.)
Strain Relief 2 Part
(Part of Item 6) Line Line
Location of 47
Must Be Looped Over
Hook on Boom Top Weight For
2 Part Line
4
See Note 6 Wedge
36 33 Socket
29 12' Lg. Load
See Note 4 Link
#79A Boom Top

Block Angle
Transmitter

View A
#79A Boom Top
MANITOWOC CRANES, INC.

Mounting Bracket
on Boom Top
34 34 See Note 9
39 39
44

35 See Note 9
39

46 See Note 9 35
39 41
or
46A
View G-G

See Note 8 See Note 8


Luffing Jib
Angle Max Luffing Jib
Luffing Jib Working Ref Angle Max Ref
Angle Min Ref
See Note 8 Wind Speed
Ref
Digital
Output
Ref

Block Level Block Level


Sensor #1 Sensor #2

CAN Out
See Note 8

CAN In
Block Up Limit Block Up Limit
Lower Boom Point Upper Boom Point
See Note 8 See Note 8

View of Bottom of Boom Node Controller


(Item 41)

26

135
135
Bus Interface
Node Controller
(Ref.)
#55 Boom Butt

ASSEMBLY REVISION

A05580 C
3 of 12
143 143 Far Side #44 Upper Luffing
153 153 Jib Point
149 142 142 149 Typ.

4 of 12
148 148 Strain Relief 151 152
J
(Part of Item 131) 154 143

ASSEMBLY
Must Be Looped Over

A05580
141 144 Hook on Boom Top
150 141
146 144

C
146 9' Lg. Node H Far
See Note 9 Far Side

REVISION
Controller Side
9' Lg. 132 113
118 Load
Mounting Bracket 128 #44 Luffing Link J
on Jib Top Jib Top Lower
H 150
Jib 9' Lg.
Point 146 140
150 133
150 Single
See Note 9 122 Load Part
140 128 131 Link Line
Single Part 138
132
MANITOWOC CRANES, INC.

Line 9' Lg.


View J-J View H-H 9' Lg. 150
146 Wedge
Upper Luffing Jib Point 126 116 Socket
(174211 Ref.) 139
See Note 6 2 Part
124 Line Load
Luffing Jib 112 Location of Link
Automatic Stop Weight For
135 See Note 4 2 Part Line
#79A Adapter Frame 9' Lg.
#79A Boom Top 134 116
#44 Luffing
Jib Butt
119
123 124
View C
120 129 112 161 #44 Luffing Jib Top

Dead-End Wedge Socket


Anchored on Luffing Jib Top
(Multi-Part Reeving) Wind Speed
Node Ref.
Controller Load Cell Digital Output
41 30 Link
Far Side
Load Pin 1 Load Pin 2

See Note 8
Lower Boom
Point CAN In CAN Out
43
46 6 Block Up Limit Block Up Limit
or Lower Jib Point Upper Jib Point
46A View B See Note 8 See Note 8
Dead-End Wedge Socket
Wireless Load Cell #79A Boom Top Anchored on Load Block View of Bottom of Jib Node Controller
Receiver With #44 Luffing Jib
(Multi-Part Reeving) (Item 132)
Far Side Typ.
78 79 62
Far 71 68 Near 58
60 61 Side 52 50 Side 80 76 75
57 51
51
Far Side Upper Boom 69 69
Wireless Load 19 20
Cell Receiver 81 63 Point 50 52
46 59 68 71
or Node
Controller 55 55 77
46A
23 9' LG 9' LG 73 73
K Load 9' LG 9' LG
Link
12
Far Side
Lower
K Boom
24 Point 9' Lg.
25 77 77
73 55 55 73 59 59
MANITOWOC CRANES, INC.

9' LG 59 77 Single 67
6
77 59 49 67 49 Part Line
Strain Relief Single Single Part Line
(Part of Item 6) 66 48
2 Part Line Part Line Upper Boom Point Upper Boom Point
Must Be Looped Over
Hook on Boom Top 47 65 (170419 Ref) (A08237 Ref)
4 Location of
See Note 6 Weight for Wedge
15 2 Part Line
12' LG Socket
See Note 8 See Note 8
18 Load Luffing Jib Luffing Jib
#55 Boom Top
11 Link See Note 8 Angle Max Angle Max Ref
Luffing Jib Working Ref Wind Speed
See Note 4 Ref
Angle Min Ref

Mounting Bracket Digital


on Boom Top Block Angle Output Ref
16 Transmitter
21 16 See Note 9
26 21 Block Level Block Level
Sensor #1 Sensor #2

See Note 8
46 17 41 CAN Out
or 21 See Note 9
46A CAN In
View K-K

ASSEMBLY
Block Up Limit Block Up Limit
Upper Boom Point

A05580
Lower Boom Point
See Note 8 See Note 8
View D
#55 Boom Top View of Bottom of Boom Node Controller

C
(Item 23)

REVISION

5 of 12
62 58 57 80 76 75 Far

6 of 12
51 Side Far Side
51 Typ.
97 99 Far 71
69 69 81 78 79 Side 52

ASSEMBLY
63 60 61

A05580
50 52
59 68 Near
68 M 50 Side
71
55 55 77 Node

C
9' Lg. 9' Lg. Controller

REVISION
73 73
9' Lg. 9' Lg. 104
Upper Jib
L Point
85 Load
Far Side Link M 9' Lg.
55 73
59 59 77 77 L Lower Jib
See Note 6 105 Point 59 77
49 67 98 49 67
Single Part 103 12' Lg.
Single Part Single Part
MANITOWOC CRANES, INC.

Line Line 88 Line


9' Lg.
View M-M View M-M 73 55 47 65
Upper Jib Point Upper Jib Point 96
(170419 Ref.) (A08237 Ref.) 77 59 Wedge
84 66 48 Socket
Strain Relief
(Part of Item 103) 2 Part
To Luffing Jib #79A Jib Top Line Load
Stop (Physical) Must Be Looped Over Location of Link
Solenoid Valves Hook on Boom Top Weight For
158 2 Part Line
#55 Boom Top See Note 4 Block Angle
Luffing Jib Transmitter
Automatic Stop
157 View F
92 #79A Luffing or Fixed Jib Top
91 95 101 Digital Output
13 To Luffing Jib
Block Wind Speed Stop (Physical)
Level #79A Jib Butt
Node 106 (Shown In Luffing Jib Position) Ref. Solenoid Valves
Sensor Controller
23 12
Far Side Block Level Block Level
Mounting Bracket Sensor #1 Sensor #2
Lower Boom on Jib Top 90 See Note 9
Point 100 CAN Out
CAN In See Note 8
25
Block Up Limit Block Up Limit
6 See Note 9 94 Lower Jib Point Upper Jib Point
View E 100
104 See Note 8 See Note 8
Wireless 46 #55 Boom Top
Load Cell or View L-L View of Bottom of Jib Node Controller
With #79A Luffing Jib Or #79A Fixed Jib (Item 104)
Receiver 46A
Luffing Jib
A15544 Maximum Angle
672710

Luffing Jib
A15301 Minimum Angle
672710

A04238
or
A08662 A08691
Luffing
Jib Stop
WIRELESS MIN MW MAX WS DO WS DO
A07389 LMI LUFF JIB
RECEIVER
BUS 1 2 1 2
JUNCTION
INTERFACE BLK UP BLK UP
NODE
BOX
IN L U OUT IN L U OUT
CONTROLLER IN OUT Boom Node Fixed or Luffing Jib
Controller Node Controller
WLJ3K325
WBM150440 WBM150J2
A08627 WBME18 A07759
A08628
WN12 WNBE A05830 A06168 A06179
A07068 A07068
A02371 A02371

Cable Reel
Cable Reel A06154 195749 On Jib Butt A06154 195749
On Boom Butt 591121
MANITOWOC CRANES, INC.

LOWER BOOM UPPER BOOM Lower Luffing Upper Luffing


591121 POINT POINT
Jib Pointer Jib Point
Fixed Jib Point

Wiring Interconnect Diagram


#55 Boom Top With Upper Boom Point Limit Switch Assembly
Block-up
#55 Boom Top With #79A Luffing Jib And Upper Luffing Jib Point
#55 Boom Top With #79A Fixed Jib

Luffing Jib Max Working


A06182 Operating Angle (S1)
672710

Luffing Jib Maximum


A06180 Operating Angle (S2)
672710

Luffing Jib Minimum


A06181 Operating Angle (S3)
672710
A04238
or
A08662
WIRELESS
LMI MIN MW MAX WS DO WS DO
A07389 RECEIVER LUFF JIB

JUNCTION 1 2 1 2
BUS
INTERFACE BOX
BLK UP BLK UP
NODE
IN L U OUT IN L U OUT
CONTROLLER IN OUT
Boom Node Luffing Jib Node
Controller Controller
A08627 WBM250 A08628
WBM150440 WBM150J2 WBME18 A01496
WN12 WNBE A05830 A06168 A06179
A07068 A04887
A02371 A02090

Cable Reel
Cable Reel A06154 195749 On Jib Butt 195749 195749

On Boom Butt Lower Boom Upper Boom


591121 Lower Luffing Upper Luffing
591121 Point Point Jib Point Jib Point

ASSEMBLY

A05580
Wiring Interconnect Diagram
#79A Boom Top With Upper Boom Point Limit Switch Assembly
Block-up
#79A Boom Top With #44 Luffing Jib And Upper Luffing Jib Point

C
REVISION

7 of 12
Luffing Jib Max. Working

8 of 12
A06182 Operating Angle (S1)
672710
Luffing Jib Maximum

ASSEMBLY
A06180 Operating Angle (S2)
672710

A05580
Luffing Jib Minimum
A06181 Operating Angle (S3)
672710
A04238 Portal Node
OR Controller 165
A08662
A08212

C
WIRELESS
Adapter

REVISION
MIN MW MAX WS DO 477333 MCC JIB
LMI ANGLE 572384
A07389 LUFF JIB IN
RECEIVER SENSOR
BUS JUNCTION 1 2
LUFF 173732
INTERFACE BOX BLK UP JIB 477491
NODE LUFF ANGLE
IN L U OUT Boom Node JIB SENSOR
CONTROLLER IN OUT

Controller Adapter
A08627 (572390 Ref) 477442
177049 177049
WBM150440 WBM150J2 Ref Ref 195749
WN12 WNBE A05830 A06168 Lower Upper or Upper
Luffing Luffing Luffing
A02371 Jib Point Jib Point Jib Point
Cable Reel Boom Top (Existing) (CAN-Bus
(Luffing Jib) From 2250 Construction)
Cable Reel A06154
On Jib Butt Maxer 2000
On Boom Butt 591121 Junction Box
MANITOWOC CRANES, INC.

Lower Boom Point 268368


591121
Wiring Interconnect Diagram
#79A Boom Top With 2250 (existing Field) #44 Luffing Jib And Upper Luffing Jib Point

A04238
or
A08662
WIRELESS
MIN MW MAX WS DO
LMI
LUFF JIB
RECEIVER
1 2
JUNCTION
BLK UP
BOX
IN L U OUT
Boom Node
IN OUT

Controller A08627
163 Adapter
WBM150440 WBM150J2
WNBE A05830 A06168 A07068 572384
A02371
Ref
Cable Reel 177049
A06154
on Boom Butt Ref
591121 Lower Boom Upper Boom
Point Point

Limit Switch Assembly


Block-Up

Wiring Interconnect Diagram


#55 or #79A Boom Top With Existing Upper Boom Point (170419 Ref)
From 777, 888, M250, or 2250.
MODEL
18000

CONTROL WIRING, BOOM & LIMITS

ITEM PART # QTY. DESCRIPTION OF PART

1 546054 4 NUT, Hex (3/8-16UNC - 2B)


2 591121 1 REEL, Cable
3 612456 4 SCREW, Cap (3/8-16UNC - 2A x 1-1/4" long)
4 667042 36 STRAP, Nylon Sta. (8" Max. Dia.) (see Note 6)
5 710304 4 WASHER, Lock (3/8")
6 A05830 1 CABLE, Electric Boom (WBM150440)
ADD FOR #55 BOOM TOP
11 142403 1 WEIGHT
12 A06154 1 SWITCH ASSEMBLY
15 334101 1 CHAIN, Straight Link (12' long)
16 546052 8 NUT, Hex (1/4-20UNC)
17 612354 4 SCREW, Cap (1/4-20UNC x 7/8" long)
18 624633 1 SHACKLE, Anchor Galv. (5/16" Round Pin)
19 667007 3 STRAP, Plastic Stay (see Note 7)
20 669280 3 STUD, Weld Wire Tie (see Note 7)
21 710308 12 WASHER, Lock (1/4" Int. Shakeproof) (see Note 9)
23 A08627 1 CONTROLLER, Boom Node
24 A02371 1 CABLE, Electric Block-Up Limit
25 A06168 1 CABLE, Electric Boom Jumper (WBM140J2)
26 612357 4 SCREW, Cap (1/4-20UNC x 1-1/4" long)
ADD FOR #79A BOOM TOP
29 142403 1 WEIGHT
30 A06154 1 SWITCH ASSEMBLY
33 334101 1 CHAIN, Straight Link (12' long)
34 546052 8 NUT, Hex (1/4-20UNC)
35 612354 4 SCREW, Cap (1/4-20UNC x 7/8" long)
36 624633 1 SHACKLE, Anchor Galv. (5/16" Round Pin)
37 667007 3 PLASTIC, Strap-Stay (see Note 7)
38 669280 3 STUD, Weld Wire Tie (see Note 7)
39 710308 12 WASHER, Lock (1/4" Int. Shakeproof) (see Note 9)
41 A08627 1 CONTROLLER, Boom Node
42 A02371 1 CABLE, Electric Block-Up Limit
43 A06168 1 CABLE, Electric Boom Jumper (WBM150J2)
44 612357 4 SCREW, Cap (1/4-20UNC x 1-1/4" long)
ADD FOR #55 BOOM TOP AND #79A BOOM TOP — USA STANDARD
46 A04238 1 RECEIVER, Load Cell Wireless
ADD FOR #55 BOOM TOP AND #79A BOOM TOP — EUROPEAN STANDARD
46A A08662 1 RECEIVER, Load Cell Wireless (2.4 GHz)
ADD FOR UPPER BOOM POINT OR UPPER JIB POINT (REF. 170419) (NEW CONSTRUCTION)
47 93657 1 BLOCK, Lift (Single Part Line)
48 142403 1 WEIGHT (Multi-Part Line)
49 162273 1 WEIGHT
50 168091 1 LUG
51 170120 2 BRACKET
52 195749 1 SWITCH ASSEMBLY
55 334101 2 CHAIN, Straight Link (9' long)
ASSEMBLY REVISION

PLEASE GIVE MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER WITH ORDER A05580 C


9 of 12
MODEL
18000

CONTROL WIRING, BOOM & LIMITS

ITEM PART # QTY. DESCRIPTION OF PART

57 546054 11 NUT, Hex (3/8-16UNC)


58 612456 11 SCREW, Cap (3/8-16UNC - 2A x 1-1/4" long)
59 624633 3 SHACKLE, Anchor
60 667007 3 STRAP, Plastic Stay (see Note 7)
61 669280 3 STUD, Weld Wire Tie (see Note 7)
62 710304 11 WASHER, Lock (3/8")
63 A07068 1 CABLE, Electric Block-Up Limit
ADD FOR #79A UPPER LUFFING JIB POINT OR UPPER BOOM POINT — #55 OR #79A (REF. A08237)
65 93657 1 BLOCK, Lift (Single Part Line)
66 142403 1 WEIGHT (Multi-Part Line)
67 162273 1 WEIGHT
68 168091 1 LUG
69 A04984 2 BRACKET
71 195749 1 SWITCH ASSEMBLY
73 334101 2 CHAIN, Straight Link (9' long)
75 546054 11 NUT, Hex (3/8-16UNC)
76 612456 11 SCREW, Cap (3/8-16UNC - 2A x 1-1/4" long)
77 624633 3 SHACKLE, Anchor
78 667007 3 STRAP, Plastic Stay (see Note 7)
79 669280 3 STUD, Weld Wire Tie (see Note 7)
80 710304 11 WASHER, Lock (3/8")
81 A07068 1 CABLE, Electric Block-Up Limit
ADD FOR #79A LUFFING JIB OR #79A FIXED JIB
84 142403 1 WEIGHT
85 A06154 1 SWITCH ASSEMBLY
88 334101 1 CHAIN, Straight Link (12' long)
90 546052 4 NUT, Hex (1/4-20UNC)
91 546054 4 NUT, Hex (3/8-16UNC - 2B)
92 591121 1 REEL, Cable
94 612354 4 SCREW, Cap (1/4-20UNC x 7/8" long)
95 612456 4 SCREW, Cap (3/8-16UNC - 2A x 1-1/4" long)
96 624633 1 SHACKLE, Anchor Galv. (5/16" Round Pin)
97 667007 3 STRAP, Plastic Stay (see Note 7)
98 667042 12 STRAP, Plastic Stay (see Note 6)
99 669280 3 STUD, Weld Wire Tie (see Note 7)
100 710308 8 WASHER, Lock (1/4" Int. Shakeproof) (see Note 9)
101 710304 4 WASHER, Lock (3/8")
103 A07759 1 CABLE, Electric Luffing Jib (WLJ3K325)
104 A08628 1 CONTROLLER, Boom/Luffing Jib Node
105 A02371 1 CABLE, Electric Block-Up Limit
106 A06179 1 CABLE, Electric Boom Extension (WBNE18)
ADD FOR #44 LUFFING JIB (NEW CONSTRUCTION)
112 142403 1 WEIGHT
113 195749 1 SWITCH ASSEMBLY
116 334101 1 CHAIN, Straight Link (9' long)
118 546052 4 NUT, Hex (1/4-20UNC)

ASSEMBLY REVISION

A05580 C PLEASE GIVE MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER WITH ORDER

10 of 12
MODEL
18000

CONTROL WIRING, BOOM & LIMITS

ITEM PART # QTY. DESCRIPTION OF PART

119 546054 4 NUT, Hex (3/8-16UNC - 2B)


120 591121 1 REEL, Cable
122 612354 4 SCREW, Cap (1/4-20UNC x 7/8" long)
123 612456 4 SCREW, Cap (3/8-16UNC - 2A x 1-1/4" long)
124 624633 1 SHACKLE, Anchor Galv. (5/16" Round Pin)
126 667042 12 STRAP, Plastic Stay (see Note 6)
128 710308 8 WASHER, Lock (1/4" Int. Shakeproof) (see Note 9)
129 710304 4 WASHER, Lock (3/8")
131 A01496 1 CABLE, Electric Boom (WBM250)
132 A08628 1 CONTROLLER, Boom/Luffing Jib Node
133 A02090 1 CABLE, Electric Block-Up Limit (6' long)
134 A06179 1 CABLE, Electric Boom Extension (WBNE18)
135 A06191 1 JIB STOP ASSEMBLY, Automatic (#44 Luffing Jib)
ADD FOR #44 UPPER LUFFING JIB POINT (REF. 174211) (NEW CONSTRUCTION)
138 93657 1 BLOCK, Lift (Single Part Line)
139 142403 1 WEIGHT (Multi-Part Line)
140 162273 1 WEIGHT
141 168091 1 LUG
142 170120 2 BRACKET
143 174713 2 PLATE, Mounting
144 195749 1 SWITCH ASSEMBLY
146 334101 2 CHAIN, Straight Link (9' long)
148 546054 6 NUT, Hex (3/8-16UNC)
149 612456 6 SCREW, Cap (3/8-16UNC - 2A x 1-1/4" long)
150 624633 3 SHACKLE, Anchor
151 667007 3 STRAP, Plastic Stay (see Note 7)
152 669280 3 STUD, Weld Wire Tie (see Note 7)
153 710304 6 WASHER, Lock (3/8")
154 A04887 1 CABLE, Electric Block-Up Limit (15' long)
ADD FOR #79A LUFFING JIB
157 A15542 1 JIB STOP ASSEMBLY, Automatic (#79A Luffing Jib)
158 A08691 1 CABLE, Electric Luffing Jib Stop
ADD FOR REEVING MULTI-PART LINE AND ANCHORING DEAD-END SOCKET ON LOAD BLOCK (#44 LUFFING JIB)
161 145171 1 BLOCK, Lift
ADD FOR UPPER BOOM POINT (170419 REF.) (EXISTING FIELD – 555, 777, 888, 999, M250, 2250)
163 A07068 1 CABLE, Electric Block-Up Limit
ADD FOR #44 LUFFING JIB (EXISTING FIELD – 2250)
165 A08269 1 ELECTRIC ASSEMBLY, Portal Node Installation

Note 1: Block-up limit control is intended as a protective device. It is not used as a hoist
distance control for specific job applications.

ASSEMBLY REVISION

PLEASE GIVE MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER WITH ORDER A05580 C


11 of 12
MODEL
18000

CONTROL WIRING, BOOM & LIMITS

ITEM PART # QTY. DESCRIPTION OF PART

Note 2: Periodic checks should be made to ensure that block-up limit control is functioning
properly.

Note 3: Caution: Block-up limit control system may not function at machine’s maximum single
line speed. Carefully check each machine for maximum safe line speed.

Note 4: For blocks without actuator brackets, see modification drawing 184433, customer
supplied.

Note 5: When a locking swivel is placed in the wire rope dead end, allow extra length in chain
equal to length of the locking swivel added.

Note 6: Attach cable to boom or jib by using straps at approximately 10' intervals.

Note 7: Attach cable to boom top or jib top between junction box and switch by using weld
studs at approximately 1' to 2' intervals.

Note 8: For receptacles equipped with shorting plugs: shorting plugs must be plugged in
whenever receptacle is not being used.

Note 9: Place shakeproof lock washers under both screw head and nut. Sufficiently tighten to
ensure electrical continuity of less than 1.0 ohms between the sheet metal of the node
enclosure and the node mounting bracket.

ASSEMBLY REVISION

A05580 C PLEASE GIVE MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER WITH ORDER

12 of 12
WEDGE SOCKET WARNING
WARNINGS AND APPLICATION • Loads may slip or fall if the Wedge Socket is not
properly installed.
INSTRUCTIONS • A falling load can seriously injure or kill.
Extended Wedge Socket • Read and understand these instructions before
installing the Wedge Socket.
Assembly U.S. Patent No. 5,553,360
• Do not side load the Wedge Socket.
• Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire
Rope in the socket. This load should be of
equal or greater weight than loads expected in
use.
• Do not interchange wedges between S-421T
and US422T or between sizes.
S-421T / US-422T
“TERMINATOR”™
NOTE: Existing Crosby S-421 Wedge Sockets can be retrofitted with FIGURE 1
the New Terminator Wedge.The only existing US-422 Wedge Sockets
that can be retrofitted with terminator wedges are US4, US6 and US8.
See the Crosby Catalog for additional information.
* TAIL
New QUIC-CHECK® “Go” and “No-Go” LENGTH
features cast into wedge. The proper size
wire rope is determined when the following
criteria are met: 1. The wire rope shall pass
thru the “Go” hole in the wedge. 2. The wire rope shall NOT pass thru “No-Go”
the “No-Go” hole in the wedge.
“Go” RIGHT
Important Safety Information -
*Tail Length
Read and Follow Standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope Rotation Resistant Wire Rope
Inspection/Maintenance Safety A minimum of 6 rope diameters, but A minimum of 20 rope diameters,

• Always inspect socket, wedge and pin before using.


not less than 6" but not less than 6".

• Do not use part showing cracks.


• Do not use modified or substitute parts.
• Repair minor nicks or gouges to socket or pin by lightly grinding
until surfaces are smooth. Do not reduce original dimension Rope Size 3⁄
TABLE 1
1⁄ 5⁄ 3⁄ 7⁄ 1 11⁄8
8 2 8 4 8
more than 10%. Do not repair by welding. 3⁄ 1⁄ 5⁄ 3⁄ 7⁄ 11⁄8

Clip Size 8 2 8 4 8 1
Inspect permanent assemblies annually, or more often in severe *Torque Ft./lbs. 45 65 95 130 225 225 225
operating conditions.
• Do not mix and match wedges or pins between models or sizes.
* The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean,


dry, and free of lubrication.
Always select the proper wedge and socket for the wire rope
size.

Assembly Safety
• Use only with standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope of designated size.
For intermediate size rope, use next larger size socket. For
example: When using 9/16" diameter wire rope use a 5/8" size
Wedge Socket Assembly. Welding of the tail on standard wire
rope is not recommended. The tail length of the dead end should
be a minimum of 6 rope diameters but not less than 6" (See
Figure 1).
• To use with Rotation Resistant wire rope (special wire rope
constructions with 8 or more outer strands) ensure that the dead
WRONG
Rope
WRONG
Wedge
WRONG
Tail Clipped
Backward Backward to live Line
end is welded, brazed or seized before inserting the wire rope
into the wedge socket to prevent core slippage or loss of rope Figure 2
lay. The tail length of the dead end should be a minimum of 20
rope diameters but not less than 6" (See Figure 1).
• Properly match socket, wedge and clip (See Table 1) to wire rope
size. Operating Safety
• Align live end of rope, with center line of pin.
(See Figure 1)
• Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in the
socket. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads
• Secure dead end section of rope. (See Figure 1) expected in use.
• Tighten nuts on clip to recommended torque. (Table 1) • Efficiency rating of the Wedge Socket termination is based upon
• Do not attach dead end to live end or install wedge backwards.
(See Figure 2)
the catalog breaking strength of Wire Rope. The efficiency of a
properly assembled Wedge Socket is 80%.
• Use a hammer to seat Wedge and Rope as deep into socket
as possible before applying first load.
• During use, do not strike the dead end section with any other
elements of the rigging (Called two blocking).

Copyright © 2002 The Crosby Group, Inc.


SECTION 5
LUBRICATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Lubrication Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
General Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Lubrication Intervals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Over-Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Lubrication Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Oil Can Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Reference Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
CraneLUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Approved Lubricants For Normal Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Factory Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Open Gear Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Factory Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Gear Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Factory Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Field Make-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Hydraulic Filter Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Fluid Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Approved Lubricants For Arctic Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Upper and Lower Lubrication Points — Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Upper and Lower Lubrication Points — Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Prior to Use When Crane is Assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Every 8 Hours of Operation or Daily (whichever comes first) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Every 8 Hours of Operation or Daily Continued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Every 40 Hours of Operation or Weekly (whichever comes first) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
After First 200 Hours of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Every 200 Hours of Operation or Monthly (whichever comes first) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Every 500 Hours of Operation or Quarterly (whichever comes first) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Every 1,000 Hours of Operation or Semiannually (whichever comes first) . . . . . . 5-17
Boom Rigging Lubrication Points — Location and Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Prior to Use When Crane is Assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Every 8 Hours of Operation or Daily (whichever comes first) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Every 40 Hours of Operation or Weekly (whichever comes first) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Every 200 Hours of Operation or Monthly (whichever comes first) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Every 2,000 Hours of Operation or Yearly (whichever comes first) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Automatic Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Filling Pump Reservoirs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5
Testing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Daily Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Automatic Lubrication System Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 5-i


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL LUBRICATION

SECTION 5
LUBRICATION
LUBRICATION SYMBOLS LUBRICATION INTERVALS
The following symbols are used in decals on the crane to The intervals listed in this Lubrication Guide are for “average
identify lubrication points. operating conditions” based on experience gained by testing
lubricants at the factory and on recommendations given by
the lubricant suppliers. Severe operating conditions
Hydraulic (excessively dusty or corrosive atmosphere, unusually high
Engine Oil
Filter or low outside temperature, extreme loadings, uncommonly
Level
frequent or long operating cycles) may require shortening
Hydraulic Pump Drive the lubrication intervals. Follow the intervals given in this
Oil Oil Level Lubrication Guide until adequate experience is obtained to
establish intervals which meet your operating conditions.
Engine Diesel Bearings and bushings that are too warm, excessive play in
Coolant Fuel moving parts, binding in moving parts, excessive or
FIGURE 5-1 abnormal wear in gears and chains, and rust accumulation
indicate a lack of lubrication. If these conditions are found
during regular inspection, the lubrication interval for the
faulty parts should be shortened.

WARNING
Personal Injury Hazard! CAUTION
Personal injury can occur if safety precautions which Machinery Damage!
follow are not taken before and after servicing machinery. Before lengthening lubrication intervals, check that all
• Stop engine and wait until all moving parts have parts are receiving an adequate supply of clean lubricant;
completely stopped (if necessary, position any grease o th e r w is e , pa r ts wi ll b e da m a ge d f r o m a la ck o f
fittings on moving parts at access point; then stop lubrication. Contact your Crane CARE distributor for
engine). recommendations on lengthening lubrication intervals.
• Attach WARNING “out-of-order” sign to engine start
control in operator’s cab to warn all personnel that OVER-LUBRICATION
crane is being serviced. Over-lubrication is not only wasteful but also harmful:
• Do not operate crane until all safety guards and
• Excess lubrication can work its way onto friction
covers have been securely reinstalled and all
surfaces and result in faulty operation.
maintenance equipment has been removed.
• Oil or grease which drips onto walkways can cause
GENERAL LUBRICATION personnel to slip and be hurt.
• Too high an oil level can cause churning and foaming of
This section describes the major lubrication considerations
the oil and result in excessive heat and over-flow from
for this crane. Some points requiring lubrication (linkage in
the reservoir.
control members not equipped with grease fittings) have
been omitted, but they should be lubricated in accordance • An extra shot of grease, if too stiff or under too much 5
with good maintenance practices (see Oil Can Points). pressure, can pop out a bearing seal.
The lubrication intervals for vendor-supplied parts (engine,
light plant, etc.) have also been omitted from this Lubrication LUBRICATION TIPS
Guide; service vendor-supplied parts according to the • Check all oil levels before start-up so the oil has had a
“original equipment manufacturers’ manuals.” chance to run down from the reservoir walls and moving
Depending on the options your crane is equipped with, some parts.
lube points given in this Lubrication Guide may not apply to • Avoid introducing dirt into reservoirs. Carefully clean the
your crane. area around dipsticks, level plugs, fill plugs, and
breathers before removing.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 5-1


LUBRICATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

• Replace level plugs, fill plugs, drain plugs, and breathers The wire rope must be properly protected at all times. The
snugly and wipe up any spillage. lubricant must be fluid enough to fully penetrate the strands
and rope core. Use one of the methods shown in Figure 5-2
• Keep oil and grease dispensers and containers tightly
to lubricate the wire rope. For maximum penetration, apply
closed and stored in a dirt and moisture-free locations.
lubricant where the wire rope “opens up” as it travels around
• Clean grease fittings before and after applying grease. a sheave or winds onto a drum.
• Apply grease until the bushing or bearing is purged so The wire rope must be clean and dry before applying
dirt and water cannot enter. Wipe up excess grease. lubricant; an air jet, or wire brush are some cleaning
methods.
OIL CAN POINTS Do not use grease to lubricate wire rope. Grease will not
Oil all pins not equipped with grease fittings with engine oil penetrate rope properly and will buildup in valleys
every 40 hours of operation (even if the crane is not being between wires and strands. This buildup will inhibit rope
operated). inspection and could trap moisture in rope’s interior.

WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION REFERENCE INSTRUCTIONS


New wire rope is lubricated during manufacturing, but this See Crane Service Manual for detailed information on
lubricant is only adequate for initial storage and the early specific maintenance checks and procedures.
stages of operation. To prevent the damaging effects of
corrosion and to reduce wear, the wire rope must be CraneLUBE
lubricated at regular intervals.
Manitowoc highly recommends the use of CraneLUBE
Contact your wire rope manufacturer/dealer for lubrication l u b ri c a n ts t o i n c re a s e y o u r cr a n e ’s r e l i a b i l i t y a n d
recommendations. The lubrication interval and the type of performance. Contact your Crane CARE distributor for
lubricant used depends on the type of wire rope, the severity detailed information about our CraneLUBE lubrication
of duty, and the type of corrosive elements the wire ropes is program.
subjected to.

Casing Filled with


Swab and Lubricant.

Pouring onto Slow


Moving Sheave.

WARNING
Moving Rope Hazard!
Take every precaution to protect hands from injury
Bathing
when rope is moving. Wear heavy gloves and move
rope as slowly as possible.

Brushing

Hand
Swabbing

S139
FIGURE 5-2

5-2 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL LUBRICATION

APPROVED LUBRICANTS FOR NORMAL • Resists becoming so stiff that it chips or peels off at
OPERATION coldest operating temperature.
This type oil requires heating or thinning for proper
Grease application to gear teeth. Apply a light film of oil to each gear
tooth; do not rely on gear rotation to distribute oil.
Use an extreme pressure, heavy duty, water repellent grease
meeting the most up-to-date MIL-G-10924 specification. Factory Fill
Grease must be fluid enough to be applied by a grease gun
and to flow through grease lines at expected ambient • CraneLUBE NC.
temperature.
Gear Oil
Factory Fill
Use an extreme pressure gear oil meeting the most up-to-
Table 5-1 Grease date MIL-L-2105 specification or API GL-5 classification.
Change to one of the below listed viscosities when the
Turntable Bearing Temperature corresponding temperature range will be encountered.
Application
and Crawlers Range
Factory Fill
0°F (18°C) Automatic Lubrication
CraneLUBE Moly 50 • CraneLUBE 75W-90 for all gear boxes, except crawler
and above Systems *
output gear boxes.
0°F (18°C)
CraneLUBE Moly 52 Manual Lubrication
and above • CraneLUBE 80W-140 for crawler output gear boxes.
*CraneLUBE Moly 51 can be used for automatic lubrication
Table 5-2
systems in temperatures 40°F (4°C) and above.
Gear Oil
Other Grease Temperature
Application Ambient
Points Range SAE Grade
Temperature Gear Boxes Used In
0°F (18°C) All Other Grease Gear Oil
CraneLUBE E.P. # 2 Range
and above Points
Drums, Swing, Boom Hoist,
Below -10°F
NOTE For all operation below 0°F (18°C) use arctic 75W-90 * Luffing Hoist, Crawler Input,
(-23°C)
grease specified in Approved Lubricants for Arctic Rigging Winch
Operation topic in this section. All Temperatures
75W-90 * Pump Drive
to 100°F (38°C)
Open Gear Oil
Drums, Swing, Boom Hoist,
Lubricate open gears (gears not enclosed in an oil tight case -10°F to 100°F
80W-90 Luffing Hoist, Crawler Input,
such as a ring gear) with a thick oil that has the following (-23°C to 38°C)
Rigging Winch
characteristics:
Drums, Swing, Boom Hoist,
Above 100°F
• Resists being thrown off by turning gears. 80W-140 Luffing Hoist, Crawler Input,
(38°C)
Rigging Winch, Pump Drive
• Resists being washed off by water.
80W-140 All Temperatures Crawler Output
• Resists thinning out and dripping off at hottest operating
temperature.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 5-3


LUBRICATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Hydraulic Oil If you are in doubt about how much make-up oil has been
added, we recommend that a laboratory viscosity test be
Use a quality brand hydraulic oil which contains oxidation, performed or that the system be completely drained and
rust, and foam inhibitors. Additionally, the oil used must have refilled.
good thermal and hydrolytic stability to prevent wear,
erosion, and corrosion of internal parts. Filter new oil Table 5-4
through a 10 micron portable filter. Make-Up Oils Compatible with Benz Oil Flomite 46SS
Factory Fill Brand Summer Oil Winter Oil
• Benz Oil Flomite 46SS (MCC #549433) Amoco 1000 Fluid None Available
Exxon Torque Fluid 56 Univis J13
Table 5-3
Hydraulic Oil Mobil Mobilfluid 424 Aero HFA

ISO Grade Shell Donax TD Aeroshell Fluid 4


Hydraulic Ambient Temperature Range Texaco THD Oil Rando HD Z-15 HV-1
Oil
15 -30°F to 30°F (-34°C to -1°C) HYDRAULIC FILTER REPLACEMENT
32 -10°F to 60°F (-23°C to 16°C) The hydraulic filter elements on this crane are specially
46 0°F to 85°F (-18°C to 29°C) designed to withstand high pressure as the elements fill with
dirt. This feature prevents the elements from collapsing.
68 10°F to 110°F (-12°C to 43°C)
Refer to Table 5-5 for the Manitowoc part numbers of
100 30°F to 120°F (-1°C to 49°C)
replacement filter elements. Refer to the lubrication charts in
Flomite is an all-weather hydraulic oil suitable for use in this section for identification and location of the filter
ambient temperatures from 0 – 110°F (-18 – 43°C). elements.

Flomite can cloud up (form wax crystals) at ambient Table 5-5


temperatures below 0°F (-18°C). This condition can result in Replacement Filter Elements
damage to hydraulic components during start-up.
MCC No. System
When the expected ambient temperature will be below 0°F
A00652 Charge Pumps and In-Tank Return
(-18°C), the hydraulic oil must be heated to at least 0°F
(-18°C) prior to start-up. Tank heaters are available from
Manitowoc Cranes. An alternative to heating the oil is to
change to an ISO grade oil which meets the expected CAUTION
ambient temperatures given in Table 5-3). Hydraulic System Damage!
Cloud point of oil selected must be equal to or less than Original Equipment Manufacturers’ filter elements –
expected ambient temperature. available from Manitowoc – must be used on this crane.
Substituting with any other brand or type filter element is
Field Make-Up prohibited.
Table 5-4 lists hydraulic oils compatible with Benz Oil Flomite Filter elements made by other manufacturers may
46SS. Flomite can be diluted with an oil from the table to a collapse under pressure. This action will allow unfiltered
maximum of 25% with little effect on the oil’s low and high oil to be drawn into hydraulic system — pumps, motors,
temperature characteristics. and valves can be destroyed.
None of the oils listed in the table have the same operating Manitowoc will reject warranty claims for damaged
limits as Flomite. Therefore, dilution beyond the 25% hydraulic components if proper hydraulic filter elements
maximum could effect the crane’s operating performance at are not used.
certain temperatures.

5-4 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL LUBRICATION

LUBRICATION POINTS • M = Monthly

• Refer to Figure 5-3 through Figure 5-6 for location of the • Q = Quarterly
lubrication points for crane. • S = Semiannually
• Refer to Figure 5-7 for location of the lubrication points • O = At Overhaul
for the boom.
• Y = Yearly
The letters before the item numbers in the illustrations
correspond to the following intervals:
FLUID CAPACITIES
• A = At Assembly
Fluid capacities are approximate and should be used only as
• D = Daily a guide for ordering sufficient fluid at oil change intervals.
• W = Weekly Always fill each system to level plug opening or to
specified point on sight gauge or dipstick.

Capacity Approved
System
Gallons Liters Lubricant
Cooling System 21 79 See NOTE 1
Crawler Input Gearbox (each) 4.5 17 Gear Oil
Crawler Output Gearbox (each) 30 114 Gear Oil
Crawler Grease Reservoir 1 4 Mobilgrease CM-S
Drum 1 (Main Load Hoist) 27 102 Gear Oil
Drum 2 (Main Load Hoist) 27 102 Gear Oil
Drum 3 (Whip Load Hoist) 20 76 Gear Oil
Drum 4 (Boom Hoist) 25 95 Gear Oil
Drum 5 (Mast Hoist) 5 19 Gear Oil
Drum 6 (Luffing Hoist) 13 49 Gear Oil
Fuel 275 1 041 See NOTE 1
Hydraulic Tank 270 1 022 Hydraulic Oil
Pump Drive (without circulating oil system) 2.25 8.5 Gear Oil
Pump Drive (with circulating oil system) 3.5 13 Gear Oil
Swing 5.5 21 Gear Oil
Turntable Bearing Grease Reservoir 1 4 Mobilgrease CM-S

NOTE 1 See engine manual for fuel, antifreeze, and Brake housings for crawlers are flushed with oil
engine oil specifications. from hydraulic system.
NOTE 2 Brake housings for swing, boom hoist, and load
drums are filled automatically with oil from gear
5
boxes.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 5-5


LUBRICATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

APPROVED LUBRICANTS FOR ARCTIC


OPERATION CAUTION
The lubricants listed in Table 5-6 are recommended for use Hydraulic Pump Damage!
in Manitowoc’s line of hydraulic cranes when operating in an To prevent damage to hydraulic pumps, warm hydraulic
arctic-type climate — outside temperature continuously oil to at least 60°F (16°C) before operating crane
0°F (-18°C) to -40°F (-40°C). functions during arctic-type conditions.
Use these lubricants in place of the lubricants listed for Structural Damage!
normal operation in this section. Cold weather can affect structural integrity of crane and
Additionally, the crane should be equipped with the hydraulic attachment. Before operating in cold weather, read
tanks heaters available from Manitowoc. Preparation for Cold Weather - Crane Limitations in Crane
Operator’s Manual.

CAUTION
Machinery Damage!
Do not operate main crane functions (swing, travel,
drums, boom hoist) with approved arctic lubricants when
ambient temperature is above 60°F (16°C). Crane
machinery will be damaged.
When ambient temperature is above 60°F (16°C), limit
operation to crane setup functions (i.e. jacking cylinders).
Switch back to standard lubricants listed in lubrication
guide when ambient temperature will be above 60°F
(16°C).

Table 5-6 Lubricant for Arctic Operation

System Approved Arctic Lubricants


Grease Points Chevron RPM Arctic Grease NLGI 1
All Gear Cases, Pump Drives, and Gear Boxes Mobil SHC 626
Petro-Canada Premium Plus
Hydraulic System OR
Mobilfluid LT
Duron XL Synthetic 0W-30
Engine Oil System (see NOTE) OR
Mobil Delvac 1
Engine Fuel (see NOTE) No. 1 Diesel
Engine Cooling System (see NOTE) Mix anti-freeze (Ethylene Glycol) and water 60/40 by volume.
This mixture will provide coolant protection to -65°F (-54°C).
Pure antifreeze freezes at -10°F (-23°C).
NOTE Refer to engine manufacturer’s manual for specifications and cold weather operating guidelines.

5-6 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL LUBRICATION

THIS PAGE BLANK

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 5-7


LUBRICATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

UPPER AND LOWER LUBRICATION POINTS — LOCATION

A1
P1917
A2

D1

W1

P1800 A05614
P1081b

Typical:
• 4 Places in Carbody for Crawlers
• Both Mast Hinge Pins
• Both Front Rotating Bed Pins

D9

2 Places at Front
of Adapter Frame D2

D4
D10

P1918

D8 A1258

D3
P1905

P1908
D7 P1907 P1906
D6 D5

S1 FIGURE 5-3

5-8 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL LUBRICATION

W2 Left End Drum 5 W3


M11

M10

P1930a
P1919

M2
P1812
M1 S2
S4
W4
M12

P1916

Right End Drum 5


P1920
W5 M15
Filter 1 Filter 2

M13

M14

P1915

M3
P1912a
S3
D18
S6 S5
D17
W8
S6
D15

D19
Filter 8
Inside
5
D16b Hydraulic Tank
P1910

D16a

P1911 P2228
Left Side of Rotating Bed FIGURE 5-4
Filters 4

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 5-9


LUBRICATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

D21
P1818b
W6

P1807
M4
S7

P2327
Current Production
S7a

D20 P1807c

D20
P1807

Current Production
Past Production
S7b
P2328

Current Production pump drives


have a circulating oil system.

Spring
P2328a
Element

Current Production Y-Fitting

Plug
FIGURE 5-5

5-10 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL LUBRICATION

M18

Typical View:
• Left End Drum 3 in Crane
• Right End Drums 1, 2, 6 in Boom Butt
• Right End Drum 4 in Mast

M17

M16

P1921
M18
Right End Drum 3

M5
M13
S81

P1950
S82 P1926

M19 Past Production On Top


W7 M22 M21

P1922
M7 M8 P1817
M19 M19
S11 S12
Current Production
On Bottom

5
M20
M6
S9
P1687
P1914
Q1
S10

P1939

FIGURE 5-6

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 5-11


LUBRICATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

UPPER AND LOWER LUBRICATION POINTS — IDENTIFICATION

Item Description Required Service


Prior to Use When Crane is Assembled
A1 Self-Erect Connecting Pins: Grease each only with cylinders retracted.
• Upperworks (1 fitting, 4 places)
• Crawlers (1 fitting, 4 places)
A2 Carbody Pedestal (1 fitting, 4 places) Grease each only with jack screw fully retracted.
Every 8 Hours of Operation or Daily (whichever comes first)
D1 Ring Gear Check for proper lubrication; coat with open gear oil if needed.
D2 Grease Reservoir (2 places at front of adapter Check reservoir level. Fill to proper level with approved grease
frame; 1 for crawlers and 1 for turntable bearing) (see NOTE 1).
D3 Fuel Level Gauge Check level; fill to high mark (see NOTE 2).
D4 Fuel Tank Fill Cap Fill to proper level with fuel oil.
D5 Fuel Tank Drain Valve Drain water (see NOTE 3).
D6 Hydraulic Tank Drain Valve Drain water (see NOTE 3).
D7 Radiator Sight Gauge Check level; should be at full cold mark (see NOTE 4).
D8 Radiator Fill Cap Fill to proper level with coolant.
D9 Air Cleaner Service Indicator Check; replace element when indicated.
D10 Engine Service according to manufacturer’s instructions.
Items D11-D14 Not Used

NOTE 1 Fill through fitting in base of reservoir using a NOTE 2 Monitor fuel level on display in operator’s cab.
hand-operated grease gun or pump. Refill
NOTE 3 Drain any accumulated water from fuel and
reservoir when grease reaches MIN mark. Fill
hydraulic tanks at start of each work day.
reservoir to MAX mark.
Crack open drain valves. Securely close drain
Crawlers and turntable bearing are greased
valves as soon as water stops draining and a
automatically by electric pumps when ignition
steady stream of fuel or hydraulic oil appears.
switch is on.
NOTE 4 Check coolant level when coolant is cold.

5-12 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL LUBRICATION

Item Description Required Service


Every 8 Hours of Operation or Daily Continued
D15 Hydraulic Tank Sight Gauge Check level (see NOTE 1).
Fill to proper level with hydraulic oil through power fill
D16a Hydraulic Tank Fill
coupler (NOTE 2).
Fill to proper level with hydraulic oil through stand pipe
D16b Hydraulic Tank Fill
(NOTE 2).
D17 Hydraulic Tank Return Filter (2 each mounted in tank) Replace BOTH elements when indicated and at each
oil change interval (NOTE 3).
D18 Hydraulic Charge Filter (2) Replace specified element when indicated and at each
oil change interval (NOTE 3).
D19 Suction Filter (2 each inside hydraulic tank) Clean BOTH when indicated and at each oil change
interval (NOTE 4).
D20 Pump Drive Sight Gauge or Dipstick Check level. Oil should be at middle of gauge or at full
mark on dipstick.
D21 Pump Drive Fill Plug/Breather Fill to proper level with gear oil.

NOTE 1 Check hydraulic oil level when oil is cold and When adding hydraulic fluid RELIEVE
upperworks jacking cylinders are retracted. PR ES SU RE t hr o u gh a ir v alve on s ide o f
Fill tank to FULL COLD mark on decal. System hydraulic tank before servicing.
fault alert in operator’s cab will come on when
Do not fill tank through top of either filter or
hydraulic oil is at an unsafe level; Fill Tank
through breather port. See Service Manual
Immediately.
Section 2 for fill procedure.
NOTE 3 Replace corresponding filter element when
system fault alert (yellow light and buzzer)
WARNING comes on and digital display reads FILTER 1 or
FILTER 2 (charge filter) or FILTER 4 (return
Burn Hazard! filters). See Section 2 in the Service Manual for
Oil in hydraulic tan k may be under pressure and filter replacement procedure.
extremely hot.
It is normal for system fault alert to come on at
Hot oil can escape when you remove stand pipe plug, start-up when hydraulic oil is cold. Alert should
either filter cover, or breather. shut off as oil warms up.
RELIEVE PRESSURE through air valve on side of NOTE 4 Clean both filters when system fault alert (yellow
hydraulic tank before servicing. light and buzzer) comes on and digital display
reads FILTER 8 (must drain tank).
NOTE 2 Fill tank through power fill coupler (D16a) or
through stand pipe (D16b).

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 5-13


LUBRICATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Item Description Required Service


Every 40 Hours of Operation or Weekly (whichever comes first)
W1 Swing Shaft Bearing (1 fitting, 4 places) Grease each.
W2 Drum 5 Gear Box Breather Clean (see NOTE 1).
W3 Swing Gear Box Fill Cap/Breather (4 places) Clean each (see NOTE 1).
W4 Drum Pawl and Cam (each drum so equipped) Apply open gear oil to sliding surfaces.
W5 Batteries Check electrolyte level.
W6 Pump Drive Fill Cap/Breather Clean (see NOTE 1).
W7 Crawler Input Gear Box Breather (1 each crawler) Clean each (see NOTE 1).
W8 Hydraulic Tank Breather Clean (see NOTE 1 and NOTE 2).

NOTE 1 Soak breathers in non-flammable solvent and


blow dry with compressed air. For hydraulic tank,

P2348
this service applies only to the past production
metal-type breather.
NOTE 2 Hydraulic tank on current production cranes has Desiccant
a desiccant breather. The breather does not Beads
require servicing until indicated.
Inspect desiccant breather weekly. Replace
cartrid ge w ith a ne w on e w he n all of th e
desiccant beads turn dark green (they are gold
Service
when new). Indicator

Current Production
Desiccant Breather

5-14 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL LUBRICATION

Item Description Required Service


After First 200 Hours of Operation
(see NOTE 1)
M1 Drum 5 Brake Drain Plug (lowest outermost plug) Drain with Drum 5 (refilled by Drum 5 gear box).
M2 Swing Gear Box Drain Plug (4 places) Drain and refill each with gear oil.
M3 Drum 5 Gear Box Drain Plug Drain and refill with gear oil (see NOTE 2).
M4 Pump Drive Drain Plug Drain and refill with gear oil.
M5 Drum Gear Box Drain Valve (Drums 1-4 and 6) Drain and refill each with gear oil.
M6 Crawler Output Gear Box Drain Plug (1 each crawler) Drain and refill each with gear oil.
M7 Crawler Input Gear Box Drain Plug (1 each crawler) Drain and refill each with gear oil.
M8 Crawler Brake Drain Plugs Drain each with input gear box (refilled by hydraulic
(lowest outermost plug) (2 each crawler) system).
Item M9 Not Used

NOTE 1 Service after first 200 hours of operation is NOTE 2 Rotate drum so drain and fill plugs are located
required to remove metal particles and other on vertical centerline of drum and level plug is
impurities collected during initial run-in of gear located toward rear of crane on horizontal
boxes. centerline of drum.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 5-15


LUBRICATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Item Description Required Service


Every 200 Hours of Operation or Monthly (whichever comes first)
M10 Swing Gear Box Level Plug (4 places) Check level; should be up to plug opening.
M11 Swing Gear Box Fill Plug (4 places) Fill each to proper level with gear oil.
M12 Drum Pawl Pin (1 fitting each drum so equipped) Grease each 1/2 shot.
M13 Drum Journal Bearing (1 fitting Drum 3 and 5) Grease each.
M14 Drum 5 Gear Box Level Plug Check level; should be up to plug opening (see NOTE 1).
M15 Drum 5 Gear Box Fill Plug Fill to proper level with gear oil.
M16 Drum Gear Box Sight Gauge (Drums 1-4 and 6) Check level; should be at middle of gauge.
(see NOTE 2)
M17 Drum Gear Box Fill Plug (Drums 1-4 and 6) Fill each to proper level with gear oil.
M18 Cab Support Grease Fittings (2 fittings) Grease each 1/2 shot.
M19 Engine Clutch Lever and Bearing (3 fittings) Past production – Grease each (2 left side, 1 right side).
Current production – Grease 1 each side and 1 on bottom.
M20 Crawler Output Gear Box Fill/Level Plug (1 each Check level; oil should be up to plug opening. Fill each as
crawler) required with gear oil.
M21 Crawler Input Gear Box Level Gauge (1 each crawler) Check level; should be at middle of gauge.
M22 Crawler Input Gear Box Fill Plug (1 each crawler) Fill each to proper level with gear oil.

NOTE 1 Rotate drum so drain and fill plugs are located • CHECK LEVEL of drums 1, 2, 4, and 6 using
on vertical centerline of drum and level plug is drain pipe S82. Rotate drum so drain pipe S82
located toward front of crane on horizontal is horizontal. Oil should be up to drain pipe
centerline of drum. opening. If required, add oil to drum through
NOTE 2 Check level of drums 1, 2, 4, and 6 using plugs drain valve S81.
M16 and M17 with drums in horizontal position
• DRAIN drums 1, 2, 4, and 6 using drain pipe
prior to raising mast and boom each time crane
is assembled. S82. Rotate drum so drain pipe S82 is
VERTICAL.
During operation with mast and boom raised:

Item Description Required Service


Every 500 Hours of Operation or Quarterly (whichever comes first)
Q1 Crawler Drive Shafts (4 fittings both crawlers) Grease (see Note 1).

NOTE 1 See manufacturer’s instructions for proper Must slide guards clear of drive shafts to expose
greasing. grease fittings. Be sure to securely reattach
ends of guards in operating position after
greasing.

5-16 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL LUBRICATION

Item Description Required Service


Every 1,000 Hours of Operation or Semiannually (whichever comes first)
S1 Hydraulic Tank Drain Valve Drain and refill with hydraulic oil.
S2 Swing Gear Box Drain Plug (4 places) Drain and refill each with gear oil.
S3 Drum 5 Gear Box Drain Plug Drain and refill with gear oil (see NOTE 1).
S4 Drum 5 Brake Drain Plug (lowest outermost plug) Drain with Drum 5 gear box (refilled by Drum 5 gear box).
S5 Hydraulic Tank Breather Replace element or entire breather (see NOTE 2).
S6 Hydraulic Filters (four) Replace elements when indicated on screen.
S7 Pump Drive Drain Plug Drain and refill with gear oil.
S7a Pump Drive Oil Cooler Thoroughly pressure clean fins. Make sure there are not
obstructions to air flow.
S7b Pump Drive Oil Filter Replace.

S81 Load Drum Gear Box Primary Drain Valve Drain and refill each with gear oil.
(Drums 1-4 and 6) (see NOTE 3).
S82 Load Drum Gear Box Secondary Drain Valve Drain. This drain drains remaining oil from bottom of drum
(Drums 1-4 and 6) barrel.
S9 Crawler Gear Box Drain Plug (2 places) Drain and refill each with gear oil.
S10 Radiator Drain Valve Drain and refill with coolant.
S11 Crawler Input Gear Box Drain Plug (1 each crawler) Drain and refill each with gear oil.
S12 Crawler Brake Drain Plug Drain each with input gear box (refilled by hydraulic
(lowest outermost plug) (2 each crawler) system).

NOTE 1 Rotate drum so drain and fill plugs are located For Drum 4 when mast is raised:
on vertical center line of drum and level plug is
located toward front of crane on horizontal • DRAIN Drum 4 using drain pipe S82. Rotate
center line of drum. drum so drain pipe S82 is vertical.
NOTE 2 This service applies only to the past production • FILL Drum 4 through drain valve S81. Rotate
metal-type breather. For current production drum so drain pipe S82 is horizontal. Oil should
desiccant breather, see page 5-14. be up to drain pipe opening.
NOTE 3 Lower boom so Drums 1, 2, and 6 are horizontal
when changing oil.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 5-17


LUBRICATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

W1

W3

W2
Plastic
Plug
Y1

Drum
Seal

A3 Y1

D2

A4

A2

M1

* A1

A2

D1

FIGURE 5-7

5-18 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL LUBRICATION

BOOM RIGGING LUBRICATION POINTS — LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION

Item Description Required Service


Prior to Use When Crane is Assembled
A1 Fixed Mast Self-Erect Connecting Pin (1 fitting, 2 places) Grease each only with cylinders retracted.
A2 Boom Butt Fleeting Sheaves (Rigging Winch) Grease each. Make sure entire length of both shafts
are coated with grease.

If equipped, roller in luffing jib strut and sheave in


luffing butt do not require lubrication.
A3 Rigging Winch Bearing Grease until grease seeps out drum seal.
A4 Rigging Winch Inspect for oil leaks prior to using. If found, repair
and refill unit with gear oil.
Every 8 Hours of Operation or Daily (whichever comes first)
D1 Boom Hinge Pin (1 fitting, 2 places) Grease each.
D2 Wire Rope Guide Sheave (1 fitting each) Grease each.
Every 40 Hours of Operation or Weekly (whichever comes first)
W1 Load Block Sheaves (1 fitting, each sheave) Grease each.
W2 Hook Swivel and Trunnion Bearings Grease.
W3 Weight Ball Swivel (not shown) Grease.
Every 200 Hours of Operation or Monthly (whichever comes first)
M1 Live Mast Cylinder Ends (2 fittings each cylinder) Grease each.
Every 2,000 Hours of Operation or Yearly (whichever comes first)
Y1 Rigging Winch Drain and refill with 17 oz (0.5 L) of gear oil.
Wire rope must be removed before drum can be
drained.
• Remove plastic plug and drain plug from bottom
of drum barrel to drain oil. Securely reinstall
plugs.
• Remove plastic plug and fill plug from top of
drum barrel to add oil. Securely reinstall plugs.
Sheaves in locations marked with an asterisk (*) do not require greasing at regular intervals. Repack these
* sheaves with grease when sheaves are overhauled.

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 5-19


LUBRICATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

AUTOMATIC LUBRICATION SYSTEM Check the grease level in reservoirs (3) at the beginning of
each shift. Refill the reservoirs with CraneLUBE Moly
The crane has two grease systems which automatically grease, as required, before the level reaches the MIN mark
grease twenty-one grease points on the turntable bearing on the reservoirs.
and seventeen grease points (rollers) on each crawler.
Grease is pumped to each point at the intervals given in Fill the reservoirs to the MAX mark with a hand operated
Table 5-7 when the ignition switch is on. grease pump through grease fitting (4) on the pump housing.

Table 5-7 Testing System


Automatic Greasing Intervals
See Figure 5-8 for following procedure.
Item Cycle Time Interval 1. Manually apply grease at fitting (5) at the pressure relief
Turntable Bearing Continuous While Swinging valve (6) on the pump outlet.
Crawler Roller Bearings Continuous While Traveling 2. Check to see if indicator pin on each valve is working.
Should extend or retract.
Reservoir Capacity 1 gallon (4 liters)
3. Inspect all valve inlets, outlets, and lubrication points.
Turntable Bearing 0.171 in3/min Tighten fittings if grease leakage is detected.
(2.8 cm3/min)
Pump Output: 4. Check that grease pumps operate when swinging and
Crawlers 0.488 in3/min
traveling.
(8 cm3/min)
Daily Inspection
Operation
To e n s u r e m a x i m u m r e l i a b i l i t y a n d p r o t e c t c r a n e
See Figure 5-8 in following procedure. components, the automatic lubrication systems must be
inspected daily.
The crane’s programmable controller controls the grease
pumps. • Check grease level in each reservoir. Fill to MIN mark, if
required, with CraneLUBE Moly grease.
• The pumps pump grease to the grease points
continuously when the crane is swung or traveled. • If grease is pumped out through pressure relief valve (6),
pressure within system is greater than 4,000 ± 250 psi
• The pumps stop pumping when swing or travel is
(276 ± 17 bar). A blocked grease line or divider valve is
stopped.
indicated.
• The pumps also stop pumping if the crane’s ignition
Visually inspect terminal ends of each grease line to verify
switch is turned off.
there are no leaks.
Each divider valve — primary and secondary — has an
• Visually inspect for broken or cut grease lines.
indicator pin (16) that extends and retracts during a
lubrication cycle. • Inspect lubrication end points for fresh grease.
• Check that pump is working. Indicator pins (16) should
Filling Pump Reservoirs
cycle in and out as grease is pumped.
See Figure 5-8 for following procedure.
If a problem occurs, see Table 5-8.

5-20 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL LUBRICATION

P1942
Item Description
1 Grease Pump (Turntable Bearing)
2 Grease Pump (Crawler)
3 Grease Reservoir
4 Grease Fitting for Filling Reservoir 3
6
5 Grease Fitting for Greasing System Manually
6 Pressure Relief Valve
7 Electric Power Cable
8 Primary Divider Valve (Crawler)
9 Grease Line from Grease Pump
10 Grease Line to Secondary Divder Valve 5 4
11 Grease Line from Primary Divider Valve
12 Secondary Divider Valve (Crawler) 1
13 Grease Lines to Lube Points
7
14 Primary Divider Valve (Turntable Bearing)
15 Secondary Divider Valve (Turntable Bearing)
16 Indicator Pin View A

16 10

2
11 1
5 14
12

P1944
9 View C

16
13

16

A1259
P1943
View D 9
8
13 2 Places
15
5

16 5
5

P1945 View D
11
2 Places

P1943a
View E
10

FIGURE 5-8

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 5-21


LUBRICATION 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Automatic Lubrication System Troubleshooting


Table 5-8
Troubleshooting

Symptom Probable Cause Solution


1. Pump will not operate. Not receiving 24-volt DC Check fuses and electrical supply.
input. Check electrical supply to the pump, by tracing to electrical
source. Repair.
Blocked pump cam. If voltage is available to pump, check for blockage. Repair.
Replace pump motor if blockage is not identified.
2. The pump motor is running Air pocket at pump element Disconnect main delivery hose from pump outlet.
but there is no grease being inlet. Run pump until solid grease with no bubbles flows from
discharged. outlet. If solid grease does not discharge after 20 minutes,
pump inlet is blocked.
NOTE 1 Depending on operating temperature and
grease type, it can take up to 10 minutes to
obtain full volume at outlet.
Blocked pump inlet. Remove pump element from pump body and check suction
inlet port for foreign particles.
Reassemble pump and element, then test pump. If pump
element does not discharge grease, replace element.

3. Pump operated with an Grease in reservoir is low. Fill reservoir and test system with grease gun at system
empty reservoir. manual grease fitting.
Disconnect main delivery hose from pump and watch until
solid grease with no bubbles flows from outlet.
Reconnect main delivery hose to pump outlet.
4. Grease is discharged at There is blockage in meter Test system with grease gun at system manual grease
pressure relief valve. valves, hose, tubing, or at fitting. Loosen each outlet line at primary valve, one at a
bearing. time. The blocked outlet line will start flowing grease and
indicator pin starts indexing.
Retighten all outlets at primary valve.
Trace hose that flowed to its secondary valve.
Repeat process of loosening each outlet one at a time until
blocked line is found.
Retighten all outlets.
Repair bearing blockage.
If a metering valve is causing blockage, replace valve.
5. Indicator pin on primary See item 4. See item 4.
valve does not move.
6. Lubrication point is not Cut in hose or tubing. Replace hose or tubing.
receiving grease.

5-22 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


SECTION 6
MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Initial Run-In Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

6
Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 6-i
18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST

SECTION 6
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST
GENERAL ■ A black box in any column indicates that the item does
not require service at the corresponding interval.
This folio contains a list of inspection and maintenance
checks and the recommended interval at which each check ❏
S If further service of any item is required, indicate so in

should be made. Performing the checks at the the box next to the item (for example: ‘S’ indicates
recommended intervals will help maintain the safety, Service Required); furthermore, make a detailed report
dependability, and productivity designed into your crane. of the type of service required (parts replacement,
adjustment, overhaul, etc.). Space is provided on at the
NOTE: Service and maintain the engine according to the end of this folio for this purpose.
engine manufacturer’s instructions.

INTERVALS
The letters at the top of the checklist columns correspond to WARNING
the below listed intervals. To prevent serious or fatal injury while servicing crane:
Perform the checks either at the hourly interval or at the • Lower all loads to ground.
calendar interval, whichever comes first. At each interval, • Move all controls to off.
perform all previous checks in addition to the ones listed.
• Stop engine and wait until all moving parts stop
A Every 8 Hours or Daily before servicing crane.
B Every 40 Hours or Weekly (includes A Checks) Maintenance checks which require engine to be
running are identified with a bold dot (•).
C Every 200 Hours or Monthly (includes A - B Checks)
Use extreme care to avoid contact with moving parts
D Every 500 Hours or Quarterly (includes A - C Checks) when servicing crane with engine running.
E Every 1,000 Hours or Semiannually (includes A - D Checks) • Attach WARNING sign to engine start control to warn
personnel that crane is being serviced and must not
F Every 2,000 Hours or Annually (includes A - E Checks)
be started.
The intervals are based on average operating conditions and • Do not operate crane until all safety guards and
should be used only as a guide until adequate experience is covers are securely reinstalled and all maintenance
obtained to establish intervals which meet the specific equipment is removed.
operating conditions of your crane (frequency and duration
Do not place crane into service until all defects are
of operation , loa dings involved , du st y or corrosive
corrected.
atmosphere, outside air temperature, etc.).
Before lengthening or shortening the recommended NOTE: Completed checklists and repair receipts may be
intervals, study the crane’s performance. Carefully examine required for warranty claims. Keep these items on
previous checklists and service records to determine if past file at all times. Give the checklists to the new
component failures have been caused by inadequate owner if the crane is sold.
maintenance.
T hi s c he ckl ist c an b e r e pr o d uc ed lo ca lly, o r
Perform an oil analysis at regular intervals for each fluid used additional copies can be obtained from Technical
in the crane to determine oil-change intervals. Publications Department at factory.
This checklist covers 200 hours of operation (approximately
one month working one shift a day); therefore, a new INSTRUCTIONS
checklist must be started each time 200 hours of operation or
one month is completed. S ee S e r vi ce M a n u al f o r sp e ci f ic ma i n te n a n ce a n d
adjustment procedures.
NOTE: Depending on the options your crane has, some
checks given in this checklist may not apply. See Section 5 in this Manual for lubrication intervals, types of
fluids, and lube point locations.
See the Parts Manual for specific torque values of nuts,
bolts, and screws.
6
Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 6-1
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

INITIAL RUN-IN SERVICES The turntable bolts must be serviced after the first 50 hours
of operation (see Turntable Bearing Adjustments in the
The gear boxes and pump drive must be serviced after the Service Manual).
first 200 hours of operation (refer to Lubrication Guide).

CHECKLIST
ENGINE HOUR METER READING:
Checkers
Initials
at Start of Checklist ______________
at End of Checklist _______________
A A A A B A A A A B A A A A B A A A A C D E F
SCHEDULE
Check for damaged or missing fiberglass covers.
Clean and check all windows for cracks.
Clean all debris from crane.
Check for leaks (fuel, coolant, gear oil, engine oil,
hydraulic oil); correct cause and fill faulty unit to
proper level.
Grease 8 hour lube points.
Apply open gear oil to ring gear.
Check pump drive oil level.
Check fuel tank level and drain water from bottom
of tank.
Check hydraulic tank level and drain water from
bottom of tank.
Check radiator coolant level when cold.
Service engine (see manufacturer’s instructions).
Check that fire extinguisher (s) is on crane and
fully charged.
Check that Operator’s Manual and Capacity
Charts are in operator’s cab.
• Check operating limit and system fault alerts for
proper operation – red and yellow lights, buzzer,
and beeper should come on for an instant when
ignition switch is moved to RUN position
(NOTE 1).
• Check seat switch for proper operation — all
control handles and corresponding functions
should be inoperable when operator is out of
seat.
• Check digital display on control console for
proper readings.
• Replace hydraulic filter elements if system fault
alert is on (oil at operating temperature) and
digital display indicates filter name.
• Check engine air cleaner service indicator.

6-2 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST

ENGINE HOUR METER READING:


Checkers
Initials
at Start of Checklist ______________
at End of Checklist _______________
A A A A B A A A A B A A A A B A A A A C D E F
SCHEDULE
• Check swing lock for proper operation; must
hold crane in position when engaged and allow
crane to swing when disengaged.
• Check all drum pawls for proper operation; must
fully engage and disengage ratchets. Controlled
by park switches.
• Check park modes for proper operation —
control handle and corresponding function (all
drums, swing, travel) must be inoperable when
park switch is on.
• While slowly hoisting or lowering, move control
handle to off. Load must come to complete stop
and not slip through brake. Brake must hold
load in position.
• Test boom hoist brake while slowly raising or
lowering boom. Move control handle to off.
Boom must come to complete stop and not slip
through brake. Brake must hold boom in
position.
• Test travel brake while slowly traveling in either
direction. Move control handles to off. Crane
must come to complete stop and not slip
through brake. Brake must hold crane in
position.
• Check that swing holding brake holds
upperworks in position when swing control is off.
Swing handle should be inoperable.
• Test drum rotation indicators for proper
operation.
• Check Rated Capacity Indicator/Limiter for
proper operation.
• Check auto lube systems for proper operation
(crawlers and turntable bearing).
Check that boom and load hoist wire rope is
spooled properly on drums and through sheaves
before raising boom and loads from ground.
Check that jacking cylinder rods have not
extended more than one inch (25 mm). See decal
on cylinders for instructions. Check at start of each
shift and mid-way through each shift.
NOTE 1 Operating limit and system fault alerts (lights, buzzer and beeper) will stay on if a limit has been reached or a fault
exists.

6
Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 6-3
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

SCHEDULE B B B C D E F
Grease 40 hour lube points.
Oil all pins not equipped with grease fittings.
Check battery electrolyte level.
Inspect rotating bed, carbody, and crawlers for cracks or other damage.
Check that all pins and bolts are in place and tight in rotating bed, carbody, and crawlers (see
separate checks for turntable bolts).
Check crawler treads for proper adjustment.
Inspect boom and mast for cracked or deformed members.
Check that all boom and mast pins and bolts are in place and tight.
Inspect all sheaves for wear and damage.
Inspect all wire rope for broken wires or excessive wear and for proper spooling on drums
and reeving through sheaves; lubricate wire rope if needed.
Inspect each hook for cracks or deformation.
Clean breathers on applicable gear boxes and on pump drive.
• Test all disc brakes (load drums, boom hoist, swing, travel) for proper operation.
• Test each limit device for proper operation:
Boom up limit.
Boom down limit.
Minimum bail limit.
Maximum bail limit.
Block-Up limit.
Any other limit crane is equipped with.

Grease 200 hour lube points.


Check level of each gear box.
Inspect air cleaner.
Engage and disengage engine clutch several times with engine running to clean discs.
Inspect all hydraulic hoses and tubes for abrasion, swelling, kinking, cracks, and other damage.
Inspect all electrical harnesses and cables for abrasion, cracks, or other damage.
Inspect CAN nodes and junction boxes for corrosion, loose connectors, and loose mounting hardware.

6-4 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST

SCHEDULE B B B C D E F
Check tension of V-belts (see Engine Manual).
Service battery (clean and inspect).

Grease 1,000 hour lube points.


Drain and refill each gear box.
Drain and refill hydraulic system.
Replace hydraulic filter elements.
Drain and refill cooling system.
Drain and refill pump drive.

Torque turntable bolts.


Perform magnetic particle or other suitable crack detecting inspection for each hook.
Check Rated Capacity Indicator/Limiter for proper calibration.
Replace hydraulic hoses after 4,000 to 8,000 hours as recommended in Service Manual.
Replace electrical harnesses and cables after 8,000 to 10,000 hours as recommended in Service Manual.

NOTES

6
Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 6-5
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST 18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

NOTES

6-6 Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09


ALPHABETICAL INDEX

Accessing Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2


Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Approved Lubricants For Arctic Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Approved Lubricants For Normal Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Assembly And Disassembly Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Assembly and Disassembly Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Assist Crane Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Automatic Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Block Level Sensor Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Boom and Jib Rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Boom Disassembly Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Boom Ladder Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Boom Rigging Lubrication Points — Location and Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Cab Door Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Cold Weather Heater Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Cold Weather Mast Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Crane Access Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Crane Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Crane Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Crane Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Crane Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Crane Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Crane Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Crane Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Crane Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Crane Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Crane/attachment Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
CraneLUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Diesel Engine Exhaust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Digital Display Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Digital Input and Output Item Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Engine Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
English And Metric Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Fluid Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Front Window Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Function Speed/torque Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
General Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
General Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Handling Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Hydraulic Filter Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Hydraulic System Calibration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Identification And Location Of Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Initial Run-In Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Live Mast Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Load Block Reeving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Lubrication Intervals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09 Index-i


18000 OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Lubrication Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1


Lubrication Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Manitowoc Crane CARE Distributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Nameplates and Decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Oil Can Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Operating Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Operating Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Operating Near Electric Power Lines And Transmitter Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Operator’s Manual/Capacity Chart Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Optional Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Outline Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Over-Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Pad Eye Usage for Wire Rope Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Pedestal/barge Mounted Cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Personnel Handling Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Preparation for Cold Weather. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Pre-Start Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Reference Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Refueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Remote Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Retaining Connecting Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Rigging Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Rigging Winch Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
Safe Maintenance Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Safe Operating Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Safety and Information Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Self-Erecting Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Standard Hand Signals for Controlling Crane Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Symbol Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Upper and Lower Lubrication Points — Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Upper and Lower Lubrication Points — Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Wind Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Wire Rope Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Index-ii Published 11-30-07, Control # 032-09

You might also like